1 Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis asked the Minister for Education (a) whether the Ministry has conducted any feasibility studies on providing direct subsidies to school canteen vendors to offset rising costs of procuring healthier ingredients and compliance with nutritional guidelines; (b) if not, what are the reasons for not considering direct financial support to these vendors; and (c) what specific measures are currently in place to ensure that price controls do not compromise the quality and nutritional value of meals provided to students.
2 Ms He Ting Ru asked the Minister for Education amid the closure of some food stalls in school canteens (a) whether the Ministry is studying the impact of a lack of access to quality, affordable food in school canteens on children across socio-economic backgrounds; (b) how does the Ministry intend to address the nutritional needs of children from lower socio-economic backgrounds during school hours; and (c) whether the Ministry will consider (i) Government-funded freshly packed meals through central kitchen catering or (ii) mandating onsite kitchens in schools staffed by hired workers.
\tThe Minister for Education (Mr Chan Chun Sing): Mr Speaker, may I have your permission to address two oral Parliamentary Questions (PQs) by Mr Louis Chua and Ms He Ting Ru for today’s Sitting, and another PQ by Mr Yip Hon Weng1 scheduled for a subsequent Sitting, together?
And I invite Members to seek clarification following my response, if any.
\tMr Speaker: Please proceed.
\tMr Chan Chun Sing: Members may wish to refer to our previous responses to PQs raised by Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim on 12 September 2022, Ms Ng Ling Ling on 3 October 2022 and Mr Edward Chia on 6 November 2023, on the same matter.
The Ministry of Education (MOE) works with schools to monitor canteen food quality, quantity and prices. Canteen stallholders are required to serve meals that adhere to the Health Promotion Board’s (HPB's) guidelines, which require a balanced diet covering the four main food groups: carbohydrates, proteins, vegetables and fruits. This approach is designed to meet the nutritional needs of children and support their growth and development. Individual stallholders are charged rentals of between $5 and $15 per month. Rentals are waived during the school holiday period. To help stallholders keep their business costs sustainable, MOE also regularly reviews the food pricing guidelines for schools, so that stallholders can continue to provide healthy and affordable meals for students.
Students from lower-income families on MOE’s Financial Assistance Scheme (FAS) receive school meal subsidies. Schools are also given additional funds to provide further assistance to students who need more help, and they have been doing so.
From time to time, some schools have difficulty finding stallholders to fill vacant stalls and this may become more challenging in the future as more of the incumbent stallholders retire. In anticipation of such challenges, MOE is discussing with schools which are keen and ready, to adopt a different canteen operating model. For example, meals can be pre-ordered and prepared at a central kitchen before they are delivered to schools. This model has been piloted at Yusof Ishak Secondary School and shown to be effective. Where there are existing stallholders impacted by such a transition, schools will help by referring them to nearby schools or recommending them for employment by the central kitchen operator.
MOE and schools would also like to take this opportunity to express our appreciation for the dedicated service of all our stallholders who have served and are still serving our students and staff today.
\tMr Speaker: Mr Louis Chua.
\tMr Chua Kheng Wee Louis (Sengkang): Thank you, Mr Speaker. Two supplementary questions for the Minister. First, on the nutritional values aspect of it, has the Government or Ministry conducted any studies on the percentage of food that actually meets the nutritional guidelines, in adherence to HPB's requirements?
Second, in terms of the financial sustainability concerns by individual stallholders, some schools have already entered into a catering model given economies of scale by such operators and it is also easier by the School Management Committee to monitor the nutritional values of the meals. So, in light of this, would the Minister consider reviewing the current decentralised canteen management model? And what are MOE's concerns about further scaling this up to other schools, given that there is already this central kitchen model which Minister mentioned just now?
\tMr Chan Chun Sing: Mr Speaker, Sir, on the first supplementary question, MOE works with HPB to regularly review the quality of the food provided by the canteen operators. Where they are found to be wanting, we will immediately review the situation with the canteen operators and take remedial action.
On the second question, as to the scale and the speed of the scaling up of the central kitchen delivery model, it will very much depend on the circumstances of the various schools. Different schools have different needs, so, we will make the necessary transitions according to the different needs of the schools.
\tMr Speaker: Ms He.
\tMs He Ting Ru (Sengkang): Thank you, Mr Speaker. I would like to address a couple of points in my supplementary questions. The first relates to vending machines. I refer to The Straits Times article that was published recently where they referred to some schools having to resort to using vending machines to provide meals for students. I would like to ask the Minister about the view of MOE about the desirability of using vending machines? And whether the Minister would agree that having to resort to vending machines is an indication that there should be concerns about the sustainability of the current model of providing food in schools?
Secondly, I think I would like to press a little bit more on the nutritional value of food. Just to ask a supplementary question about whether MOE has any programme or plans to get input from professional nutritionists to better understand the needs of our students, particularly those from lower socio-economic status (SES) backgrounds, to make sure that food is tasty and culturally appropriate. After all, this is an opportunity to invest in the health of our future generations – both physical health and mental health.
\tMr Chan Chun Sing: Mr Speaker, Sir, the use of vending machines is one out of many options that we employ to provide options for both food and drinks for our schools. So, there must be a reason why we have used vending machines for certain schools. Most of the vending machines are for drinks so that we can reduce the manpower required to serve them in our canteens and we can have the rest of the manpower available to have hot meals for our students.
But as I said before, we will explore a plethora of options. This includes the conventional options of having stall operators provide cooked meals onsite. It can include vending machines, but most of the vending machines are for snacks and drinks. And then, there will also be options of a central kitchen delivery model. We will use all models to provide various options for the different schools, according to their different needs.
On the second question, actually the best nutritionists that we can get are the people from HPB and they are regularly working with MOE to make sure that our students get healthy and nutritional meals throughout their time in school.
\tMr Speaker: Mr Yip Hon Weng.
\tMr Yip Hon Weng (Yio Chu Kang): Thank you, Mr Speaker. I thank the Minister for his reply. Two supplementary questions. Regarding the idea of a school-based meal programme similar to Japan's, could the Ministry share any preliminary considerations or challenges identified in implementing such a model in Singapore?
And second, in view of the rising ingredient costs, has the Ministry explored collaborations with local farms or producers to supply fresh, nutritious ingredients at a reduced cost to school canteens?
\tMr Chan Chun Sing: Mr Speaker, Sir, can I deal with the second supplementary question first? We will try what we can to help our stallholders to get the most cost-effective produce for their stalls. This may include local farms, it may include overseas farms. I think our concern is not so much whether it is local or foreign. Our primary concern is to make sure that the produce acquired, purchased, is suitable for the school, for the vendors, and also that it is cost-effective.
So, we are open to purchasing whether it is a local produce or overseas produce. We very much leave these operational decisions to the canteen stall operators.
On the first supplementary question about what we can learn from Japan, I think the cultural context is quite different. In many of the Japanese schools that I have seen, they do not have the type of canteens that we have in the schools; they certainly do not have so many canteen operators like what we have in our schools. And they also have this culture of many of the children bringing their own bento sets, prepared at home, to school. This is something that many of our students also do. They do bring snacks and they do bring food from home.
There is another difference between the many Japanese schools and the Singapore schools. Most of the Japanese schools do not have such big canteens like us, dedicated for the consumption of meals. And that is why in many of the Japanese schools, the children have their bento sets, they eat their snacks or their lunch in their classrooms and they clean up after themselves. So, this is quite different from the models that we have.
Certainly, in terms of civic responsibility, we can learn much from the Japanese in how the children come together to take care of their school environment, including keeping their classrooms clean, even though they consume food within their classrooms.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":["1 : Question subsequently withdrawn: To ask the Minister for Education in light of school canteens facing challenges providing students with affordable and nutritious meals, whether the Ministry has considered implementing a school lunch programme similar to Japan's, where students are provided with nutritious and affordable meals prepared and served by the school, ensuring consistent access to healthy food options."],"footNoteQuestions":["1","2"],"questionNo":"1-2"},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Review of Zero Vehicle Growth Policy, Vehicle Quota System and Rebates Given High COE Prices, Increased E-vehicles Adoption and Roll-out of ERP 2.0","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OA","content":"3 Mr Yip Hon Weng asked the Minister for Transport (a) whether the Ministry can clarify how the additional certificates of entitlement (COEs) over the next few years will not exacerbate traffic congestion; (b) what alternative measures are being considered to prevent any unintended increases in road density; and (c) whether the \"cut and fill\" approach will continue or whether a more sustainable system can be developed to maintain a balanced COE quota.
4 Mr Melvin Yong Yik Chye asked the Minister for Transport (a) whether the Ministry will review the current zero percent allowable vehicle growth rate, given that ERP 2.0's system is expected to allow the authorities to better manage traffic congestion; (b) whether the Ministry assesses that the planned injection of 20,000 COEs will help to stabilise COE prices during the years where COE quota is in short supply; and (c) if so, whether more details can be shared.
5 Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim asked the Minister for Transport (a) in light of the imminent implementation of Electronic Road Pricing 2.0, whether there are any plans to revise the Vehicle Quota System for the total number of automobile COEs issued over the full 10 years; (b) whether the Ministry has conducted any study on what the anticipated impact on COE prices will be; (c) if so, whether the details of such study can be shared; and (d) if not, whether there are plans to conduct such a study.
6 Mr Yip Hon Weng asked the Minister for Transport (a) whether the Ministry will review the current level of electric vehicle (EV) subsidies particularly as cheaper models enter the market given that EVs still contribute to carbon emissions through power generation; (b) whether LTA's goal remains for Singapore to go car-lite or has the primary focus shifted to be on transitioning from petrol cars to EVs; and (c) what active steps, beyond expanding the public transport network, are being taken to discourage overall car usage.
\tThe Minister for Transport (Mr Chee Hong Tat): Mr Speaker, may I have your permission to provide a combined response for oral Question Nos 3 to 6, in today’s Order Paper, as well as related questions for subsequent Sittings?
\tMr Speaker: Please proceed.
\tMr Chee Hong Tat: Thank you, Sir. Members have raised two broad categories of questions. The first is in relation to the Land Transport Authority's (LTA’s) recent announcement that it will inject up to about 20,000 additional Certificates of Entitlement (COEs) from February 2025, across the different vehicle categories over the next few years. The second is about the impact of electric vehicle (EV) subsidies on COE prices. I will address these in turn.
On the injection of additional COEs, Ms He Ting Ru asked if this aligns with Singapore’s car-lite vision, while Mr Yip Hon Weng asked about the impact on traffic congestion. Mr Melvin Yong and Assoc Prof Jamus Lim asked if we could review the total size of our vehicle population, given the capabilities of Electronic Road Pricing (ERP) 2.0 to better manage congestion.
The Government remains committed to Singapore’s car-lite vision, where walk, cycle, ride, particularly the use of public transport, are the predominant travel modes. This is necessary given our land and carbon constraints. If we rely mainly on private vehicles to meet our mobility needs, we will face severe traffic congestion and gridlock, like what some overseas cities are experiencing. As roads already take up about 12% of our total land area, we cannot keep on building more and more roads, because that will take away land from other important needs such as housing, hospitals and schools.
Next, an accessible and affordable mass public transport network is the central pillar of our car-lite vision. Compared to other transport options, mass public transport enables the greatest number of people to get to their destinations with the least land take and carbon emissions. This is why we have and will continue to make significant investments in our public transport infrastructure through upgrading and expanding our rail and bus networks, and subsidising public transport journeys for commuters.
Roads and vehicles will complement our public transport infrastructure and offer additional transport options for Singaporeans. Having a car-lite vision does not mean that our total car population cannot increase. The key is to avoid road congestion through the use of both ownership controls and usage-based pricing, which is what we have been doing over the last few decades.
As LTA explained when it announced the move to inject up to about 20,000 COEs, travel patterns have evolved after the COVID-19 pandemic and total vehicle mileage decreased by around 6% from 2019 to 2023. We have also observed lower traffic demand in the central business district (CBD) and ERP gantries in the city cordon remain un-activated. The ERP gantries at arterial roads, including the one in my constituency at Toa Payoh Lorong 5, have also been switched off since the pandemic.
An increase in the vehicle population does not automatically lead to an increase in the total vehicular usage, as there are car owners who may choose to take public transport to work, as well as those who use their cars mostly on weekends or during off-peak hours. This is why it is useful to have both ownership controls and usage-based pricing, so that we can enable some families to own cars while keeping congestion in check, especially during peak periods.
With ERP 2.0, LTA will have more tools and better capabilities to manage traffic congestion. ERP 2.0 will provide more comprehensive aggregated traffic information. It will also enable LTA to more quickly introduce new “virtual gantries” where necessary, based on the latest traffic patterns. This allows for more flexible and responsive congestion management.
\t Given these considerations, LTA assessed that it will be able to inject up to about 20,000 additional COEs across the vehicle categories from February 2025 over the next few years, without the worries of causing traffic gridlock. Twenty thousand additional COEs are about 2% of our total vehicle population.
We had earlier said that the COE quota for Categories A, B and C will continue to increase every quarter before reaching the projected peak supply from 2026. The additional COEs will give us more flexibility to meet this commitment and further increase the COE supply in the next few quarters before we reach the peak supply from 2026. LTA will continue to closely monitor traffic conditions and, where necessary, adjust ERP charges to keep traffic congestion in check.
Sir, I want to be clear that this injection of up to 20,000 COEs is not linked to the implementation of distance-based charging. We have not made a decision on whether to implement distance-based charging, though ERP 2.0 gives us the option to do so. We will need to study this further, including with the data from ERP 2.0, as there are trade-offs we need to think through carefully. If we were to proceed with distance-based charging in future, this will give LTA an additional tool to manage congestion and there is scope to consider a further injection of additional COEs in tandem with the implementation of distance-based charging.
Mr Melvin Yong asked if the planned injection would help to stabilise COE prices. COE prices are a function of supply and demand. We have introduced measures to increase supply since last year, including \"cut and fill\" and now the additional injection. All else being equal, an increase in COE supply should help to moderate prices. However, we are not able to predict how prices will move as that would also depend on the demand from motorists.
If we look back at how prices and demand factors have changed since we increased COE supply from late last year, there are some observations which I would like to share with the House. With your permission, Mr Speaker, may I ask the Clerks to distribute a handout showing two tables?
\tMr Speaker: Please go ahead. [A handout was distributed to hon Members. Please refer to Annex 1.]
\tMr Chee Hong Tat: Thank you, Sir. Members may also access the handout through the MP@SGPARL App.
So, Mr Speaker, if we, first, refer to Table 1, the Prevailing Quota Premiums (PQP), which is the average COE price over the past three months and the price which vehicle owners pay to renew their COEs, have fallen across all vehicle categories, by about 4% to 21% over the past year.
If we, now, look at the breakdown of successful Cat A and B bids from 2022 to Oct 2024 in Table 2, Singapore Residents account for the large majority of successful bids, increasing from 66% in 2022 to 84% this year. The proportion of bids won by foreigners remains low and has decreased to about 2% this year. The proportion won by car leasing companies, which bid for vehicles that are then leased out as Private Hire Cars, or PHCs, has also decreased from 26% in 2022 when COE prices were relatively lower, to about 10% this year.
The data show that the main drivers for the increase in COE prices in recent quarters are likely due to strong demand from local individual buyers and not from foreigners or car leasing companies.
The decrease in the proportion of bids won by car leasing companies also illustrates why the suggestion of having a separate COE category for PHCs and moving existing quota from Cat A and B into this separate category, is not a straightforward exercise. Demand for COE from car leasing companies can vary quite a bit from quarter to quarter and from year to year. It is difficult to ascertain upfront the quota required to meet the needs of point-to-point drivers and commuters.
As I explained in this House previously, if we move too much of the existing quota from Cat A and B to this new category for PHCs, it would reduce the supply in Cat A and B vis-a-vis the demand from non-PHC buyers and could lead to an increase in COE prices in these categories. On the other hand, if we underestimated the quota to be moved to the separate category for PHCs, it would lead to insufficient PHC supply which would in turn cause an increase in PHC prices and reduce accessibility for point-to-point commuters. There are the difficult trade-offs and it is not a straightforward exercise. So, we are still carefully assessing this option.
Mr Speaker, let me now address the questions from Mr Saktiandi Supaat and Mr Yip Hon Weng on the impact of EV subsidies on COE prices. We currently provide up to $40,000 in tax rebates for electric cars. This amount is deducted off the Additional Registration Fee when registering a new electric car. The subsidies are intended to reduce the difference in the total cost of ownership between a mass market electric car and its internal combustion engine (ICE) and hybrid equivalents. In many instances, the upfront cost of an electric car remains slightly above an ICE or hybrid equivalent even after the EV subsidies.
With this context, please allow me to clarify a few points. First, the demand of COE is driven by how many people want to buy cars. It does not matter whether the buyer is buying an electric, ICE or hybrid car. But when someone decides to buy a car, the EV subsidies serve to nudge him or her towards considering an electric car, instead of an ICE car. This is because without such subsidies, the electric car will be more expensive than its ICE equivalent at this time. The price difference may narrow and even disappear in future, when technology evolves and EV prices decrease further. EV subsidies on their own do not induce new demand for cars. They are intended to encourage a car buyer to consider buying an electric car instead of an ICE or hybrid car, by reducing the upfront costs of an electric car.
Second, it is a business decision for motor dealers when they decide how to price their vehicles, electric or otherwise. The COE is an input cost to the dealers. If they submit higher COE bids than what they had included in their pricing, it will eat into their profit margins. Hence, there is no commercial incentive for electric car dealers to excessively mark up their prices or bid for higher COE just because of the EV subsidies. Marking up their prices by too much will affect their competitiveness versus other car brands, while bidding for higher COE will erode their profit margins.
Finally, we introduced the power rating criterion for COE categories A and B in 2013, so that car COE categories were no longer differentiated only by engine capacity. In 2022, we increased the power rating threshold for Cat A cars, to right-site mass-market electric car models. We acknowledge the concerns about how some higher-end cars have lowered their engine capacity and power ratings to come under Cat A instead of Cat B. Members including Mr Ang Wei Neng, Assoc Prof Jamus Lim and Mr Leong Mun Wai had previously asked if we could determine the COE category using the vehicle's Open Market Value. We understand the rationale of this suggestion and will continue to review our criteria as technology and market trends evolve.
\tMr Speaker: Mr Yip Hon Weng.
\tMr Yip Hon Weng (Yio Chu Kang): Thank you, Mr Speaker, I thank the Minister for his response. I have some supplementary questions for Question Nos 3 and 6. For Question No 3, if traffic congestion exceeds anticipated levels after issuing additional COEs, will the Ministry consider a mid-term review to potentially adjust the COE supply? How does the Ministry plan to stay agile and responsive to unexpected congestion increases in real time?
For Question No 6, the EV transition is progressing but there are concerns that a shift from petrol or ICE to electric cars might reduce the urgency to go car-lite. Can the Ministry elaborate on how it ensures that the EV transition does not detract from its car-lite goal? What specific targets or metrics are in place to measure success towards the car-lite vision versus just transiting between different vehicle types?
\tMr Chee Hong Tat: Mr Speaker, the traffic congestion, the road conditions, travel speeds, these are things which LTA will continue to monitor carefully.
As I mentioned in my main reply, after we progressively inject the 20,000 COEs over time, this is over a few years, we will, of course, continue to monitor carefully. If there are certain stretches of roads that require intervention, we can do so through the use of usage-based pricing. With ERP 2.0, we no longer need to set up a physical gantry. We can more quickly and in a more responsive manner introduce virtual gantries, if necessary.
On the second question, I wanted to clarify, Sir, that a car-lite vision does not mean no cars. It also does not mean that we want to reduce the total car population. What we want to manage is the congestion. We do not want congestion to happen. You can, through a combination of ownership control, which is what COE is, and usage-based pricing, which is, for example, ERP, achieve this balance between the needs of different stakeholder groups.
Importantly, we want to also continue to invest in our public transport network, both MRT and bus, building more MRT lines. The Bus Connectivity Enhancement Programme will allow us to introduce more bus services. Even for car owners, they may decide not to drive their car during peak hours or during weekdays. They may park their car at home and then use public transport.
So, car-lite, we should look at it in that perspective. It is about increasing the walk-cycle-ride and the public transport mode share.
\tMr Speaker: Mr Melvin Yong.
\tMr Melvin Yong Yik Chye (Radin Mas): Thank you, Mr Speaker. I have two supplementary questions for the Minister. The first relates to car usage patterns. The LTA had cited reduced car usage patterns, in part, driven by flexible work arrangements as one of the reasons that we are now able to inject an additional 20,000 COEs. With companies making moves to mandate a return-to-office policy, how would this affect LTA's planning assumption? That is my first question.
The second question relates to distance-based charging. I understand the Minister has already said that it is still being studied. But what are the key considerations in deciding to implement or not implement distance-based charging, given that ERP 2.0 already has the capacity to do so?
\tMr Chee Hong Tat: Mr Speaker, I understand where Mr Melvin Yong is coming from with his first question. These are trends which can change over time. Certainly, we have to carefully monitor the road usage and the traffic patterns, with or without the injection of these additional COEs. Because, as we know, even at this moment, we still do not see a need to turn on the ERP gantries entering into the CBD or in the arterial roads. This assessment is arrived at, based on that careful monitoring of road conditions and travel speeds.
If, indeed, there is a change, whether it is due to removal of flexible work arrangements or other reasons, then we will have to respond accordingly using this tool that we have, which is usage-based pricing. ERP 2.0 gives us additional capabilities to do so in a more responsive and quicker manner.
I certainly hope that the companies that are asking their employees to come back to work in the office would also remember that while there may be some benefits of coming back to work, I think a lot of employees do appreciate flexi-work arrangements to have a better work-life balance. In some instances, it can also be more productive. So, in the public sector, for example, we have implemented flexi-work and it is something which we hope can continue, because it is appreciated and welcomed by our public officers.
\t
The second question on distance-based charging and what are some of the considerations, I mentioned in my main reply that it is a difficult set of trade-offs. There are different stakeholder groups that will be affected differently when we implement distance-based charging – of course, depending on how we design the charges.
It is still too early for me to go into the details, but we do recognise that there could be certain groups of drivers who need to drive for work purposes and they travel longer distances. So, what is the impact on this group? That is one of the key considerations that we are looking at in designing the distance-based charging policies. We want to look at it because it is one of the tools that will allow us to calibrate between ownership control and usage-based pricing.
If we are able to do it in a way which can be acceptable to the stakeholders, the upside of introducing distance-based charging as an additional tool for traffic management is that we can then have greater leeway to introduce more COEs. So, we can relax on the ownership controls, but then you have to tighten up on the usage-based pricing.
\tMr Speaker: Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim (Sengkang): Sir, two supplementary questions from me. First, I note that the recent announcement of the 20,000 additional COEs appear to be somewhat more aggressive than the hitherto more tentative \"cut and fill\" approach. I wonder if this move represents a more firm commitment by MOT to equalise over time, the annual COE supply, especially with regard to reducing the number of COEs available at decade-end, to eliminate the \"feast and famine\" volatility of COE prices.
My second supplementary question requires just a little bit of context, so, if you provide me a little indulgence on preamble. The introduction of ERP 2.0 will presumably reduce the intensity of car usage. The estimates published by MOT suggest something in the order of 6%. So, this will certainly open the scope for increasing the total vehicle quotas without necessarily increasing congestion, as Minister Chee has mentioned, which in turn would potentially allow for a greater number of COEs with less impact on prices. Alternatively, this could mean lower COE prices if we choose not to increase the quota.
Hence, I think it is very valuable for this House to know what MOT's position is on the total number, or at least if the direction, an increase or decrease in the carrying capacity of cars, if a specific number is not forthcoming.
\tMr Chee Hong Tat: Mr Speaker, could I seek your permission to request Assoc Prof Lim to clarify the last part of his second question? The Member mentioned about carrying capacity. Maybe I could just hear from Assoc Prof Lim what he meant.
\tAssoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim: So, very quickly, my understanding is that the total number of vehicles currently in the vehicle quota system is something in the order of one million in Singapore. So, the question, in a sense, is that with ERP 2.0, if the intensity of usage falls, whether we could allow for the possibility of an increase in that total number, or if we do not, then naturally that reduced usage would also imply a reduction in COE prices.
\tMr Chee Hong Tat: Mr Speaker, I thank Assoc Prof Lim for his clarification. Let me address his first supplementary question.
The intent that we explained when we did the \"cut and fill\" last year, was indeed to try and reduce the peak-to-trough ratio. If we could add to this direction by having this additional injection of about 20,000 COEs over the next few years, I think it will certainly help to make a further step towards reducing the peak-to-trough ratio.
We are not doing this injection only because of the 6%. I think the 6% reduction in the vehicular usage is one factor. For that, I would not link it to ERP 2.0 per se. I think it is more driven by the changes in the travel patterns after COVID-19. Because we are already seeing that, even though we are still in the initial stages of installing ERP 2.0, we now have 150,000 to 160,000 vehicles, which is less than 20% of the total vehicle population.
So, the drop in the vehicular usage is more likely linked to the changes in the usage patterns after the pandemic. But I agree with Assoc Prof Lim that with ERP 2.0, when we collect the data, if it shows that we are better able and more confident to manage traffic congestion and avoid gridlocks, there is scope to look at whether we can further increase the COE supply. If we look at distance-based charging as an additional usage-based pricing tool, that will give us further leeway to do that. But the objectives are similar. We are looking at different usage-based pricing tools to avoid congestion. If we are confident in achieving that outcome, then increasing the car population by relaxing ownership controls would not be a worry.
\tMr Speaker: Mr Louis Chua.
\tMr Chua Kheng Wee Louis (Sengkang): Thank you, Speaker. Just one question for the Minister. Thank you for the handout. I was just looking at Table 1 where the quota premium has come down by 4% to 21% compared to a year ago. At the same time, if you look at Table 2, the Cat A and Cat B COE bids won by car leasing companies have also come down from about 24% to 26% in 2022 and 2023, to about 10% in 2024 as of October.
Would this not then suggest that the car leasing companies do actually have an influence on the quota premiums? If I were to look back at 2012 when LTA made the decision to remove taxi companies from the COE bidding process, they have also stated that the taxi operators' influence on COE prices is actually observed from them taking up a larger proportion, up to 25%, of Cat A COEs back then. So, just wondering if the Minister can elucidate on that.
\tMr Chee Hong Tat: Mr Speaker, first of all, Table 2 for the PHCs, car leasing companies, in terms of percentage of bids won by the car leasing companies, if we look at 2022 versus 2024, that percentage has come down. But the COE price in 2024 compared to 2022 has actually gone higher up. So, this is one indication that the main driver for the increase in the COE price is unlikely to be due to the PHC car leasing companies.
Having said that, I am certainly not saying that they do not contribute to the overall demand. They do. That is a fact. They do. But the point I am making is, what are the key drivers that are contributing to the increase in demand?
What I have also explained in my main reply is that if we look at having a separate category – we are not ruling out that possibility, we are studying it. However, I hope Mr Chua agrees with me on this, that by having a separate category, it does not mean that you have suddenly got a windfall of COE supply dropping from the sky. It means you have to transfer existing quotas from Cat A and Cat B to this new category. So, that process of deciding how much to transfer is not so straightforward.
We did it for taxis, but there is a difference between taxis and PHCs. PHCs, some of them, or in fact, quite a number of them, are used also as private vehicles by the owners. They come in part-time during peak hours, for example, but during other parts of the day, they may use it as a private vehicle. So, it is not so clear-cut that these are just point-to-point vehicles or private vehicles – it is a bit of a hybrid, they use it for dual purposes. Because of that, it is not so easy to ascertain what is this total number that would then fit into this separate category, if we decide to have a separate category.
So, that is one of the challenges that we face. It is in deciding what would be the amount that you need to transfer in terms of the supply to this new separate category. And so, it is something that I think we need to take a look at carefully. If there are other ways to address the concerns with COE supply, we should also be open to looking at those other options too.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Health Issues Faced by Migrant Workers and Measures to Ensure Their Access to Proper Medical Treatment","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OA","content":"7 Ms Yeo Wan Ling asked the Minister for Manpower (a) what are the key health issues faced by migrant workers in Singapore; and (b) how are these health issues being addressed to increase workplace productivity while ensuring that medical costs to employers are kept affordable in the long term.
8 Mr Melvin Yong Yik Chye asked the Minister for Manpower (a) what measures has the Ministry put in place to ensure that migrant workers have access to proper medical treatment and that they seek timely medical attention; and (b) how has the Ministry ensured that healthcare costs remain affordable for migrant workers.
\tThe Senior Minister of State for Manpower (Dr Koh Poh Koon) (for the Minister for Manpower): Mr Speaker, may I have your permission to take Question Nos 7 and 8 together, please?
\tMr Speaker: Yes, you do.
\tDr Koh Poh Koon: Sir, the Ministry of Manpower (MOM) has put in place several measures to ensure that migrant workers have access to the medical treatment they need. Under the Employment of the Foreign Manpower Act, employers are required to bear the cost of medical fees incurred by their Work Permit and S Pass holders. To better protect employers from large hospitalisation and surgical expenses, MOM enhanced the mandatory medical insurance for Work Permit and S Pass holders in 2023 by increasing the annual claim limit to $60,000, up from $15,000.
In addition, to enhance accessibility and affordability of outpatient care for migrant workers, MOM implemented the Primary Care Plan (PCP) in April 2022. Medical Service Providers offering these Primary Care Plans operate in-dorm clinics and outpatient medical centres in the vicinity of migrant worker catchment areas to ensure that workers can see a doctor promptly when they are unwell.
The PCP benefits both employers and migrant workers. Employers pay a fixed annual capitation rate, giving them clarity of cost and protection against unexpected healthcare bills. Migrant workers pay a low co-payment fee of $2 and $5 per telehealth and in-person session respectively, so that they are not deterred from seeking medical care when they need it.
A study conducted by the National University of Singapore (NUS) Saw Swee Hock School of Public Health, published in September 2024 in a peer-reviewed journal, found that 96% of migrant workers surveyed were able to access primary health services in Singapore. Migrant workers sought medical attention mostly for acute respiratory infections and musculoskeletal conditions. About 4% of them self-reported to have at least one chronic disease, with hypertension and diabetes being the most prevalent.
Recognising that good health management starts from preventive health and chronic disease management, MOM launched Project MOCCA in 2021. Project MOCCA, which stands for \"Management of Oral and Chronic Conditions and Ailments\", is a preventive health framework that aims to encourage early detection and management of common chronic and oral health conditions among our migrant workers. To raise preventive health measures, MOM set-up an online Health Library on health education materials in several native languages for easy access by the migrant workers. We also produced physical health booklets for distribution to migrant workers at health roadshows, conducted with community partners and the PCP doctors. With the support of corporate donors and non-government organisation (NGO) partners, workers can also receive low-cost basic dental treatments at some NGO-run dental clinics.
MOM has made significant efforts in recent years to enhance the quality of healthcare for migrant workers. We will continue to work with our partners to ensure that quality care is provided at an affordable cost. We also urge employers to encourage their migrant workers to make use of the available resources and healthcare services designed for them, as good health management helps employers manage healthcare costs in the long term and increase productivity at work.
\tMr Speaker: Ms Yeo Wan Ling.
\t
\t
\tMs Yeo Wan Ling (Pasir Ris-Punggol): I thank the Senior Minister of State for the reply. I note that telemedicine is an important component to primary care plans available to our migrant workers and I thank the Ministry on this move as it will, no doubt, bring more accessibility and convenience to our migrant workers.
However, given that telemedicine will be an increasingly popular option and that not all our migrant workers are fully conversant in English, how would the Ministry ensure that quality healthcare continues to be provided through telemedicine channels when it is scaled up? Also, what are the standard operating procedures of reporting back to employers on chronic or serious illnesses detected through the PCPs, particularly if these illnesses have impact on work and medical insurance claims, while protecting the privacy of our migrant workers at the same time?
\tDr Koh Poh Koon: Sir, I thank the Member for her two questions. First, on telemedicine. The design of our PCP programme is such that the primary care providers, the doctors and the clinics that are providing these services, are given a dispensation to employ doctors who are able to speak in the native languages of the migrant workers so that there are less language barriers when the migrant workers seek care, whether in person or via telemedicine. Of course, telemedicine runs 24 hours. So, during certain hours, they may not be able to get a particular doctor who can speak that native language because our migrant workers do come from a very diverse range of different source countries. So, this is something that the providers will look at and see how they can best enhance the care to be delivered to these workers in the most appropriate manner.
But we must recognise that telemedicine can be a useful adjunct to this because, as I said earlier, the bulk of the conditions that the migrant workers report to the medical centres are really for minor ailments, acute respiratory conditions as well as musculoskeletal aches and pains, which generally do not require very intensive or in-depth medical consultation. This is something which telemedicine can fill a gap to strike a balance between accessibility of care, cost affordability and also convenience for our workers, so they have less hesitation to step up and seek help when needed.
On the second question of whether there are ways to report back chronic medical conditions to employers, I think we have to be very careful here because medical information is very much confidential to the individual. And unless there is consent given by the individual, including migrant workers who have the right to their own medical confidentiality, it will not be reasonable for us to report some of these conditions back to the employers.
But there are ways in which we can help the migrant workers to manage their chronic conditions better, which is why I mentioned earlier about the health booklet, so that these things are documented in the booklet and, through the regular consultations at the clinic by the migrant workers, counselling can be given to these workers to encourage them to take a more proactive stance in managing their chronic medical conditions. Other things like roadshows that are conducted at places like the recreation centres where the migrant workers go on their days off, can help to strengthen this understanding of how they should take better care of their chronic medical conditions. So, we do need to strike a balance between ensuring privacy, but also making sure that the workers are able to gradually, over time, take care of their chronic health conditions better.
I must also say that the approach to manage chronic care conditions is no different from what we do in our general population. As we know, generally, most people, when they do not feel anything about the high blood pressure or their diabetes, they may not take proactive actions. So, it is not an unusual mentality in our migrant workers. It is quite common in all of us to procrastinate sometimes when we have a chronic condition that may not produce immediate symptoms. So, public education, health education and continued encouragement are the way to go, and we hope to do so through many of our NGO partners as well.
Mr Speaker: Mr Melvin Yong.
\tMr Melvin Yong Yik Chye (Radin Mas): Sir, I thank the Senior Minister of State for his reply. A 2020 study published in the Singapore Medical Journal found significant barriers to the delivery of healthcare to migrant workers. They face difficulties navigating a foreign and sometimes complex healthcare system, and lack adequate knowledge about their healthcare coverage and entitlements. I would like to ask what are MOM's plans to ensure that our migrant workers are aware of the various medical schemes that are available to them?
\tDr Koh Poh Koon: Sir, I thank the Member for raising this concern. In fact, I think the Singapore Medical Journal article that the Member cited was published in 2020 and that predates the more recent one that has been published in September 2024, conducted also by the NUS Saw Swee Hock School of Public Health in the peer-reviewed journal.
When I replied earlier in my main reply, I did say that this study, which surveyed migrant workers, found that 96% of them were able to access primary health services in Singapore, partly because we designed it in such a way that it is located either in the dormitory itself, where there is an in-dormitory clinic, or the PCP providers have a facility located around where migrant workers actually stay, where the dormitories are co-located. So, it is really sited in a physically accessible place and in proximity to where the migrant workers congregate, to make sure that there should be as little barrier or challenge as possible for them navigating and finding that physical location. We also disseminate some of this information on how to get into telehealth through the dormitory operators and many of our NGO partners. So, migrant workers, as long as they use the MOM app, would be able to get information on the nearest PCP medical facility that is available to them.
The other way which we try to make sure that the migrant workers are aware is through regular roadshows, as I said earlier. So, we will continue to do so. But I think the initial study and survey by the Saw Swee Hock School of Public Health has shown us that even with the initial roll-out in a short couple of years since we started the PCP programme, it has reached a good penetration and the workers themselves are aware.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Update for Study on Integrated Shield Plan Portability and Measures to Safeguard Policyholders' Interests","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OA","content":"9 Dr Tan Wu Meng asked the Minister for Health (a) when will the Ministry provide the next update regarding its study on whether Integrated Shield Plan (IP) insurance can be made portable in a way that is helpful for existing and future policyholders; and (b) what measures can be considered beyond the status quo to better safeguard the interests and market bargaining power of IP policyholders who currently face difficulty switching IP providers after their existing providers have significantly changed the de facto terms of policy coverage and access to policy benefits.
\tThe Minister of State for Health (Ms Rahayu Mahzam) (for the Minister for Health): Mr Speaker, the suggestion for Integrated Shield Plan (IP) insurance to be made portable has been raised a number of times. The Ministry of Health (MOH) has carefully studied the issue, including the arrangements in other countries.
The calls for portability of IPs stem mainly from three groups of policyholders: those who are unhappy with changes in the terms of their policy coverage imposed by their insurer; those who faced difficulties in making claims; and those who find it difficult to afford their IP premiums as they become older. Hence, they want to switch to another plan offered by another insurer but realised that they have to undergo another round of underwriting and may not be able to preserve the coverage they already have or they have to pay more premiums.
The conclusion is that IP portability – allowing all IP policyholders to switch insurers freely – will enhance competition and improve bargaining power of IP policyholders.
IP portability is generally uncommon across the world, as it is usual practice for insurers to underwrite new policies in order to price the risks of accepting more policyholders with pre-existing conditions into their risk pool. Underwriting can result in the insurer imposing additional conditions on the policyholder’s coverage, such as a waiting period during which no claims will be paid or exclusions to the coverage. Policyholders may also have to pay higher premiums in view of the higher risks.
For countries that ensure full portability where policyholders can switch insurers without underwriting, it is usually a feature limited to their mandatory, national health insurance. For example, in the case of the Netherlands or Switzerland, universal coverage is mandated but administered by private insurers. These private insurers are, therefore, required to accept any applicant, regardless of whether they are switching from another insurer or are uninsured previously. This gives the impression that the commercial insurance is portable, but actually it is not, as only the basic coverage under the universal, national health insurance scheme is fully portable. These countries do have supplemental, private insurance, which involves underwriting and is not portable.
Our parallel is MediShield Life. As our national health insurance scheme, MediShield Life covers all residents, regardless of age, health status, personal insurance or employer coverage. This ensures that all residents enjoy a basic level of protection against large hospital bills. Last month, MOH announced a set of enhancements for MediShield Life which will be progressively implemented from April 2025. We will continue to ensure that MediShield Life stays relevant and affordable to Singaporeans as our national health insurance scheme.
Australia and Ireland are two notable examples that have implemented full portability for non-national, supplemental private health insurance plans. But they did so for different reasons than one may think. In Australia, private hospital care accounts for close to half of admissions. So, good uptake of private health insurance, including through features like full portability, is integral to support access. As for Ireland, private insurance was initially introduced for a population segment who was not eligible to receive free treatment under their public healthcare system. Private insurance with full portability was established to ensure that the segment previously mentioned had protection against large bills. This feature continued to be retained even as policy reforms later extended universal access to public hospital care to this group.
In all instances where full portability between private insurers is ensured, whether in the Netherlands, Switzerland, Australia or Ireland, additional compensation mechanisms need to be established. In other words, for insurance company A to take over from insurance company B, a policyholder with a pre-existing condition and of higher risk, A will receive compensation from B.
To facilitate this compensation system, countries set up a risk equalisation fund, usually funded with public monies and insurer contributions and where a neutral body facilitates transfer payments between insurers. Insurers with a lower-than-average risk profile provide net funding into the fund while insurers with a higher-than-average risk profile receive net funding from the fund. Significant additional national resources will need to be set up and to administer the fund. If we do this, it will be a whole new department.
For these reasons, MOH does not believe that mandating full portability for IPs is the right solution for the issues faced by policyholders. Most of all, it is not an international best practice for supplementary and commercial personal health insurance to be fully portable.
Fundamentally, for the group of IP policyholders with pre-existing conditions, the issue may not be a lack of competition among insurers, but that insurers are not actively competing for this group of customers. It is because their probability of claims is higher, which means that insurers may have to pay out to them more than what they collect in premiums. For IP policyholders with pre-existing conditions, the assurance for them is that the Government always stepped in to ensure that MediShield Life will cover them for their pre-existing conditions, even if their private insurance does not.
The best way to provide assurance to everyone is to keep healthcare costs manageable. At the national level, MOH will continue to look at measures to manage healthcare costs and ensure that all Singaporeans have access to good and affordable basic healthcare.
Mr Speaker: Dr Tan Wu Meng.
\tDr Tan Wu Meng (Jurong): Mr Speaker, I thank the Minister of State for her comprehensive and, if I may say, expansive and deeply considered answer. If I may just have some preamble to frame some of the issues my residents in Clementi face, followed by supplementary questions, and I beg Speaker's indulgence.
Sir, I have Clementi residents in their 50s and 60s, who bought IPs years, even decades ago, who were told at the time by the insurers' marketing team they could choose their preferred doctor and have peace of mind on treatment choices. Today, I have residents who ask if the insurers have moved the goalposts. Sometimes, the doctor now must be on a panel, but the criteria are not always clear. Sometimes, the insurer has changed the access to policy benefits or how the coverage is administered. Can I ask the Minister of State, notwithstanding the difficulties with portable IP insurers, does the Minister of State agree that these challenges faced by middle-aged Singaporeans, existing policyholders, are real in their lived experience?
Secondly, does the Minister of State also agree that, today, given IP insurers enjoy extra access to deduct from the Central Provident Fund MediSave up to the additional withdrawal limits, does the Minister of State agree that not every insurance product enjoys this privilege and therefore, should the IP insurers have a sense of social responsibility, or even some social compact towards these policyholders? And will MOH, therefore, keep a close watch on the insurers, their profit margins and how they approach these policyholders?
Lastly, if I may quote Minister Ong Ye Kung who, on 27 April 2024, was reported in The Straits Times online as saying, he \"really hope the insurance industry takes a hard look at the fundamental design of their policies, their riders, how to make it sustainable for the long term\". Does the Minister of State agree that there are policyholders who did not ask to be sold products which were unsustainable, and if it can be proven that some insurers sold products knowing the products would be unsustainable someday, does that change the weight of thinking and support towards these policyholders more?
\tMs Rahayu Mahzam: I note the questions raised by Members. Indeed, these issues are real issues. And the Member highlighted the point about the IP products being of a special category, because you can tap on your MediSave to pay for your premiums. So, certainly, we agree that the IP insurers must have a sense of social responsibility towards policyholders and this includes ensuring that their products are sustainable. They cannot compete for the market to the point that they then are unable to sustain the product, which is what is happening now.
To the Member's question as to whether we can scrutinise this, we are indeed scrutinising it quite intently and this is because we are seeing some of these challenges. What we are seeing is that the companies are either barely breaking even or making losses from their health portfolios, and this is an issue of concern.
The Member also raised the issue of moving of the goalposts. I will make a few points in this respect.
Firstly, we should note that it really depends on the contract because it is not just what was sold or bought. It is what are the terms in the contract that parties had agreed upon.
Secondly, actually at an individual level, we can appreciate that it is quite human nature; individuals want to be fully protected and they want maximum coverage, so be covered for everything. And the response and the motivation by the insurance company is then to actually create these products to cater to all these expectations of the customers.
But the third point, the more important point, is really this. We need to understand that at the national level, this will all cost and contribute to higher costs. And this is where the Ministry's concerns lie and this is what the Member alluded to. We need to take a close look at this because there appears to be a race to the bottom and we are constantly worried that these private policies are not sustainable.
That is the key thing that we need to look at because the change in terms is really a sign of this happening. Insurers need to take a step back and renew their fundamental designs of their schemes. It cannot be about enhancing the payouts to get the market share and when the sums do not work out, then they adjust the terms. So, that is the point that the Minister for Health was trying to address and that is indeed why we are calling for a fundamental redesign of the system.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Number of Families Affected when Childcare Centres are No Longer Mandated to Operate on Saturdays","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OA","content":"10 Ms Yeo Wan Ling asked the Minister for Social and Family Development (a) whether the Ministry has data on the number of families that will be affected when childcare centres are no longer mandated to operate on Saturdays from 1 January 2025; and (b) whether companies operating on shift hours especially on weekends have been engaged on this change.
\tThe Minister of State for Social and Family Development (Ms Sun Xueling) (for the Minister for Social and Family Development): Mr Speaker, Sir, in reviewing the provision of Saturday childcare services, the Early Childhood Development Agency (ECDA) surveyed over 8,000 parents with children in childcare employed across different industries. More than 99% of the surveyed parents did not require Saturday childcare services or could make alternative care arrangements. Less than 1% of those surveyed had both parents who worked on Saturdays and did not have alternative care arrangements.
When announcing these changes in July 2023, we recognised that sufficient lead time was necessary to minimise the impact to families which may be affected ahead of the implementation of the changes in January 2025. Kindly allow me to share how we started this journey.
In October 2022, Minister Masagos, the Minister for Social and Family Development, had announced that ECDA would engage parents, operators and educators to co-develop ways to improve working conditions, with outcomes to be shared by mid-2023. A key idea then, which resonated strongly, was the review of the requirement of provision of Saturday childcare services.
From November 2022 to January 2023, ECDA carried out public consultations with the stakeholders and analysis on the initiatives to improve working conditions. Minister Masagos then announced in July 2023 that ECDA will remove the mandatory requirement for early childhood development centres to operate on Saturdays, with effect from 1 January 2025.
The main objective of this shift to a five-day work week was to improve the well-being of early childhood educators and make early childhood careers more attractive and sustainable. As Members can see, we had started this process early. Families were informed early, so that they could make alternative caregiving arrangements or work out appropriate arrangements with their employers.
For example, employees can request for flexible workplace arrangements with employers, and the employers have to properly consider and assess, as set out in the Tripartite Guidelines on Flexible Workplace Arrangement Requests.
Mr Speaker: Ms Yeo Wan Ling.
Ms Yeo Wan Ling (Pasir Ris-Punggol): I thank the Minister of State for the reply. Several small and medium enterprises (SMEs) owners who operate on weekends, such as retail, food and beverage (F&B) and essential services business owners, have expressed concern on the lack of childcare support options on Saturdays. Despite the much earlier announcement in 2023, they tell me that they are unaware of the changes and have not factored this into their scheduling plans.
Would the Ministry be doing another round of engagements with employers before the changes take place in January 2025? And would the Ministry also provide updates on alternatives on other affordable weekend childcare options?
\tMs Sun Xueling: I thank the Member for her supplementary questions. I know that the Member has been a strong advocate for the retail, as well as the F&B industry. So, I take in her feedback and ECDA takes in this feedback seriously.
As we have shared, we started this journey very early. ECDA had been sending out letters to the preschool operators to inform them that there is no need to provide Saturday childcare services if there is no requirement to do so. We have also sent out letter templates to these preschool operators for them to send out to the parents of the children to inform them that we will be stopping the provision of the Saturday preschool services starting 1 January 2025.
Following from this initiative, we will also be further sharing with the families that they can consider tapping on paid, as well as community-based options, such as the home-based childminding programme by Daughters of Tomorrow as well as other services, such as playgroup and enrichment classes, which are conducted at the community clubs and centres on Saturday mornings.
Mr Speaker: Mr Melvin Yong.
\tMr Melvin Yong Yik Chye (Radin Mas): Sir, I thank the Minister of State for her reply. My focus is more on the early childhood educators. Sir, the impetus of removing the mandate on preschools having to operate on Saturdays was meant to improve the working conditions of our early childhood educators by allowing them to have a five-day work week. I fully support this. But I note that with the removal of Saturday services, work that the preschool teachers used to do on Saturdays would now need to be done on the weekdays.
I understand that this would include lesson preparation, administrative work, classroom set-up and even attending training. Sir, the handling of a class of toddlers for a full day is already very challenging. So, beyond the physical working hours, I am quite concerned about the hours that our early childhood educators spend outside of these official working hours, in particular, attending to parents' queries. This is a common issue that teachers face.
I note that the Minister for Education had recently stated that the Ministry of Education teachers are not required to respond to work-related messages after school hours. I would, therefore, like to ask if ECDA could provide early childhood educators with a similar right to disconnect, so that they can have protected rest time outside of their work hours.
\tMs Sun Xueling: I thank the Member for his supplementary question, as well as feedback and suggestions. As I had mentioned in my main reply, shifting to a five-day work week, fundamentally, is to improve the well-being of our early childhood educators and to make early childhood careers more attractive as well as sustainable. So, this change should not come at the expense of our educators' wages.
I also know that the working hours and the wages are really decided between the educator as well as their employer, which is the childcare operator. There are broader moves in the entire early childhood industry to lower the stress levels as well as increase the productivity of our early childhood educators.
So, the use of, for example, technology solutions to take away some of the more manual tasks, for instance, when it comes to attendance taking, or in the areas of handling feedback from parents. This is a continuous work-in-progress and I think we are totally on the same page, aligned in our common interests to make sure that we improve the working conditions of our early childhood educators.
I take the Member's point on the right to disconnect and I think this is something that the Member has been championing across various sectors and industries for our workers. So, I will share that with ECDA and I thank the Member very much for his feedback.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Adjustments to Cooling-off Period for Digital Security Token Activation Based on High-risk Activities and Enhancing Fraud Surveillance Thresholds","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OA","content":"11 Mr Desmond Choo asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance in respect of the Shared Responsibility Framework which requires financial institutions to impose a cooling-off period upon activation of digital security tokens (a) whether MAS can consider extending or adjusting the cooling-off period based on the type of high-risk activities to prevent rapid fund depletion; and (b) whether there are plans to enhance the real-time fraud surveillance threshold of more than half of a balance of at least $50,000 in the detection of rapid draining of accounts to cover smaller but significant losses.
51 Mr Yip Hon Weng asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance in respect of the Shared Responsibility Framework (SRF) (a) what measures are in place to assist more vulnerable residents, such as seniors or less tech-savvy individuals, in navigating the SRF and avoiding scams effectively; and (b) whether the Ministry can provide more details on how payout decisions will be communicated to scam victims under the SRF for transparency in the criteria used for reimbursement.
The Minister of State for Culture, Community and Youth and Trade and Industry (Mr Alvin Tan) (for the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance): Mr Speaker, may I have your permission to take Question Nos 11 and 51 raised by Mr Desmond Choo and Mr Yip Hon Weng respectively, as well as written Question filed by Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim in today's Order Paper as they pertain to the Shared Responsibility Framework, or SRF, please?
Mr Speaker: Please go ahead.
\tMr Alvin Tan: Thank you, Mr Speaker. Sir, Members asked about possible refinements to SRF duties, measures to help customers, particularly seniors or the less tech-savvy, to navigate and seek redress under SRF, as well as efforts to raise public awareness on scams.
I will first respond to the question on the 12-hour cooling period upon activation of a digital security token. This is a minimum period that financial institutions (FIs) must apply to specified high-risk activities once a customer has activated a digital security token on his or her mobile device.
High-risk activities are typically performed by scammers during an account takeover to transfer funds without a customer's knowledge and this 12-hour minimum period thus gives customers sufficient time to act on abnormal activities on their account, while balancing inconvenience to customers from the undue friction to legitimate activities.
Next, on real-time fraud surveillance duty. In calibrating this threshold, we must strike a balance between protecting consumers and the inconvenience posed to consumers conducting legitimate transactions. SRF introduces a requirement to block or hold transactions above the prescribed perimeters. Setting a lower value could generate too many false alerts and result in inconvenience to the majority of customers.
That said, the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) expects banks to take into account other factors, such as a consumer's profile and potential vulnerability to scams, as well as their spending patterns, as part of their holistic approach towards fraud surveillance. These go beyond what is set out in the SRF, which is an accountability framework designed with discrete, objective and verifiable duties for FIs and telecommunication companies, or telcos.
Sir, I will now address questions about operationalising the SRF. A victim who qualifies for a claim assessment under the SRF should contact his or her FI immediately and report the incident to the Police. In the case of a phishing scam within the SRF, FIs will coordinate their investigations with the telcos as necessary. Upon completion of any case investigation, including an SRF-related case, the FI will provide a written reply to the customer on the outcome of the investigation.
If there is a breach of any SRF duty by the FI or the telco, the FI or telco is expected to provide payouts to the customer. If the customer does not agree with the investigation outcome, he or she may seek further recourse, such as via the Financial Industry Dispute Resolution Centre, or FIDReC.
\tRaising public awareness remains key in the fight against scams, particularly for vulnerable groups. The Government recently consolidated anti-scam measures and resources into a one-stop portal, the ScamShield Suite, to equip members of the public with anti-scam resources. MAS and banks also partner other Government agencies, such as the Silver Generation Office and People's Association, to include anti scam-related content in their outreach to seniors. MAS and our banks will continue to step up these efforts to expand our outreach.
\tMr Speaker: Mr Choo.
\tMr Desmond Choo (Tampines): Mr Speaker, I have two supplementary questions for the Minister of State. First, I think we do want thank MAS and the Ministry of Finance (MOF) teams. It is not easy to put up all the defences against scams. Perhaps, the Minister of State and MOF could give an update on the progress of the different measures and what we can look forward to.
The second one is on the threshold of $50,000. To some of the lower-income residents or the depositors, $50,000 is a fairly high threshold and many of them will not have that kind of savings. You quickly deplete it, you will run out of all savings. Many of us would have seen it during our Meet-the-People Sessions.
Banks do have the data across different bank accounts about how much per person will have in totality. Is there a possibility that the threshold can be set lower automatically for those lower-income residents, so that we can safeguard whatever savings that they have? Or MAS or MOF can allow an opt-in option for these residents, or the children of these lower-income residents, to help them to get onto this, so that they can get these notifications or the 24-hour delay much easier?
\t
\tMr Alvin Tan: Sir, I thank Mr Desmond Choo for his supplementary questions. For the second question, with regard specifically to the fraud surveillance duty, as I mentioned earlier, the banks have to make a balance between what is convenient and what is doable. Setting a lower value could generate too many false alerts and result in inconvenience to consumers or customers who have legitimate transactions.
But I take the Member's point that some seniors, for example, or maybe other customers, would have lower amounts in their accounts. In this case, the fraud surveillance duty for banks, the parameters are, in fact, taken as our baseline expectations. These are baseline expectations and, in fact, what they will be held to, as part of the SRF's fraud surveillance duty.
Banks also have their own internal surveillance systems and parameters, and they may choose to go under this $50,000. But this $50,000 threshold is prescribed for the purpose of, as I mentioned earlier, the SRF's fraud surveillance duties, which if they do not meet as a baseline in a phishing scam, then the banks will have to pay out.
So, this is a baseline. Banks have to meet this at the minimum. If they do not, if it is a part of phishing scam, they will have to compensate.
To the first question by the Member, I think it is important to also take into account that there is a broad suite of measures – upstream and also downstream measures – that Government, financial institutions, telcos, as well as other players in this broad ecosystem, have progressively implemented to tackle scams. I thank the many Members here who have contributed to many of the suggestions that we have put together.
Third, SRF is one of this suite of measures. There is a 12-hour cooling period. You have notification alerts now. You have the reporting channel which is manned 24/7. You have kill switches available to customers. And also, you have the real-time fraud surveillance.
But beyond that, banks have put in place the detection of the side-loading of apps containing malware – that has reduced malware scams significantly. We have MoneyLock, which we have discussed in this House. We have ScamShield, which we have now consolidated into the ScamShield suite. Also, thanks to many of the feedback, banks have also taken a more forward-leaning approach in assessing goodwill payments for customers affected by malware scams.
Yesterday, Minister of State Sun Xueling mentioned about the Protection from Scams Bill, which will allow the Police to order banks to restrict potential scam victims' banking transactions. This is to better protect targets who refuse to believe they are being scammed.
We are also being more forward-leaning. In fact, MAS is now studying stronger, out-of-band authentication solutions beyond the SRF to enhance defences against unauthorised phishing transactions.
In all, MAS, MHA and the financial institutions, telcos, the ecosystem players will work together to mitigate the risks of other scam types like malware-enabled scams and that includes holding ecosystem players accountable where necessary. So, this is a broad measure. We are constantly evaluating different suggestions and proposals. You will see that we will put these together in our consolidated suite to tackle this scam scourge.
\tMr Speaker: Mr Yip Hon Weng.
\tMr Yip Hon Weng (Yio Chu Kang): Mr Speaker, I thank the Minister of State for his reply. The focus of my supplementary question is on seniors and less tech-savvy individuals as they are more susceptible to scams. I know many Members have seen many residents who come to their Meet-the-People Sessions about such issues.
Given that seniors and digitally vulnerable groups are often targeted by scams, has the MAS considered perhaps faster reimbursement processes, specifically for these groups? And secondly, many of them are non-English speaking. Are there efforts to communicate the SRF in multiple languages to inform these residents of the details of the SRF, especially on payout decisions?
\t
\tMr Alvin Tan: I thank Mr Yip Hon Weng for his suggestions. Indeed, seniors and the less tech-savvy are of great concern to Government, and that is why we are stepping out these outreach efforts on the upstream to explain what measures are available, but also to work with organisations like the Silver Generation Office as well as the People's Association to get that message out.
We have also worked with the banks so that now they are taking a more forward-leaning approach with regard to goodwill payments. You will see that that has been happening as well.
But as I mentioned to Mr Desmond Choo in response to his supplementary question earlier on, these are all suites of measures of which communication, particularly to the more vulnerable group, is a key part of our approach.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Help for Citizens Who Are Not Digitally Savvy to Book Polyclinic Appointments","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OA","content":"12 Mr Christopher de Souza asked the Minister for Health (a) whether there has been any improvement to the situation faced by senior citizens about their difficulty in the booking of polyclinic appointments; and (b) whether any additional measures have been implemented since July 2023 to help senior citizens who are not technologically savvy to book polyclinic appointments.
\tThe Senior Minister of State for Health (Dr Janil Puthucheary) (for the Minister for Health): Sir, the number of seniors attending polyclinic has increased from over 260,000 in July 2023 to over 300,000 in July 2024.
Generally, patients having their chronic conditions managed at the polyclinics have their appointments for chronic disease management booked ahead of time. If a senior requires assistance to book a new polyclinic appointment digitally, he or she can seek assistance at a polyclinic, at the Active Ageing Centres, at Community Health Posts and other locations where staff can assist seniors to make polyclinic appointments. Seniors can also contact the call centres for an appointment or walk into a polyclinic where they can be assigned an appointment slot if one is still available.
If the available appointment slots have run out, depending on demand for the day, the polyclinics will triage and attend to walk-in patients with urgent medical needs, which could include elderly who are frail and have mobility issues.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Current Progress of Three-year Infant Childminding Service Pilot","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OA","content":"13 Ms Yeo Wan Ling asked the Minister for Social and Family Development what is the progress of the three-year pilot to provide infant childminding services that was announced earlier this year.
\tThe Minister of State for Social and Family Development (Ms Sun Xueling) (for the Minister of Social and Family Development): Mr Speaker, Sir, the Early Childhood Development Agency is in the midst of finalising details for the Childminding Pilot for Infants. The pilot will be launched in December 2024 for a period of three years.
More details will be provided in the coming weeks on the operators appointed onto the pilot, as well as how interested parents can apply for the pilot.
\tMr Speaker: Ms Yeo Wan Ling.
\tMs Yeo Wan Ling (Pasir Ris-Punggol): I thank the Minister of State for the reply. Given that childminding services can be a popular work choice with return-to-work women due to the flexibility of the work, what plans does the Ministry have to reach out to more women groups and the Labour Movement on promoting this as a viable work option? And what would be some of the successful endpoints for this pilot? Is there a golden ratio of childminders to population size, for instance?
\t
\tMs Sun Xueling: I thank the Member for her supplementary question. To answer her last question first, like I mentioned, the intent we are looking at through this pilot is we are looking to provide an affordable, safe service for infants, a service that is trusted by families with infants. So, the pilot is to test whether there is a market for this service. A successful endpoint would be a good take-up by parents with infants of this service and also a sustainable pipeline of supply of childminders from the operators.
As I shared, we are in the midst of discussing with the operators to appoint the appropriate operator. The operators are in charge of recruiting the childminders and when they are looking for these childminders, we will definitely put them in contact with groups, whether it is women groups or the Labour Movement, to extend their outreach to recruit these childminders.
We have shared earlier that the childminding ratio we are looking at is one childminder to two or three infants. So, in order to cater to 700 infants, which is our first key performance indicator to achieve in this pilot, we would need approximately 250 to 300 childminders.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Assessing Impact of Payment Term Extension by Major E-commerce Platform on SMEs and Regulatory Interventions to Support Small Merchants","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OA","content":"14 Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song asked the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Trade and Industry (a) whether the Ministry has assessed the impact of a major e-commerce platform’s recent extension of payment terms on small businesses in Singapore; and (b) whether regulations can be applied to ensure that large e-commerce platforms release payments promptly to support small merchants and prevent undue delays in cash flow.
\tThe Minister of State for Trade and Industry (Mr Alvin Tan) (for the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Trade and Industry): Sir, the Government engaged the e-commerce platform after receiving feedback on changes to its payment terms.
The e-commerce platform had updated its payment terms in June 2023 to allow the platform to wait until after the buyer's return or refund period ends before releasing the monies to the merchants. This was to strengthen its consumer protection and fraud detection efforts. As these are private commercial agreements, we provided the feedback provider with a contact point at the e-commerce platform and advised the feedback provider to engage the e-commerce platform directly to address further concerns.
In the case of disputes, there are established processes and available legal avenues to assist merchants, including small businesses. For example, they can file a civil claim with the courts.
\tMr Speaker: Mr Gerald Giam.
\tMr Gerald Giam Yean Song (Aljunied): Sir, I thank the Minister of State for his reply. Could the Ministry of Trade and Industry (MTI) lean more on these large e-commerce platforms to enforce fairer prompt payment terms, specifically for smaller merchants, so as to ease their cash flow challenges? These small merchants have limited negotiating power and lack the financial resources and access to financing of larger firms.
Secondly, what immediate support options beyond long-term digital grants can be offered to smaller merchants to mitigate cash flow gaps caused by delayed payments on major platforms?
\t
\tMr Alvin Tan: I thank Mr Gerald Giam for his two supplementary questions. As I mentioned earlier on, the changes to the payment terms between the e-commerce platform and their merchants are commercial arrangements. However, MTI and Enterprise Singapore had gone the extra mile. We, in fact, contacted the feedback provider and thanked him for the feedback. We shared that Enterprise Singapore had, in fact, contacted the platform. We responded also to the feedback provider on the two issues that he had raised and also provided a point of contact to the platform provider. We also shared the feedback provider's feedback and suggestions to the platform.
On his questions about how to better support small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and also merchants, there are a few ways. One, let me just be quite specific, it is not just specific to this platform but, for example, we collaborated with this platform and, in fact, others, with our Enterprise Singapore teams, on initiatives to uplift the overall ecosystem. Number two, we had programmes to help our SMEs internationalise and also to help them to kickstart their e-commerce journey.
We are also supporting and helping partner with e-commerce platforms and heartland retailers to adopt e-payments and other digital commerce solutions. But for specific merchants who face cash flow difficulties, they can contact any of the participating financial institutions listed on Enterprise Singapore's website to apply for Enterprise Financing Scheme Working Capital Loan.
So, these are all measures in which we can continue to support SMEs and merchants that are available particularly if they have cash flow issues.
Mr Speaker: Order. End of Question Time. Introduction of Government Bills. Minister for Sustainability and the Environment.
[Pursuant to Standing Order No 22(3), provided that Members had not asked for questions standing in their names to be postponed to a later Sitting day or withdrawn, written answers to questions not reached by the end of Question Time are reproduced in the Appendix.]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Workplace Fairness Bill","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"BI","content":"[(proc text) \"to protect against certain discriminatory behaviour relating to employment and to establish fair employment practices, and to make related amendments to the Employment of Foreign Manpower Act 1990\", (proc text)]
[(proc text) presented by the Minister for Manpower (Dr Tan See Leng) read the First time; to be read a Second time on the next available Sitting of Parliament, and to be printed. (proc text)]
Mr Speaker: We will come back to the Introduction of Government Bills by the Ministry of Sustainability and the Environment later.
Order. The Clerk will now proceed to read the Orders of the Day and Notices of Motions.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Singapore International Commercial Court (International Committee) Bill","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"BP","content":"[(proc text) Order for Second Reading read. (proc text)]
Mr Speaker: Minister for Law.
The Minister of State for Law (Mr Murali Pillai) (for the Minister for Law): Mr Speaker, Sir, on behalf of the Minister for Law, I beg to move, \"That the Bill be now read a Second time.\"
The Singapore International Commercial Court (International Committee) Bill establishes an International Committee of the Singapore International Commercial Court, or International Committee. This body will hear prescribed appeals of international commercial disputes from prescribed foreign jurisdictions.
Before I delve into the specifics of the Bill, allow me to provide some context on how the proposals within this Bill are to be positioned within the present dispute resolution framework.
Singapore has established itself as a leading international dispute resolution hub with a comprehensive suite of international offerings. In addition to our domestic Courts, we have an ecosystem built on three pillars.
First, international arbitration. In addition to the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (SIAC), there are also other leading international arbitration centres that have established a presence here, including the Permanent Court of Arbitration, the ICC International Court of Arbitration, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Arbitration and Mediation Center, and the American Arbitration Association’s International Centre for Dispute Resolution.
Second, international litigation, through the Singapore International Commercial Court (SICC).
Third, international mediation, facilitated by our mediation centres like the Singapore International Mediation Centre (SIMC).
These three pillars work in harmony to offer a holistic, three-part approach to dispute resolution for commercial disputes. Depending on the nature and stage of the dispute, commercial parties can adopt the most suitable dispute resolution modality for their needs. This includes moving between the different modalities where necessary.
The SICC was established in 2015 and is specifically designed to handle transnational and cross-border commercial disputes that may have little connection to the actual physical jurisdictions they may arise from. It offers a bespoke procedural regime for international commercial disputes, drawing upon international best practices and is attuned to the needs and realities of international commerce.
First, the SICC panels comprise eminent international jurists from civil and common law traditions with deep expertise and experience in hearing commercial cases.
Second, the SICC allows foreign lawyers and law experts a right of audience before the Court, upon successful registration.
Third, there is procedural flexibility in how parties may conduct their cases before the SICC.
Since its introduction, the SICC’s caseload increased by about 30% in 2023, with a substantial increase in fresh filings in the SICC over the past two years. Furthermore, the SICC was voted the most used international commercial court globally in 2024 in the Singapore International Dispute Resolution Academy International Dispute Resolution Survey 2024. Users who voted include users of dispute resolution mechanisms, including businesses, in-house and external counsel, from 26 countries.
Through the establishment of the International Committee and the availability of a transnational appeal mechanism as set out in this Bill, we will start a new chapter in facilitating cross-border legal cooperation, enhance our offerings as a leading international centre for dispute resolution that is responsive and attuned to evolving commercial needs and strengthen opportunities for the development of jurisprudence beyond our shores. This innovative initiative will, in time, create opportunities for more cross-border legal work in Singapore, boosting our legal sector.
I will take hon Members through key features of the Bill in turn: the structure and constitution of the International Committee; the jurisdiction of the International Committee and the transnational appeal mechanism; legal representation in the International Committee; enforcement and finality of International Committee judgments or orders; and the International Committee’s procedural rules.
First, the International Committee will be a standalone body hearing prescribed civil appeals of an international and commercial nature from prescribed foreign courts. While there will be strong linkages between the International Committee and Singapore’s judiciary, the International Committee will not be a court of Singapore, nor will it exercise the judicial power of Singapore. The International Committee will leverage the close relationship with the SICC. For example, proceedings before the International Committee will take place in Singapore and the International Committee will tap existing Supreme Court resources, such as the SICC registry and its state-of-the-art courtrooms, building on our efficient and reliable Court infrastructure.
The International Committee’s bench will consist of permanent members drawn from the Judges of the Supreme Court and International Judges in the SICC, and ad hoc members drawn from the foreign court of appeal origin. This ensures a deep bench of highly qualified and experienced local and foreign jurists.
As it was with the establishment of the SICC, the International Committee highlights the strong commercial law experience and expertise of Singapore Judges. Singapore Judges have sat on foreign judicial and quasi-judicial bodies, for example, in Brunei, Fiji, China and Dubai. This positions our local Judges to broaden their expertise and knowledge of the commercial realities and practices in other regions of the world. Such international exposure enhances the expertise of our Judges that they bring to the International Committee. It also demonstrates the high regard in which Singapore’s judiciary is held internationally.
Particulars unique to each collaboration agreement with a foreign jurisdiction will be set out in regulations made under the framework of the Bill. The Minister for Law will be empowered to make such regulations concerning the types of cases that can be appealed to the International Committee from a prescribed foreign jurisdiction, the powers of the International Committee and ancillary matters, such as the appointment of ad hoc members and the composition of the International Committee panel. The particulars set out in the regulations will be subject to inter-governmental negotiations.
To ensure quality legal representation and parity with the SICC, the Bill makes related amendments to the Legal Profession Act 1966. Singapore advocates and solicitors can appear before the International Committee, and the SICC registration model for foreign lawyers and law experts will be extended to apply to the International Committee. Those who have registered to appear before the SICC are allowed to also appear before the International Committee.
For enforcement purposes by the Courts of Singapore, a judgment or order of the International Committee will be treated as a judgment or order of a court of that foreign jurisdiction from which the appeal arose. This means the Committee’s judgments will be enforceable in accordance with the mechanisms applicable to that jurisdiction. For example, if that jurisdiction is party to the Convention on Choice of Court Agreements, enforcement in accordance with the Choice of Court Agreements Act 2016 is available.
To ensure finality, a decision of the International Committee may not be appealed to or reviewed by any Court in Singapore.
The International Committee framework represents a significant step forward in international commercial dispute resolution, featuring a dedicated body to hear appeals from foreign courts, flexible arrangements with different jurisdictions and the development of judicial expertise across borders in a structured, collaborative manner.
Please allow me to share Singapore’s first collaboration arrangement under the Bill’s framework.
On 20 March 2024, Singapore and Bahrain signed a Treaty for Bahrain to establish the Bahrain International Commercial Court (BICC) and for Singapore to designate a body to hear appeals from the BICC. The International Committee will be the body to hear these appeals. As mentioned earlier, details of the collaboration, like the types of cases that would be heard on appeal by the International Committee, will be set out in the relevant regulations made by the Minister for Law.
This collaboration has three main features. First, Bahrain will establish the BICC to hear international commercial matters in the Kingdom of Bahrain. Second, the International Committee will be able to hear appeals from the BICC within the categories stated in the Treaty. Broadly, depending on the nature of the BICC’s jurisdiction over the matter, parties may agree to \"opt in\" or \"opt out\" of appeals to the International Committee. And the International Committee panel will consist of at least three members who include one International Judge and one ad hoc member. Ad hoc members will be Bahraini judges nominated by the Bahrain Supreme Judicial Council.
Our collaboration with Bahrain on the International Committee was entered into because of our shared commitment to advance the framework of law supporting commerce in an important region. This collaboration can serve as a model for future partnerships with other international partners.
The features of the Bill are designed to allow for adaptability of the mechanism of the International Committee to accommodate future collaborations with such partners.
There are also opportunities for users who will benefit from having their cases heard before leading jurists in the International Committee, thus contributing to the development of jurisprudence in areas unique to the Middle East and North Africa region.
We are creating a virtuous cycle as these collaborations further enhance our judiciary’s strong international standing and open doors to even more innovative partnerships. We hope that in time, this will attract more sophisticated offshore legal activity, create new and challenging work for our legal sector, foster the development of specialised expertise in transnational commercial law and position Singapore as a major contributor to shaping the future of global commercial justice. Sir, with that, on behalf of the Minister for Law, I beg to move.
[(proc text) Question proposed. (proc text)]
Mr Speaker: Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim.
Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim (Chua Chu Kang): Mr Speaker, Sir, I rise in support of the Bill. The Bill represents an important milestone in our journey to position Singapore as a pre-eminent international dispute resolution hub. It seeks to establish a new body, the International Committee of the SICC, which will be empowered to hear prescribed civil appeals and related proceedings from foreign jurisdictions. By creating this International Committee, we not only strengthen Singapore’s reputation as a leader in international legal standards, but we also open new doors for Singapore-trained lawyers to appear before a court with a truly global mandate.
As an international disputes lawyer, I appeared before dispute resolution fora such as the London Court of International Arbitration in London and the International Chamber of Commerce in Paris. I experienced the first-hand value of exposure to complex and cross-border legal issues. I have also had the privilege of appearing before the SICC, where I was able to experience the legal cut and thrust amongst foreign counsel and international judges. Such experiences are invaluable and I look forward to the establishment of the International Committee, which will offer more Singaporean lawyers with these opportunities and develop Singapore’s legal talent and exposure to international work.
However, there are five key areas where I seek clarifications.
Firstly, I would like to understand more about the types of cases that can be brought before the International Committee. Under this Bill, the Minister for Law will have the power to prescribe the types of cases that may be appealed from a foreign jurisdiction to the International Committee. Can the hon Minister of State provide more information on this? Will these cases primarily be commercial in nature? Will cases need to have any specific nexus or connection to Singapore, or would they involve purely foreign entities and issues?
Additionally, will the International Committee be empowered to hear cases involving non-monetary relief, such as declarations or specific performance, or will it be restricted to monetary judgments? Understanding the scope of appeals will be critical for those considering the International Committee as a venue for resolving disputes.
Secondly, I seek clarity on the jurisprudential implications of the International Committee’s decisions. Specifically, will the decisions of the International Committee be binding on lower courts in the foreign jurisdiction from which the appeal originated? Moreover, will these decisions carry any binding effect on Singapore’s domestic Courts? Establishing binding authority would strengthen Singapore’s influence in international jurisprudence, signalling that our Courts are trusted and authoritative on complex international legal issues.
Additionally, given that the International Committee will impact the development of jurisprudence in foreign jurisdictions, how will it handle issues of public policy or interest that are specific to that foreign jurisdiction? For instance, if a case before the Committee raises matters of public interest in that foreign country, will the Committee evaluate these issues from Singapore’s perspective or will it consider the public policies of that foreign jurisdiction? This is an important question as the Committee’s decisions will be final and non-appealable, meaning that such judgments will have lasting impacts on the legal landscape of the jurisdiction concerned.
Next, in terms of operational support, I would appreciate clarification on how the International Committee will be resourced. While users pay filing fees and court fees, these may not fully cover the costs of running the Committee. For cases arising from jurisdictions with whom we have, or will have, bilateral agreements, will there be any agreement on the sharing of costs or funding? This could help to ensure that the Committee is well-resourced to handle a high volume of complex cases.
Thirdly, I would like to inquire about the composition of the International Committee. The Bill proposes that this body will be an independent committee hearing appeals from designated foreign jurisdictions. To uphold the credibility and global appeal of the International Committee, will the judges on the Committee be drawn from both the civil law and common law traditions? Given that many jurisdictions with which Singapore engages are civil law systems, ensuring a balanced representation of both legal traditions would enhance the Committee’s legitimacy and broaden its appeal.
Furthermore, I hope the Singapore judiciary will feature prominently in the International Committee. This will help develop our judiciary’s experience and ensure that Singapore’s interests are well-represented. By allowing more Singaporean judges to preside over cases with significant international dimensions, we also strengthen their expertise and contribute to the growth of our judiciary’s global standing.
Fourth, I commend the Bill’s provisions on enforcement, which treat a judgment or order of the International Committee as equivalent to a judgment or order of the court of the foreign jurisdiction from which the appeal originated. This structure significantly simplifies the enforcement process and removes the need for a separate enforcement or reciprocal enforcement mechanism.
Singapore’s legal framework for enforcing foreign judgments was recently streamlined with the repeal of the Reciprocal Enforcement of Commonwealth Judgments Act, or RECJA, in March 2023. Judgments that were once registrable under the RECJA are now registrable under the Reciprocal Enforcement of Foreign Judgments Act, or REFJA, which covers not only money judgments but also non-monetary judgments. This is a progressive development that aligns with Singapore’s goal to make cross-border dispute resolution more efficient.
I would also like to commend Singapore’s recent Memorandum of Understanding with Bahrain’s judiciary in May 2023, which established an appeal mechanism between the Bahrain International Commercial Court and the SICC. However, I suggest that for countries entering into such agreements with Singapore, we should also consider extending the benefits of REFJA to include lower court decisions as well. This would allow for mutual, reciprocal enforcement of judgments from both lower courts and the International Committee, streamlining enforcement for judgments across jurisdictions.
Finally, I would like to discuss the future potential for international collaboration, particularly with China and India. Singapore’s recent partnership with China is an exciting example. On 1 April 2023, Singapore’s Supreme Court signed a Memorandum of Understanding with the Supreme People’s Court of China, focusing on cooperation in managing international commercial disputes, particularly in relation to the Belt and Road Initiative. This partnership also was discussed at the sixth Singapore-China Legal and Judicial Roundtable in February 2023, co-chaired by Chief Justice Sundaresh Menon and His Excellency Zhou Qiang. The Strategic Roadmap for Judicial Cooperation that emerged from these talks provides a framework for Singapore-China collaboration in this arena.
Similarly, Singapore has been building stronger legal ties with India, including hosting a successful SICC roadshow in New Delhi in December last year. This engagement with two of the world’s largest economies demonstrates Singapore’s commitment to expanding its role as a global dispute resolution hub. If we can encourage more disputes and more cases from China and India to be heard on appeal by the International Committee and the SICC, it would significantly enhance Singapore’s standing in the international legal community. I would appreciate any updates from the Minister on ongoing efforts to establish similar collaborative frameworks with China and India, as well as any challenges that may have been encountered.
In closing, Mr Speaker, Sir, I believe this Bill is a landmark step forward for Singapore. The establishment of the International Committee represents a remarkable opportunity to solidify Singapore’s role as a key player in international disputes resolution. But we must not limit ourselves to just Bahrain and a few other jurisdictions. To truly succeed, we need to attract more appeals and cases from ASEAN, China, India and the Gulf Cooperation Council, creating a robust and diverse docket for the International Committee.
Mr Speaker, Sir, this Bill is testament as to how far Singapore has come since its early days as part of the Straits Settlements. After World War II, the Straits Settlements were disbanded and Singapore was established as a separate Crown Colony in 1946, with a Supreme Court consisting of a High Court and a Court of Appeal. Over the years, we developed our own judicial system, eventually achieving full autonomy from the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council in 1994. The Privy Council in England, until that point in time, was the highest Appellate Court. Our own Court of Appeal is the highest Court of our land. This independence marked the end of our colonial ties and set us on a path to becoming one of the most respected judicial systems in the world.
Today, 30 years after breaking free from the last remnants of colonial judicial control, Singapore has emerged as a beacon of legal excellence. Our Courts are recognised for their efficiency, integrity and adherence to the rule of law. The world is now looking to Singapore not only for judicial guidance but also as a model of an effective dispute resolution system. With the establishment of the International Committee, we are taking yet another step forward in ensuring that Singapore remains at the forefront of global legal innovation.
I believe Singapore, as we celebrate SG60 next year, will continue to develop our legal talent and cultivate judicial luminaries who will lead the way in upholding the rule of law in an increasingly complex world. Mr Speaker, Sir, I stand in full support of this Bill.
Mr Speaker: Minister of State Murali Pillai.
Mr Murali Pillai: Mr Speaker, Sir, I thank the hon Member, Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim, for his support of the Bill and delivering a very thoughtful speech as well.
Before I deal with these points, may I just say that I am heartened to note his positive experience appearing in the SICC, which he said as a result of which he felt that his experience was deepened and his skills were honed as well. I suspect this would be the experience of all Singapore counsel appearing before the SICC. This is truly one of the ideas behind the SICC and I hope that the setting up of the International Committee will give further opportunities to members of the Singapore Bar.
Mr Zhulkarnain asked about the types of cases that can be appealed to the International Committee and whether this would include cases which involve non-monetary relief.
As mentioned in my speech, the International Committee will hear prescribed appeals of an international and commercial nature. These cases do not have to be related to or connected to Singapore. The powers of the Committee, which include whether it has powers to hear and decide on cases which involve non-monetary relief, will be conferred by regulations. There will be specific regulations unique to the arrangements between a foreign jurisdiction and the International Committee.
Broadly, the regulations may provide for powers that include: the powers of the Committee in disposing of an appeal or any related proceedings, provided for in clause 6(2)(c)) of the Bill; and the Committee to hear those appeals and any related proceedings, including proceedings for incidental directions and interim orders, as provided for in clauses 6(1)(a) and 6(2)(j)) of the Bill.
Mr Zhulkarnain also asked whether the decisions of the International Committee are binding on the lower courts in the foreign jurisdiction which the appeal arose from and on Singapore courts.
As judgments and orders of the International Committee are judgments and orders from the foreign jurisdiction which the relevant appeal arises from, their precedential value and effect in that particular jurisdiction, is subject to the law of that jurisdiction. In the same vein, as an International Committee judgment is not a Singapore judgment, it will not be binding under Singapore law. But as the International Committee includes our most senior judges, its judgments and the reasoning therein are likely to be taken into account when similar issues arise in our own Courts.
Mr Zhulkarnain also asked how the International Committee will handle issues of public policy or interest, given that a decision of the International Committee would impact the jurisprudence of the foreign jurisdiction from which the appeal arises.
As pertinently observed by Mr Zhulkarnain, an International Committee judgment will be a judgment of the foreign court from which the appeal arose. It is intended that the International Committee approach public policy considerations from the perspective of that foreign jurisdiction. To facilitate this, the International Committee panel hearing an appeal will consist of one or more ad hoc members drawn from the court of the foreign jurisdiction referring the appeal. The particulars of the panel’s composition will be set out in regulations.
Additionally, should enforcement of an International Committee judgment be sought in Singapore, the Singapore courts can, at that stage, refuse enforcement on the ground that it contradicts Singapore public policy.
On Mr Zhulkarnain's question about resourcing for the International Committee, the creation of the International Committee will provide various benefits for Singapore as mentioned in my speech, including members of the Singapore Bar. Resourcing will be provided for the International Committee under the existing framework for the Singapore courts. The International Committee will also tap existing Supreme Court infrastructure and facilities.
Mr Zhulkarnain asked if the International Committee would comprise judges from both civil and common law jurisdictions and whether Singapore members of the judiciary will feature prominently on the Committee. The answer is yes. Members of the Committee will include the Chief Justice, Supreme Court Judges, Senior Judges, Judicial Commissioners and International Judges in the SICC, with ad hoc members drawn from the court of the foreign jurisdiction that will be referring an appeal to the International Committee.
Like the panels of the SICC, the International Committee panels will comprise eminent international jurists from civil and common law traditions. This diversity is crucial to the International Committee's ability to handle a wide range of international commercial disputes.
With regard to Mr Zhulkarnain's suggestion regarding the expansion of the Reciprocal Enforcement of Foreign Judgments Act 1959, or REFJA, to countries signing agreements with Singapore, we will continue to consider both bilateral and multilateral options for increasing the mutual enforcement of judgments with such countries. For example, if that jurisdiction is also a Party to the Convention on Choice of Court Agreements, its judgments, including from its lower courts, will be eligible for enforcement in Singapore in accordance with the Choice of Court Agreements Act 2016. Such enforcement mechanisms are relevant to judgments of the International Committee, as they are not Singapore judgments.
Finally, Mr Zhulkarnain asked about potential collaborations with other jurisdictions, in a similar vein to Singapore's collaboration with Bahrain. Our collaboration with Bahrain on the International Committee was entered into because of our shared commitment to advance the framework of law and to support commerce in an important region. This collaboration can serve as a model for future partnerships with other foreign jurisdictions seeking appeals to the International Committee. That said, the shape of each collaboration must be unique to the needs and interests of each collaboration arrangement. Singapore is prepared to explore similar collaborations with other states. Each request would have to be negotiated and assessed individually.
Mr Speaker, Sir, I appreciate the historical context provided by the hon Member Mr Zhulkarnain. It is a powerful reminder of how far we have come. While Singapore has made remarkable progress in facilitating cross-border legal cooperation and shaping the future of global commercial justice, we must continue to innovate to continue on this path. This Bill represents the next step in that journey.
Sir, I thank Mr Zhulkarnain for his comments and suggestions; and with that, I beg to move.
Mr Speaker: Any clarifications for the Minister of State? No? Okay.
[(proc text) Question put, and agreed to. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Bill accordingly read a Second time and committed to a Committee of the whole House. (proc text)]
[(proc text) The House immediately resolved itself into a Committee on the Bill. – [Mr Murali Pillai]. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Bill considered in Committee; reported without amendment; read a Third time and passed. (proc text)]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Time Limit for Minister and Senior Minister of State's Speeches","subTitle":"Suspension of Standing Orders","sectionType":"OS","content":"The Leader of the House (Ms Indranee Rajah): Mr Speaker, Minister Edwin Tong will be moving the Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill and Senior Minister of State Sim Ann will also be speaking on the Bill.
May I seek your consent and the general assent of Members present to move that the proceedings under discussion be exempted from the provisions of Standing Order No 48(8) to remove the time limit in respect of the speeches of Minister Edwin Tong and Senior Minister of State Sim Ann, so that they can more fully explain the rationale and considerations of the Bill?
Mr Speaker: I give my consent. Does the Leader of the House have the general assent of the Members present to so move?
[(proc text) Hon Members indicated assent. (proc text)]
[(proc text) With the consent of Mr Speaker and the general assent of Members present, (proc text)]
[(proc text) Question put, and agreed to. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Resolved, That the proceedings under discussion be exempted from the provisions of Standing Order No. 48(8) in respect of the speeches of Minister Edwin Tong and Senior Minister of State Sim Ann. ‒ [Ms Indranee Rajah]. (proc text)]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"BP","content":"[(proc text) Order for Second Reading read. (proc text)]
The Minister for Culture, Community and Youth (Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai): Mr Speaker, Sir, I beg to move, \"That the Bill be now read a Second Time.\"
Sir, this is a joint Bill by the Ministry of Culture, Community and Youth (MCCY), Ministry of National Development (MND) and Ministry of Law (MinLaw). The Bill has been put together after a holistic review of the Community Disputes Management Framework, or CDMF in short. In doing so, we have also consulted extensively with the public and other stakeholders. This included more than 30 focus group discussions with members of the public, academics as well as frontline personnel.
Sir, let me start by broadly outlining the main enhancements in this Bill to the CDMF framework in three key areas.
First, the Bill will strengthen the community mediation framework. It will empower authorised officers to direct disputing neighbours to attend mediation at the Community Mediation Centre. This will effectively make mediation mandatory.
This move will strengthen our ability to bring neighbours together, in an amicable environment to discuss their differences and understand each other's perspectives. Mediation is quick, it will be made free and thus far, has proven effective. We will therefore strengthen this framework to encourage neighbour disputes to be amicably resolved, as a measure of first resort.
Second, the Bill proposes the setting up of a dedicated Community Relations Unit, or CRU in short. CRU officers will have a range of investigatory and enforcement powers to intervene in neighbour disputes. This includes the power to issue advisories, warnings and abatement orders. The CRU will focus on addressing severe noise and hoarding disamenity cases. A substantial proportion of neighbour dispute cases involve noise disamenity. This will plug an existing gap where agencies do not presently have sufficient powers to intervene, to more effectively deal with some individuals who are seriously disrupting the community harmony with their behaviour.
Third, Sir, the Bill enhances the powers and processes of the Community Disputes Resolution Tribunals, or CDRT in short. By and large, once this new framework becomes fully operational, we expect most of the disamenity cases to be addressed by the mediation enhancements, or by the CRU framework that we will put in place. There will, however, be a small fraction of cases that will be harder to resolve, where parties might be intransigent and where the issues at hand might have become deep-rooted. These will come before the CDRT.
By the time these cases get to the CDRT, these cases will need to be managed quickly and effectively. We will therefore revise the CDRT framework to enable this.
In my speech, Sir, I will first set out our overall approach to managing community disputes. And thereafter, explain the details which underpin each of the three areas of enhancements. My colleague, Senior Minister of State for National Development Sim Ann, will be overseeing the CRU powers under the new Part 2A. She will share more details on the CRU framework and directed mediation by frontline officers in her speech.
Mr Speaker, Sir, Singapore is a densely populated city-state. When individuals, most of us, live close to one another, some degree of friction will inevitably arise. Over the past three years, public agencies have received more than 90,000 pieces of feedback on neighbour noise alone. Let me just say that again – 90,000 pieces of feedback on neighbour noise alone! On average, that is around 2,500 complaints every month, or over 80 complaints every day.
Noise complaints, by far, form the vast majority of all neighbour disputes feedback received by agencies. Most complaints, not surprisingly, come from Housing and Development Board (HDB) estates – since around 80% of our population reside in HDB estates. But having said that, we are not unique in having this problem. Other cities around the world face similar issues. In the United Kingdom (UK), for example, it has been reported that at least two in five people have had disagreements with their neighbours. And like in Singapore, noise disamenity is the top cause of disputes in the UK.
In 2014, we formalised our approach for managing neighbour disputes under the umbrella of the CDMF. That was when we first set up the CDMF. The CDMF seeks to promote good relations among neighbours to minimise the occurrence of disputes. So, it is not just a question of dealing with the disamenity, but how do we go upstream to manage the conflict at an early stage. It also seeks to encourage neighbours to resolve issues amicably among themselves when such disputes arise. It helps to promote community mediation as the primary source of assistance if neighbours need to resolve their differences, and it provides for the CDRT, as an avenue of last resort.
So, as a primary starting point, I want to emphasise to Members in this House, that even as we introduce this Bill to substantially strengthen the CDMF framework, our aim remains building a strong, resilient and cohesive community where neighbours are friendly with one another, they are more likely to be tolerant and understanding. And they will then, in turn, be more open to discussing minor annoyances which may arise and then aiming to constructively address them without escalation.
We have thus far, taken steps to foster a shared understanding of community norms among residents when it comes to noise. Let me share one initiative.
In 2022, MND brought together representatives from various sectors and set up the Community Advisory Panel on Neighbourhood Noise, or CAP in short. More than 4,400 members of the public, participated in CAP's engagements. Many agreed that the first step in managing noise disputes should be communication with neighbours. The CAP also highlighted the importance of practising considerate behaviour. It highlighted some simple, but sometimes we take for granted, practical steps that residents can take in their day to day living. For example, using door stoppers to prevent the accidental slamming of windows and doors. Or closing the windows when engaging in noisy activities, like karaoke and other such pursuits that one might enjoy at home.
Since then, MND has worked with the Singapore Kindness Movement and agencies like HDB to promote the community norms and encourage considerate behaviour.
Despite this, occasionally, I think we have all come across in each of our constituency occasions where disputes between neighbours will arise. These disputes do not usually raise law-and-order issues. So, it is not a matter for the Police. Instead, these disputes usually, though not always, stem from differences in lifestyles, schedules, depending on working schedules, preferences at home. We might have parents with young energetic children – nothing wrong with that – but they live next to teenagers preparing for exams or the elderly who might need their rest at an earlier hour in the day. The laughter of children may bring joy to many but, in some situations or occasions it is an intrusion on peace and tranquility. Nothing wrong with the needs of both sides but, sometimes, finding that common ground to alleviate this dispute is a challenge.
When such disputes arise, our guiding principle has been that neighbours should proactively and constructively engage with one another and try to reach a workable compromise. If they are unable to do so themselves, they should seek assistance from a community mediator. Mediators at the Community Mediation Centre, or CMC for short, have deep experience in facilitating effective dialogue between disputing neighbours and encouraging them to find common ground.
This, we feel, and continue to feel even with the new CDMF framework, is the best way to resolve a dispute between neighbours. It is non-confrontational, it preserves the long-standing relationship as far as possible and, overall, maintains harmony in society.
Indeed, as an Asian society, amicable resolution is not unknown. Respected elders in the community in the past, like village headmen or clan or religious leaders, used to help in this process. They stepped in, lowered temperatures, heard both sides, found common ground.
Times may have changed. But I think the underlying principles of amicable resolution through discussion and compromise remain just as relevant, if not more, relevant today.
Indeed, many neighbour disputes have been resolved in this way and that was one of the considerations we took into account as we formulated the enhancements in this Bill. Today, around 90% of neighbour noise feedback is resolved after grassroots and other community leaders or HDB officers helped both sides to reach an amicable compromise. Many of the remaining disputes are resolved after neighbours attend mediation at the CMC.
So, we know that conciliation is effective in resolving community disputes. It saves time and cost and, as I said, preserves the longer-term goodwill in the relationship.
And so, this has remained the guiding philosophy with which we have approached the proposed enhancements to the CDMF framework in this Bill. So, let me start on the three buckets of enhancements with mediation.
The first part of the enhancements is straightforward. We want all suitable cases to go through an amicable mediation in the first instance. We will, therefore, empower authorised officers to direct disputing parties, the neighbours, to attend mediation at the CMC in appropriate cases.
Today, we have often heard of many cases where one or both sides refused to engage in mediation even though we might think that is the best option for them. They might refuse to consider mediation for a variety of reasons. Some are personal ones, some perhaps may be ill-conceived ones. Or they register for mediation, but then do not show up.
The new directed mediation powers will strengthen our ability to address such cases. It will enable us to bring neighbours together for a good discussion in a non-confrontational space, at the CMC or perhaps some other agreed venue, and coming together is a critical step in finding a solution to resolving a dispute.
So, Sir, under the new section 13M that is inserted under clause 14, authorised persons, such as a community relations officer or an officer from the CMC, may issue a Mediation Direction to individuals involved in a complaint or dispute involving alleged unreasonable interference.
Public officers or officers from a statutory body, such as HDB, can also be appointed to issue Mediation Directions. Parties who receive a Mediation Direction must attend mediation at the CMC. Failure to comply, without reasonable excuse, will be an offence.
The statutory thresholds for Mediation Directions to be issued under section 13M have been deliberately kept low. Authorised officers, such as HDB officers, may issue these Directions if there is a complaint or dispute involving neighbours, and that complaint or dispute relates to alleged unreasonable interference.
Officers are not required to conduct detailed fact-finding to determine who is right or who is wrong, or, indeed, the nature or extent of the alleged nuisance. The role of these frontline officers, as first responders to a community dispute, is not to determine fault in that first instance, but to bring the neighbours together for open dialogue and, if need be, through a Mediation Direction.
As I mentioned earlier, mediation at CMC is quick and effective. Our statistics have shown that, today, more than 80% of voluntary mediation cases at the CMC are settled amicably. Since 2014, CMC mediators have helped to make peace between neighbours in more than 2,400 cases. These are cases, of course, where the parties had agreed to attend mediation and did attend meditation. We might, therefore, expect to see the settlement rates become lower once directed mandatory mediation takes place. But if we can even help more neighbours to make peace through a consensual, amicable arrangement, that is still a good outcome.
And even if after going through the process, mediation were to be unsuccessful in that it did not result in a compromise or an amicable solution, time, I think, is not wasted. Parties would have heard each other’s perspectives and this can help to lay the groundwork for eventual resolution.
Next, Sir, as we strengthen the ability to foster open dialogue between parties, we should also give more \"bite\" to the settlement agreements that parties enter into, after a successful mediation. So, under the new section 31A, we sought to strike a balance. Parties who come to a settlement can opt to register their settlement agreement as a CDRT order if both parties consent.
Thus, if one party to the agreement breaches the settlement terms, assuming it is registered, then the other party can quickly proceed to use the simplified CDRT process to enforce the settlement agreement in the same way as a CDRT order. This helps to facilitate quicker and simpler recourse if registered settlements are breached. And in such situations, I would hope that neighbours, disputing parties, need not be trigger-happy to always seek enforcement applications in the first instance. They can sometimes inquire with their neighbours as to why or how such an order came to be breached or an agreement came to be breached and I would say if you can speak to your neighbour first, there is a good chance you might then find a way to reach a compromise and resolve the matter, having already done so once.
The simpler Court enforcement process is there to ensure that, if it is indeed breached and there is no subsequent solution found, then, thereafter, the relief can be quick and expeditious. But that, really, I would encourage as a measure of last resort in this case.
Sir, let me move on next to the CRU. This is the second bucket of enhancements to the CDMF.
Sir, we have seen cases where the disamenity in question does not amount to law-and-order issues. But at the same time, they are severely disrupting community peace. For example, we have heard of cases where a neighbour deliberately disrupts the peace by banging loudly on the walls or the ceilings throughout the day and, even sometimes, in the middle of the night continuously.
There are also cases where the acts might not be deliberate or consciously deliberate. But the community nonetheless suffers disamenity, impacting harmony and quality of life and, sometimes we see severe hoarding cases as some examples. Fortunately, at this point in time, these cases are still in the small minority. But if left unaddressed, they can escalate and, thereafter, have an outsized impact on the community. So, we are thinking of how we can pre-emptively disrupt this.
Today, agencies do not have sufficient powers to effectively address them. We have considered this carefully and also studied what other countries have done. In our public consultations, Singaporeans have generally agreed that we need stronger levers to act decisively and effectively in these types of cases. We have decided, therefore, to set up a dedicated CRU.
Under the new Part 2A, the Bill proposes for CRU officers to have a range of powers to investigate, take decisive action in neighbour disputes that involve unreasonable interference, and this includes the kinds of cases that I have given examples of.
Officers may investigate, for example, by taking statements from neighbours or taking photographs and recordings, which can then have evidential value. This can help ameliorate cases which very often we see descend into a \"he said/she said there is this noise at that time\" or \"this volume and that volume\". I think this helps to cut through all that and allows objective statements and evidence to be taken.
Under the new sections 13I and 13J, the CRU may also leverage on technology and deploy noise sensors, with consent, to collect objective evidence of noise events.
After investigations are completed, officers may issue advisories or warnings, as appropriate. These warnings or advisories do not carry penalties, in the first instance.
But if they are not heeded, then an abatement order under section 13L may be issued subsequently. An abatement order can require the recipient to stop any acts that are causing unreasonable interference to surrounding neighbours and it will be an offence under section 13L subsection 5 to disobey an abatement order without reasonable excuse.
I hope we do not always have to resort to issuing an abatement order. Sometimes, the mere presence of a uniformed officer with powers will be sufficient in itself to abate certain behaviours. Other times, a warning may then have to be issued.
Over time, Sir, we hope to see this framework have a salutary effect or a self-moderating impact on both the community and individual residents. The community will know the boundaries, and then begin to self-police.
Senior Minister of State Sim Ann will expand on the details on the new CRU. But before I leave the topic, let me explain the thinking behind the role of the CRU and the scope of its powers.
The statutory powers that will be conferred on the CRU in this Bill under the new Part 2A have been drafted to cover a range of matters. These are matters which usually cause community disputes. They can cover a wide range of acts or omissions, which can lead to unreasonable interference with a neighbour’s enjoyment or use of place of residence and this is intended to cater for flexibility in the CRU's deployment to allow it to do its work effectively.
However, it is not intended for the CRU to become the first responder in all cases, and that is simply not possible.
The CRU will focus its resources only on severe neighbour noise cases that are causing disamenity to the community and also severe hoarding cases. As I explained earlier, this noise, in particular, forms the vast majority of neighbour disamenity complaints and we have got to balance resources against what impact can be felt in the community and how we feel these resources best make a difference to resolving disputes between neighbours.
The CRU will, of course, have discretion to judge the severity of these matters and cases, having regard to the specific facts and circumstances of each case, and we will reflect this in subsidiary legislation made under section 13Z read with section 13G.
It is, therefore, not our intention in this Bill to be overly prescriptive. CRU Officers will assess on a case-by-case basis and have the ability to make a judgement call. In general, due to the transitory nature of noise, a case would be considered severe only if it persists over a period of time. But, in some cases, a single occurrence might well possibly be treated as severe.
For example, if a person deliberately takes a drill to his wall or ceiling at 3.00 am, in the middle of the night with the intent of waking up his neighbours, then HDB officers might well look into this the next day and, if it happens again, the CRU may treat it as \"severe\".
I would also like to caution that we must strike a balance between the CRU stepping in to manage a dispute and also at the same time leaving enough room for neighbours to settle their private disputes between themselves. I think we have to strike that balance very judiciously and very carefully. If we intervene too much, we take away the community's ability to self-police and self-moderate, which is the essence of really good neighbourliness.
With the CRU framework, the Government is already taking a significant step forward, to lean forward to help to resolve these cases, particularly if they threaten to have a wider negative impact on the community.
Fundamentally though, we believe that most neighbour disputes ought to be addressed by strengthening the community in the manner that I have outlined earlier and creating an overdependence on the state to police community behaviours at home will invariably weaken the community’s ability to self-moderate.
In addition, we must be prudent with how we spend our limited resources and manpower. And I think Members can appreciate that, for a matter like this, for the CRU to be stepping in on those occasions with the kinds of cases and the volume of cases or noise that I have outlined, it is very resource-intensive. And this is a substantial endeavour, both in terms of resources as well as manpower.
As such, we intend to, first, pilot the CRU in the HDB estate of Tampines town. The learnings from this pilot will help us understand how to effectively scale up these operations and make it effective and efficient island-wide.
During the CRU pilot in Tampines, grassroots leaders and frontline agencies will continue existing efforts to manage neighbour disputes, both in Tampines as well as applying in the rest of Singapore. Senior Minister of State Sim Ann will share more details on the CRU.
I move on, Sir, to the third bucket of enhancements in this Bill, which is the CDRT. We intend, as I said earlier, for the CDRT to remain an avenue of last resort. I mentioned earlier that many difficult noise and hoarding cases should be addressed by directed mediation enhancements or by the CRU framework.
We are hopeful that, eventually, only a small fraction of cases will remain unresolved after these layers of upstream intervention. By the time we get to this stage, however, these cases are likely to be quite severe and protracted, involving a recalcitrant party.
We will therefore enhance the CDRT's processes and powers; and equip it to deliver quicker and more effective relief. Some of the CDRT enhancements will also go towards supporting upstream amicable resolution efforts.
Let me take Members through the key amendments. First, under the new section 18A, there will be a general requirement that residents must first attempt mediation before filing a CDRT claim. This, I think, is just the flip side of imposing mandatory mediation. This ensures that neighbours do not take each other to the CDRT, without at least first trying mediation.
We do this, because when we look back at our cases, in the last five years, more than 70% of CDRT claimants indicated that they did not first attempt CMC mediation, before filing a CDRT claim.
So, we think that there is a reservoir of cases out there that will benefit from mandatory mediation, even on the existing framework as it currently exists. And this is not what we want to see. We accept that there may be some cases that could not or may not be suitable for mediation – and there is, therefore, flexibility in section 18A to waive pre-filing mediation for such cases.
But, by and large, I would say residents should go for mediation first. Court proceedings should be the last resort. It is always better for parties to agree on an arrangement that both are comfortable with and both are prepared to abide by, than for a third party to adjudicate and then direct what one party can or cannot do. This, in the long term, leads to more lasting peace in the community.
Next, under new sections 13I subsection 4, and 13J subsection 4, the DG of CRU and CRU officers may disclose information gathered, in the course of their work, to the CDRT. This brings the CRU process closer to the CDRT, if necessary. This will help to alleviate the evidential difficulty highlighted by a number of CDRT users. They often tell us when we conduct our focus groups discussions and take feedback, \"How do we gather evidence of noise which is transient or transitory, and how do we ensure that when we get to the CDRT, we can establish the provenance of that piece of evidence\".
So, we decided that we would bring the process of the CDRT closer to that of the evidence collected by the CRU.
In the proposed new framework, therefore, if the CRU had previously looked into the case, and a CDRT claim is thereafter filed, then the evidence gathered – such as observations, noise sensor data, statements from neighbours or previously-issued warnings and compliance or non-compliance therewith – can be submitted to the CDRT, for consideration.
This is so that claimants need not start all over again to prove their cases afresh. They will not need to gather evidence from ground zero that CRU officers had already gathered and which they possess. This will also help the CDRT come to a fair decision in a shorter period of time.
Third, under the new section 12A, the CDRT will be empowered to issue a Mandatory Treatment Order, or MTO for short. MTOs can be issued if the CDRT has reason to believe that the respondent's acts of unreasonable interference stem, at least in part, from an underlying psychiatric condition. Such a condition sometimes causes a person to disrupt the community, with noise or even hoarding, sometimes even unknowingly. In those cases, the issue therefore is not just a disamenity one. Hence, the MTO is intended to address the root cause of certain acts that a resident may engage in.
Our priority will remain to persuade the resident to voluntarily go for treatment. And I want to emphasise that a CDRT-issued MTO will be a measure of last resort, taking into account the circumstances.
Members will see that the Bill provides for a robust framework to ensure that MTOs are issued only in deserving and appropriate cases. And I think it is worth outlining the framework to Members in some detail.
Under section 12A subsection 1, the claimant must first establish that the respondent has caused unreasonable interference. Next, the CDRT must have reasonable grounds to believe that the respondent is likely suffering from a psychiatric condition; and the psychiatric condition is likely contributing to the acts of unreasonable interference. So, there must be a nexus between the behaviour or the suspected behaviour and the interference.
There is an On-site Psychiatrist Scheme in the State Courts to facilitate this assessment. After both conditions are met, the CDRT must, under subsection 8, call for a formal assessment from an appointed psychiatrist.
The respondent may also submit a report from a psychiatrist of his choice, and the CDRT can only make a MTO if the formal assessment report certifies certain matters – such as the respondent's suitability for treatment. These measures ensure that improper applications are dismissed early, so that the party is not put through the course of the proceedings unnecessarily. It also ensures that MTOs are only made in appropriate cases.
Next, let me touch on cost orders.
Clause 21 of the Bill repeals and replaces section 25 and clause 27(c) expands the existing rule-making power on costs. At present, Members may know that other than disbursements, costs cannot be awarded in CDRT proceedings. We will amend this and align with the general costs position under the Rules of Court 2021. In particular, the CDRT will be able to award costs to self-represented persons, on the usual costs principles. This compensates him for the time and work required for the proceedings.
We also intend to make subsidiary legislation to the effect that costs can be awarded against a party who did not make efforts at amicable resolution. This will include situations where a resident declined an invitation from his neighbour to attend voluntary mediation, without good reason. So, in other words, even before you invoke mandatory mediation, if a neighbour approaches one party to offer voluntary mediation outside of this rubric and one unreasonably refuses to take up the offer, the Courts at the CDRT can take this into account when considering the cost orders to be made.
The intention, ultimately, is to encourage dispute resolution at the earliest possible opportunity. And it would be best if neighbours go for mediation voluntarily – and not just wait for a Mediation Direction to be issued.
Next, under the new section 5A, the CDRT will be empowered to issue Interim Orders on a prima facie threshold if the acts of unreasonable interference are likely to continue, likely to have a substantial adverse effect on the claimant, or his day-to-day activities, and it is just and equitable for an interim order to be made.
This will help claimants with serious cases to obtain relief more quickly, even as they wait for their cases to make their way through the process of the CDRT. Even though we have expedited it, there might be some occasions where the disamenity of the interference is pressing and severe.
Next, the new section 10A, addresses tenant-occupied properties. We have heard feedback that some landlords adopt a \"hands-off\" approach, refusing to intervene even after being informed and being made aware that their tenants are causing a nuisance. This is not desirable. Landlords are key stakeholders in this ecosystem. They have a responsibility to exercise some oversight on their tenants' conduct.
Hence, under the new section 10A, residents who experience unreasonable interference from a tenant-occupied property can notify the landlord. The landlord must then act to abate the nuisance from his tenant. If the nuisance is not abated, and the affected resident succeeds on a CDRT claim, then the CDRT can make an order against the tenant. Concurrently, the CDRT can require the landlord to put up a bond to secure his tenant's compliance with the CDRT order. And if the tenant does not comply, then the Court may forfeit all, or part of, the landlord's bond.
This effectively brings forward the existing compliance bond that can currently already be made against a landlord. There is already a provision for such a landlord's bond in the current framework. It empowers the affected resident, under these amendments, to involve the landlord at an early stage, and this improves the chances of an amicable resolution in these cases.
Next, while mediation should be the first resort, there can be exceptional situations where it is necessary for the case to be brought before the CDRT. Under the new section 17A, the DG of CRU may apply for a dispute to be heard and determined by the CDRT, if satisfied that this is necessary in the interests of preserving the community peace.
For example, there may be a protracted dispute between neighbours, where both parties, for example, could agree on the specific noise event, such as children playing in the corridor or making noise beyond a certain level and so on.
But they may disagree strongly on whether that constitutes unreasonable interference. Or parties may have tried for some time, and there is evidence of that, but are unable to resolve this through other means, after multiple rounds of mediation, and they keep looking to CRU to make an intervention or make a finding, whilst at the same time, both parties themselves refuse to submit the case to CDRT for adjudication.
In such cases, by way of example, the DG of the CRU may bring this to the CDRT for resolution and the CDRT can require disputing residents to attend Court and examine the dispute, before making orders.
Along with that, the CDRT will be empowered, under the new section 5B, to vary an order, if there is a change in the personal circumstances of the applicant and it is just and equitable to do so. For example, when the original terms are no longer workable. The CDRT may also vary its order to address situations where respondents attempt to circumvent the original order.
Next, the CDRT processes are designed to be simple, judge-led and accessible. And with these amendments, we intend for it to be more so. But this also raises the possibility of abuse. Once you set the bar too low, it is easy to access, and people file claims easily. And just like we come across occasions where our residents complain to us of a disamenity of a neighbour, you may also have heard of the shoe being on the other foot, where the neighbour comes to us to complain that they are unreasonable complaints or calls to the Police or calls to HDB being made by the neighbour.
In such cases, sometimes parties may exploit the simple low-cost process and commence unmeritorious claims and sometimes repeatedly so. Therefore, under the new sections 31B to 31E, the CDRT will be empowered to make civil restraint orders. For example, if a person makes two or more applications that are totally without merit or are an abuse of process, then the CDRT can restrain the person from making further applications, unless permission is granted.
Sir, on a final note, this Bill also amends the Community Mediation Centres Act or the CMC Act, the Housing and Development Act and the Police Force Act. These are all, as a consequence of the enhancements that I have outlined.
The CMC Act is amended to support the new directed mediation framework. The amendments also clarify that community mediation may be conducted by virtual means, like video conferencing and this adds to the convenience of parties attending mediation.
The Housing and Development Act is amended to enable HDB to consider compulsory acquisition of HDB flats in egregious cases – and Senior Minister of State Sim Ann will expand on this point later.
The Police Force Act is amended to repeal the existing community warden powers under sections 65C and 65D. This is because it is no longer required, with the creation of the CRU.
Other consequential amendments are made under clauses 30, 38 and 39 of this Bill.
Sir, let me conclude. I hope that the enhancements under this Bill will address many of the cases that are escalated to agencies every year – and you heard the numbers earlier. For example, cases where neighbours are unwilling to take the first step to engage with one another, or for one reason or another, refuse to do so.
Or cases where the neighbourly relationship has deteriorated to the point where a person is deliberately disrupting the community peace, sometimes to get back at the neighbour. Or cases where CDRT claimants find it difficult, when they go through the process, having had mediation, but failed – and the case is protracted, it is intransigent, it is severe, but you go through a process where you then have to lead evidence afresh, almost from ground zero again. All that, we try and change and improve with these sets of amendments.
At the same time, Sir, I wish very much to emphasise that these enhancements cannot be seen as a silver bullet – they are not a panacea, they are not a silver bullet, they cannot address everyone's disputes and ills between neighbours. There will likely be cases that will continue to resist resolution, even under this enhanced framework.
Ultimately, this is delicate work, as I mentioned earlier, to balance between intervening too much with the framework that allows us all these measures of relief, but also empowering neighbours themselves to take ownership and responsibility of their own difficulties, their own neighbourly problems and resolve them themselves.
Ultimately, I call on all Members to help us, through our interactions with our residents, to build a gracious society, where neighbours are conscious of their roles in the community, to exercise mutual consideration for one another, and where differences are best bridged through discussion and compromise, and not necessarily by direction or order. Sir, with that, I beg to move.
[(proc text) Question proposed. (proc text)]
Mr Speaker: Senior Minister of State Sim Ann.
The Senior Minister of State for National Development (Ms Sim Ann): Mr Speaker, MND has been working closely with MCCY and MinLaw on the review of the CDMF.
We will play two roles in supporting the enhanced CDMF. First, the Municipal Services Office (MSO) will host the dedicated unit to address severe neighbour noise and hoarding cases. Second, HDB, which helps to manage neighbour noise disputes within HDB flats today, will pilot the early issuance of Mediation Directions by frontline officers.
As the Minister-in-charge of MSO, I will therefore be speaking on Part 2A of the Bill which deals with the operationalisation of the Community Relations Unit, or CRU for short, and allows Community Relations Officers and officers appointed by the Minister to issue Mediation Directions.
The CRU will comprise the Director-General (DG) as well as other authorised officers to be appointed by the Minister, and the Community Relations Officers and Auxiliary Community Relations Officers appointed by the DG, or CROs and ACROs for short.
I will speak on the types of cases CRU will take on, the powers this Bill will equip it with, how it will intervene and the safeguards we will put in place. I will also share an update on our plans to pilot the CRU, starting in Tampines. I will then speak about the issuance of Mediation Directions by frontline officers, which HDB will pilot, also starting in Tampines.
Minister Edwin Tong earlier stated that the CRU will focus only on severe neighbour noise and hoarding cases.
The two main archetypes of severe noise cases that CRU will focus on are: one, severe and prolonged cases, where noise is being used to cause suffering to the surrounding neighbours; and two, cases where the acts that cause noise could be due to an underlying mental health condition.
Take the first scenario. Let us say there are two neighbours who live next to each other in Tampines town – Mr X and Mr Y. Mr X reports that Mr Y has been making intense banging noises from late night to early morning for the past 10 years. However, Mr X is unable to provide agencies with clear evidence that the noises are caused by Mr Y. According to Mr X, Mr Y tends to play a \"cat and mouse\" game. He stops banging when officers visit, but resumes banging right after officers leave.
In such a case, CROs may exercise their powers under the new section 13I and take statements from Mr X, Mr Y and surrounding neighbours. They may also require Mr Y to attend interviews. If Mr X wishes for CROs to deploy noise sensors and the relevant Town Council agrees, CROs may also deploy noise sensors in Mr X's unit, as well as along the common corridor to collect objective evidence of the reported noise, to measure its intensity and triangulate where it is most likely to be coming from.
Subsequently, if CROs are satisfied that Mr Y is indeed engaging in acts that are deliberately disrupting the peace of the neighbours throughout the day and night, then a written warning may be issued to Mr Y, which warns him to cease making the noise with immediate effect. If Mr Y persists with his actions, then the DG of Community Relations may issue an abatement order under the new section 13L and direct Mr Y to stop the noise. If Mr Y does not comply with the abatement order to stop, then that will be a criminal offence. The DG may also seize the item that Mr Y used to cause the noise.
We will equip CRU officers with powers to carry out their tasks and also put in appropriate safeguards.
First, under the new section 13E, before exercising any power, CROs and ACROs must identify themselves by showing their official identification card. Members of the public will be able to go to an MND webpage, to verify that the person standing before them, is indeed from the CRU. Impersonation of a CRU officer will be a criminal offence under section 13Q.
Next, under the new section 13I, CROs will have powers to take statements, photographs and recordings. They may also issue advisories and warnings. These are standard powers for public officers who perform enforcement functions. Advisories and warnings do not carry penalties. However, if they are not heeded, further enforcement action may be taken.
CROs will also have powers to issue Mediation Directions under section 13M. Minister Edwin Tong explained this in detail earlier.
Under section 13L, the DG can issue an abatement order to an individual, if he is satisfied that the individual is engaging in an act or omission that causes unreasonable interference. This is modelled on what countries such as the UK and Australia have done. An abatement order requires the recipient to stop any acts that are causing unreasonable interference to their neighbours. The recipient can also be required to take steps to ensure that other persons in the home, such as family members, stop the acts which are specified in the order. Failure to comply with an abatement order will be a criminal offence, punishable by a fine or imprisonment, or both.
CROs will also be empowered to leverage on technology to do their work. In particular, under sections 13I and 13J, CROs, assisted by ACROs, may deploy noise sensors to collect objective evidence on matters, such as the direction, timing and intensity of the noise nuisance.
This addresses a gap today, where complainants attempt to collect evidence by making simple audio recordings, often on their mobile phones. These recordings are unable to tell us the intensity or direction of the noise disturbance. They can also easily be distorted upon playback or edited and therefore cannot be relied upon for official investigations or court proceedings.
The deployment of noise sensors gives us a sensible alternative to deploying officers on long and possibly futile stakeouts. We also hope sensors can deliver evidence in cases where the nuisance-maker stops the noise when officers are present but starts making noise again once the officers have left.
In relation to the deployment of noise sensors, I would like to assure Members there will be safeguards to protect residents' privacy. These safeguards incorporate feedback from the public engagements that we have conducted. Let me elaborate.
First, noise sensors will be deployed only after CROs, assisted by ACROs, have done initial investigations and narrowed down the unit where the noise might be coming from.
Second, noise sensors will only be deployed with consent, as laid out under the new section 13I, subsection 1. So, if the sensor is to be installed in someone's home, then the owner or occupier of the home must grant consent. If the sensor is to be installed in the common areas, then CRU must seek consent from the managing agent of the common area.
In the course of public consultations, some members of public suggested that CRU should be empowered to deploy noise sensors without obtaining consent, for example, within the home of a suspected noise-maker. We considered this carefully but decided that it is not necessary to take this step for now.
Third, to prevent tampering, raw data that is collected by the sensors will be transmitted in real-time to Singapore-based servers for processing. Strict access controls will be placed on these servers and the raw data will be automatically expunged once it has been processed. Only processed data will be retained for the purposes of CRU's investigation and any subsequent court proceedings. This processed data will provide objective, untampered evidence on the direction, timing and intensity of the noise events above an ambient baseline. The actual sounds, including any conversations that were picked up by the sensor, will not be available to our officers.
As a deterrent and an absolute last resort, for the most severe of cases that involve recalcitrant nuisance-makers, CRU may refer the matter to HDB after exhausting other levers, for HDB to consider compulsory acquisition. HDB has compulsory acquisition powers which have been used very sparingly. We recognise that it is a very severe action, which would affect not only the nuisance-maker but also the rest of the person's household. We will not take this course of action without due care and consideration. We may consider referring the case to HDB to consider compulsory acquisition if all other levers have failed to abate the nuisance and measures are required to protect the wider community. Therefore, clause 36 of the Bill amends section 63 of the Housing and Development Act to empower HDB to compulsorily acquire a flat.
HDB may consider compulsory acquisition of the flats of severe and recalcitrant nuisance-makers, if, for example, the owner or an occupier has been convicted by the Courts at least twice for disobeying an abatement order or a CDRT exclusion order.
The second noise scenario that CRU will focus on involves persons who may have mental health conditions. For example, let us consider a case where a resident who lives on his own has been shouting to himself for extended periods of time, even late at night. The surrounding neighbours inform CRU that the resident might have an underlying mental health condition, as suggested by his behaviour.
For cases with mental health conditions, the aim will be to facilitate assessment, confirmation and treatment of the mental health condition. In this case, CROs will work with partner agencies, such as the Agency for Integrated Care, the Institute of Mental Health (IMH) and the Police, to facilitate assessment, confirmation and treatment of the underlying mental health condition.
If all attempts to persuade the resident to voluntarily seek mental health treatment fail, then, as a last resort, the DG may make an application to the CDRT under the new section 17A.
If the CDRT is satisfied that the resident has indeed engaged in acts of unreasonable interference and the CDRT has reason to believe that the resident is likely suffering from a psychiatric condition that is contributing to his behaviour, then the CDRT may exercise the mandatory treatment powers under the new section 12A.
Sir, I have talked about severe neighbour noise cases, which will be the bulk of the cases managed by CRU. Let me now talk about our approach for severe hoarding cases.
While the volume of cases is not high, it is an issue that not only causes dis-amenities, but also poses public health and safety risks. It affects not only the hoarder, but also surrounding neighbours.
In severe hoarding cases, the home may be infested with pests due to rotting food. The accumulation of clutter is also a potentially fatal fire hazard, as occupants may be unable to escape if a fire should break out. The pests and stench may prevent surrounding neighbours from the normal enjoyment of their own homes.
The root causes of a hoarder’s behaviour are complex. They could be due to trauma, grief or underlying mental health conditions. Given the complexity of the issue and the hazards it causes, the Government has been taking an inter-agency approach to address the issue. There is a Hoarding Management Core Group, or HMCG, led by the MSO, to coordinate efforts across agencies to resolve protracted and severe hoarding cases. Agencies adopt a concerted approach combining enforcement efforts with community and social interventions.
Together with community partners, we have made some progress in reducing the severity of many hoarding cases. However, some cases remain protracted and unresolved because it is difficult to gain hoarders' cooperation to declutter.
Frontline officers face real tensions on the ground, in balancing between the person's right to choose how they want to upkeep their own home and their neighbours' enjoyment of their own residences. Officers often need to engage and persuade the hoarders repeatedly, to obtain their cooperation to declutter. Despite our best efforts, there are cases where hoarders refuse to cooperate. Even if their homes were successfully decluttered once, the clutter may recur as habits do not change quickly.
To better address severe in-unit hoarding, clause 11 of the Bill inserts a new section 11A into the CDRA. The provision empowers the DG to apply to CDRT to declutter a residential unit, as a measure of last resort premised on public interest and only after existing regulatory levers from frontline agencies have been exhausted. This is necessary to protect public health and safety.
The DG may apply to the CDRT for an order to address hoarding, under the new section 11A, after the CDRT has found the hoarder to be causing unreasonable interference to the hoarder's neighbour and the hoarder has failed to comply with the CDRT's order to declutter.
If the order to address hoarding is granted by the CDRT, then CROs will be authorised to enter the unit in question, remove and dispose of any hoarded materials and/or items that are causing unreasonable interference and take any other actions a specified by the Court.
Let me address the CRU pilot. As Minister Edwin Tong mentioned, we will start the pilot within the HDB estate of Tampines Town. The concept of operations is also new. We will, therefore, need to test it, refine it and then test it again. This will be an iterative process. The pilot will allow us to assess how the model could be scaled up in a sustainable manner.
Tampines was chosen, as it has an average caseload compared to other towns in Singapore, which will give us a representative setting in which to test the model. We have formed the initial team of officers, who are working on developing their operational procedures. We hope to begin operations from the second quarter of 2025.
As part of the pilot, we will also look at directed mediation as an early lever, to arrest and resolve the dispute upstream, before they worsen. We hope that more disputes can be addressed early, between neighbours and with the help of agencies and grassroots leaders or GRLs, if needed.
If residents are unable to resolve the conflict by themselves, in many instances, they will reach out to GRLs and frontline agencies, such as the HDB, for assistance. By and large, GRLs and frontline agencies are able to resolve most cases through informal mediation.
This should and will continue to be the case going forward. However, as mentioned by Minister Tong, we will give selected frontline responders an added tool of directed mediation, to bring neighbours together to discuss their differences. We hope this approach will help to bring even more cases to an amicable resolution.
Mr Speaker, Sir, let me conclude. MND, MCCY and MinLaw consulted extensively on the enhancements to the CDMF and, in particular, the CRU framework. In the course of our consultations, many members of public expressed strong support for the CRU. Some have even asked when the CRU can come by their unit and conduct enforcement on their neighbour.
So, let me end with a few points. We recognise that enforcement tears at the fabric of neighbourly relations and should be reserved only for serious cases. When neighbours are engaged in a dispute, our priority must always be to bring them together, to understand each other's perspectives, needs and interests, and to cooperate on a solution that is workable for all sides.
It is neither desirable for community spirit nor sustainable for the Government to step in to resolve differences between neighbours all the time. I call on all Members to help us with this. When your resident comes to you and says that his next-door neighbour is making noise, please, advise him to speak to his neighbour first and encourage them to go for mediation. If these basic strategies do not work, then the case might be a severe or prolonged one. CRU would be alerted by HDB or other frontline officers handling the case.
Our officers could: move the case towards mediation; make investigations leading to the issuance of warnings, abatement orders or even mandatory treatment orders down the line; or help to make eventual CDRT proceedings smoother with the evidence that they have collected.
Ultimately, the CRU must not function as a first resort. It is intended to complement and not substitute the interlocking system of positive community norms, good neighbourly relations and amicable dispute resolution through friendly discussion and compromise.
I also call on Members to continue supporting MSO's ongoing efforts with our partners and agencies to build pro-social norms that contribute towards harmonious living. These include: the MSO's \"Love Our 'Hood\" Youth Challenge for youths to transform their creative ideas into effective solutions to create a better living environment; and HDB's Singapore's Friendly Neighbourhood Award, where we recognise and celebrate the efforts of Singaporeans who have gone the extra mile to connect with and care for fellow residents.
When we have strong community norms that value harmony and reinforce considerate behaviour in the neighbourhood, fewer cases of community disputes will arise. And where they do arise, involved parties will be more likely to resolve their differences through mediation without prompting. Which means less reliance on intervention through CRU or other agencies. This is an outcome worth working towards even though we know it takes effort and time.
Mr Speaker, please allow me to say a few words in Mandarin.
(In Mandarin): [Please refer to Vernacular Speech.] The establishment of the Community Relations Unit (CRU) is an important step in resolving neighbourhood disputes and is a new initiative by the Government. To lay a solid foundation for the CRU, we have decided to pilot it in Tampines for one year. Through this smaller-scale implementation, we will firm up CRU's concept of operations before expanding it island-wide.
The CRU serves several purposes. For neighbour noise disputes that can potentially be resolved through mediation, CROs can issue mediation directions to expedite the resolution process. For cases that cannot be resolved by mediation, CROs can investigate these cases and issue warnings, abatement orders, or apply for court-ordered MTOs.
Evidence gathered by CROs through their investigations can be useful in the CDRT proceedings, saving manpower, resources and time.
It is important to note that while the CRU plays a crucial role, it is not a panacea. Communication between neighbours is necessary and cannot be replaced. We must retain the community's ability to resolve disputes on their own. Guided by these principles, we plan to commence operations in the first half of 2025.
After the Bill is passed, we will continue to draft subsidiary legislations and further refine our operational processes.
Mr Speaker: Mr Lim Biow Chuan.
Mr Lim Biow Chuan (Mountbatten): Thank you, Speaker. Sir, the Community Disputes Resolution Act was enacted in 2015. At that time, the then-Minister for Culture, Community and Youth, Mr Lawrence Wong, said that the Community Disputes Resolution Bill 2015 proposes to introduce a new statutory tort for private disputes between neighbours.
He stressed that there is a need to strengthen our approach to managing such disputes. He emphasised individual and community ownership, and how everyone has the responsibility to be a considerate neighbour so that residential living will be more pleasant for all. When problems arise, residents should first seek to resolve the matter amicably with their neighbour, failing which, they should try mediation.
Sir, when the Bill was introduced in 2015, I supported the introduction of the new statutory tort. I had voiced my concerns as a Member of Parliament (MP) about the many cases of disputes between residents about noise, about encroachment of space, about littering and so on. But despite the many cries for help from the residents, there is hardly anything that the authorities can do to resolve such disputes.
At that time, many MPs hoped that the CDR Act could help parties resolve their differences. Sir, fast forward nine years after the Bill has been passed, it is timely to review the effectiveness of the law. Unfortunately, it seems that the number of complaints that I receive as an MP has not come down. I still see many Meet-the-People Session cases and still receive many emails about the same issues of noise, hoarding, encroachment of common space and then, people whose cigarette smoking affects their neighbours and so on.
Many MPs in this House have also raised queries about similar issues and they have asked about the effectiveness of the Community Mediation Centre in resolving disputes. MPs like Mr Liang Eng Hwa, Mr Louis Ng and former-MP Ms Lee Bee Wah, spoke frequently about their residents complaint about how second-hand smoke affects their resident's health.
The media has also reported various cases about neighbours from hell and how the noise from an inconsiderate resident staying at Punggol Central had driven six families away. There was another reported case about a resident in Pending Road who had to tolerate hammering sound and loud lion dance music in the middle of the night. Thus, I welcome the amendments to this Bill as it would allow the Government more levers to resolve neighbourly disputes which have a negative impact on the community.
Sir, I support the setting up of a CRU under clause 14 of the Bill and this is to deal with severe neighbour disputes. In fact, when the Bill was introduced in 2015, I had called on the Government to set up a Neighbourhood Police Centre staffed by Police Officers who specialise in neighbour disputes. At that time, I had said that, \"from experience, the presence of the Police is frequently very helpful as citizens respond better when there is Police presence\". Thus, having a person in authority and, possibly, a person in uniform, to deal with difficult neighbours would be really helpful in persuading unreasonable neighbours to be more circumspect in their behaviour.
This is especially so, if the DG of CRU now has specific powers to issue an abatement order against a suspected individual responsible for any act or omission causing unreasonable interference. Sir, the DG also has the powers to issue a Mediation Direction to compel parties involved in a neighbour dispute to attend mediation.
Frequently, many efforts to resolve quarrels between neighbours fail right at the start because one party simply refuse to attend the mediation. It may be because of \"face\". But if parties are compelled to attend mediation at the Community Mediation Centre, at least there is a 70% chance, or higher, that the dispute may be resolved. If they refuse to attend the mediation, the chances of resolution is zero. At least, with compulsory mediation, each party gets to speak up about their struggles with the noise created or the obstruction or the second-hand smoke.
Experienced mediators tell me, that getting parties to speak to each other in a neutral environment helps very much in resolving disputes.
I also support the powers given under the Bill to deal with hoarders, which include the powers to make a mandatory treatment order. The effect of hoarding affects many residents. I can still recall a case few years ago, my residents invited me to visit their homes to see how their neighbour's hoarding had caused obstruction to the common area. I went down the stairs and it was cluttered by the hoarder's collection of rubbish.
For several years, these residents suffered in silence and were concerned about the obstruction, the risk of fire and the risk of having pest infestation affecting their neighbours. Thus, one hoarder would easily affect the living environment of four to five of their neighbours on the same floor. Sir, for that case, I asked the Town Council to help clear the accumulated rubbish from the home of the hoarder. I did it, again and again. But the next day, the hoarder will simply collect these rubbish in a matter of days and start accumulating them back outside his home, inside his home. When I took a peep into the home, it was full of clutter with rubbish. I do not even know how that resident got in or out of the home.
Thus, without a treatment order, the hoarding could continue indefinitely, causing grief to all the neighbours on the same floor. In the particular hoarding case in my constituency, the case was resolved by multiple visits by a social worker who eventually persuaded the hoarder to go for treatment for anxiety.
Sir, I also welcome the powers given to the Tribunal to deal with unmeritorious or vexatious proceedings. Unfortunately, sometimes, there are cases where an innocent resident faces allegation of causing noise when the noise may originate from elsewhere. His neighbour may visit him multiple times or even scold him or his family. The Police may knock on his doors late at night and he may face hostility from simply one complainant.
Sir, in such a case, I would submit that the Tribunal should also have a provision to allow relief to an innocent party who may be dragged to court unnecessarily by another resident who may blame him for the noise without any basis.
I have said, in 2015, when the Bill was enacted that this CDR Act is not a silver bullet which will resolve all neighbour disputes – and Minister Edwin Tong says it, too. I would say that, the amendments to this Bill is also not a silver bullet that will solve all neighbour disputes.
But I totally understand the Government's stand that they do not wish to legislate social behaviour and that disputes between two neighbours should be considered private disputes. I believe that, for many disputes, it is a matter of being considerate for your neighbour. Thus, the residents ought to have a discussion with their neighbours to share their concerns in an amicable manner. The golden rule or the rule of reciprocity should apply, \"Do unto others what you want them to do unto you\".
I do urge the Government to consider that not all disputes between neighbours are private disputes. In 2019, it was reported in the media about the \"neighbours from hell\" in Punggol. They had terrorised other innocent residents for several years. Sir, I would submit that, in such cases, the Police and HDB should not shy away from prosecuting unreasonable residents for being a public nuisance under the Miscellaneous Offences Act. In my view, the Police should have acted against the \"resident from hell\" who had harassed other neighbours unreasonably. It should not have been dealt with as a private dispute between two neighbours, but a public nuisance caused by one unreasonable person who has affected the public.
Sir, I support the Bill and I wish to seek clarifications from the Minister as follows.
First, I hear with excitement that the CRU will be set up in Tampines. Like many other Members present, we all have cases that we wish to refer to the CRU for resolution immediately and we would like the CRU to be implemented and be effective as soon as possible. I understand Minister Edwin Tong's and Senior Minister of State Sim Ann's constraints, but I do urge the Government, let us put the CRU to work as quickly as possible because all of us have many cases that we would like to refer to the CRU.
Next, Sir, I also wish to ask about the monitoring equipment or the noise sensors that can be installed to monitor the level of noise. If I heard correctly, Senior Minister of State Sim Ann has said that the equipment will not record every conversation made by the residents in the household. So, let me urge the Government that it is important to assure residents that the privacy of residents is protected and if there is no such assurance that privacy will be protected, residents are unlikely to allow the noise sensors to be installed.
Finally, Sir, I wish to compliment HDB for its efforts to promote positive social behaviour and neighbourliness. The Good Neighbour Guidebook and the Singapore Friendly Neighbourhood Award are both very good initiatives. In 2021, in Mountbatten, I had MSO officers bringing residents together under the \"Love Our 'Hood\" programme to look for solutions to common neighbourhood issues and they want to encourage ownership of neighbourhood issues. Sir, I want to compliment HDB or the MSO for this very good initiative.
I urge the relevant authorities to keep promoting the Singapore Kindness Movement so that more and more Singaporeans will accept that it is a norm, it is a right thing to be kind, to be considerate to others and to care for one another. If it is in our culture to be kind and considerate to one another, then there will be fewer disputes and disputes can be resolved far more easily. Sir, I support the Bill.
Mr Speaker: Mr Dennis Tan.
Mr Dennis Tan Lip Fong (Hougang): Mr Speaker, the CDMF was started in 2014 to facilitate effective resolutions and foster a more gracious and harmonious living environment for all Singaporeans. This Bill brings in new and much needed enhancements to the framework. I have been looking forward to this Bill for some time. I support this Bill but I have some questions and concerns.
First, on the CRU. Mr Speaker, under this Bill, a new CRU is being piloted to address a small minority of severe neighbour noise disputes and hoarding cases. I know that an experimental unit will start work in Tampines. Like Mr Lim Biow Chuan before me, can the Minister share some more details regarding the size of the initial team and what is the Government's current plan to scale up from the initial team? When is the department expected to operate at the national level covering all constituencies, just an estimate?
On the score of matters to be covered by the CRU, Mr Speaker, I would like to seek some clarifications regarding the CRU.
Firstly, I read in a Straits Times article dated 12 August 2024 that the CRU will only step in after neighbours have failed to resolve disputes among themselves, while at the same time, the CRU officers will be able to issue directions for residents to go for mediation.
May I clarify what is the requirement to determine that neighbours have failed to resolve disputes among themselves before residents can seek CRU's intervention? Is it a request by one resident for mediation at the CMC which was rejected by the other resident, or a request to HDB to engage the neighbour which was unsuccessful? May I also know whether the department has intentions to expand the scope of the disputes it will cover beyond noise and hoarding and, if so, what is the estimated timeline?
Indisputably, noise nuisance is a very common cause of neighbours' disputes. However, there are many other types of disputes between neighbours. For example, disagreement over the placing of articles outside their homes, behavioural issues, smoking in one flat affecting another unit and so on.
Next, some clarifications on the qualifications of CROs. The proposed section 13C allows the DG to appoint three types of personnel to be CROs: one, a Police Officer; two, a public officer; and three, an officer or employee of a Statutory Board. I find it odd that the criteria to be a CRO, as listed in this Bill, are not by way of specified training or qualification but as long as the person holds one of the appointments specified.
May I know what is the training which a public officer or an officer or employee of a Statutory Board needs to undertake to qualify as a CRO? Certainly, there is a whole range of public employees doing a whole range of work from clerical, administrative to operations across different types of agencies. So, the criteria can be more clearly defined.
I also note that the Bill proposes to give powers to the CROs to carry out a number of stated duties, such as entering residences to collect evidence, issue advisories, notices or orders and so on.
Regarding entrance to residences, may I ask in what circumstances will officers enter homes to collect evidence without the need for consent from flat owners? While it is important that such entry even without the owner's approval is done judiciously and with due respect to the owner of the residence in question, on the other hand, requiring consent may, in turn, at times, frustrate or delay entry, leading to removal of evidence of nuisance creation. So, how will the authorities address such contending considerations?
Next, on noise sensors. I hope the proposed deployment of noise sensors will greatly assist with the reduction of noise nuisance. Detection of noise and the identification of the actual source of noise are often not as straightforward as we imagine. A knocking noise that ostensibly comes from the direction of the flat above may well come from another flat or source and may have a different cause from what we imagine.
During COVID-19, a persistent noise in the still hours of the night, every day, caused consternation among my residents from more than half the flats in a particular stack in a block in my constituency. Residents spoke to their neighbours above and below their flats. However, the source of noise remained inconclusive after many months, with some believing later that the sound had come from a unit to the right of the units affected.
I hope the proposed noise sensors will help to improve certainty in the detection of noise and assist to eliminate or minimise noise that will cause friction between neighbours. Regarding the deployment of noise sensors by CRU officers, I know that consent is required of the owner of the affected unit.
I wish to seek a clarification from the Minister whether the authorities expect the deployment of sensors to be within the complainant's flat or even in common corridors or other common areas. Will the authorities even deploy such sensors in a flat where the alleged source of noise is believed to have come from? If so, is consent required by the owner and what happens if the owner withholds consent?
Currently, I often hear complaints from residents telling me that there are neighbours who stop making noises after they were spoken to by HDB or the National Environment Agency (NEA). But after a while, the noises will return. Likewise, we often see feedback on high-rise littering or feeding of birds resuming after a period of deployment of NEA's cameras following earlier complaints.
Mr Speaker, resources are often limited and I am not sure whether these noise sensors may be comparably limited in supply as, say, NEA's detection cameras for high-rise littering. I hope the Minister will ensure that there are sufficient numbers of such sensors for use for different cases. How would the authorities deal with recalcitrants, repeating their noise nuisance after the noise sensors have been taken off? What can be done to deter residents from playing the so-called \"cat and mouse\" game?
Mr Speaker, after the First Reading of the Bill, an Hougang resident wrote to me, highlighting his concerns that, frequently, before a party takes a dispute to mediation, they might not have suitable evidence of the noise complained of and this would often hinder a successful or fairer mediation and resolution of the dispute. He suggested that the Government should allow residents the option to have the use of noise sensors even before they proceed with mediation. I agree with this suggestion. Clearer evidence of nuisance will provide a more accurate and objective focus for parties and their mediators and enhance the resolution process at CMC and thereafter. May I clarify whether such pre-mediation access to noise sensors can be considered?
Next, on tenanted units. Mr Speaker, I welcome the new measures in this Bill to handle noise nuisance arising from tenanted units. In many cases, there may be a number of tenants living within a unit. I have also, in the past, received feedback on noise issues from tenants, noise arising from tenants who do shift work or work odd hours and return to their flat each day late at night or early morning or even getting up very early in the morning to go to work. To be fair, the tenants, whether local or foreign, who may be the subject of feedback, may be a small proportion of the total number of tenants.
I sense that this is often due to a lack of understanding on the part of the tenants that they might have subconsciously generated noises which may seem louder, especially during the quiet hours of the night. Besides language barrier, there are sometimes practical communication difficulties trying to get through to these individuals when agency staff are often only at work during the usual office hours.
Even apart from the new provisions, I always thought that HDB can also impose obligations on owners renting out their units by way of imposing appropriate covenants at the onset when tenancy is entered into and when owners are seeking permission from HDB to rent out their units. In this way, owners can be better made to understand their responsibilities in respect of their tenants and tenants can also have a better understanding of what is expected of them, especially on the issue of being considerate to their neighbours. In the worst scenario, of course, of non-cooperation, HDB can withdraw their permission for subletting.
I move next to mediation. Mr Speaker, in my speech at the Committee of Supply (COS) debate 2023, I called for mediation to be made compulsory. The rationale for my proposal in my speech at COS last year was that, and I quote, \"As mediation at CMC requires the agreed participation of both parties to a dispute, many such disputes do not stand a chance of being resolved by mediation, simply because one of the parties opts out of mediation.\"
I have observed from my own experience with residents' disputes that as residents know that mediation is not mandatory, many would deliberately not respond to mediation. Indeed, MinLaw shared in its paper in this Bill on 24 August 2024 that less than 30% of total cases registered at the CMC proceed to mediation because one party does not wish to participate in mediation.
I have also shared that notwithstanding that mediation may not always be suitable for every dispute, I have felt that for a good number of cases, it was a good opportunity wasted for parties to try and resolve their differences during mediation when parties have the option to opt out.
Mr Speaker, I am, therefore, glad that the Government will make mediation mandatory before one proceeds with CDRT proceedings. The Bill will also allow the CRU and the CMC to direct parties to attend mediation. However, the net can be cast wider to achieve more resolution if the requirement is not tethered to the commencement of CDRT proceedings. I say this because many residents are still reluctant to proceed to CDRT due, among other reasons, to the formal requirements imposed.
Mr Speaker, this Bill also allows consenting parties to register their mediated settlement agreement as a CDRT order. This will carry the same force and effect as an order of Court. This is a good measure. I have spoken to residents who went to mediation at CMC and, notwithstanding what was agreed at mediation with their neighbours, there was still non-compliance in part or in full, rendering continuing frustrations and tensions between the feuding neighbours. Allowing mediated settlement terms to have the weight of an order of Court will ensure greater compliance by both parties to the mediated settlement terms to ensure better and longer-term resolution of their disputes.
Mr Speaker, I have one other clarification. Regarding the proposed section 20, which amends the current provision of the Act allowing the application for transferring of claims from the CDRT to a Court, may I take the opportunity to just clarify with the Minister, in the case of such a transfer, will parties be allowed to appoint a lawyer to represent them, as is the case for normal State Court proceedings? However, if it is allowed, would this potentially lead to any injustice since parties are not allowed to engage counsel for CDRT cases and, especially if only one party is allowed to do so? Mr Speaker, in Mandarin.
(In Mandarin): [Please refer to Vernacular Speech.] Mr Speaker, currently, disputes between the neighbours require the residents to go to the CMC or to litigate at the CDRT, but many are reluctant to do so. I hope that the establishment of CRU will greatly improve our process of handling neighbourhood disputes.
I look forward to the swift completion of the pilot programme and campaigns. I further hope that the scope of responsibilities for CRU can be expanded beyond noise and hoarding issues. I also hope that CRU can quickly expand to cover the entire Singapore, including Hougang.
I also support the amendment to mandate attendance at mediation before cases are submitted to CDRT. In handling many neighbourhood disputes in the past, I have encountered how parties avoid attending mediation. I have araised this issue in Parliament before. I believe that mandating attendance at mediation would be a very good opportunity for all parties to resolve issues. I support this Bill.
(In English): Mr Speaker, in closing, I welcome the key changes in this Bill, in particular the setting up of the CRU, which, I hope, will bring significant improvements in the way we currently manage disputes in the community. I look forward to the day the CRU will expand its operation to the rest of Singapore, including Hougang.
Mr Speaker, notwithstanding my questions and concerns, I support this Bill.
Mr Speaker: Ms Ng Ling Ling.
Ms Ng Ling Ling (Ang Mo Kio): Mr Speaker, I raised a Parliamentary Question in January this year to the Minister for Law on the number of applications for mediation on disputes between neighbours that are submitted to the CMC and the percentage that led to actual mediation and successful resolution. In the reply, I note that out of the 1,200 to 1,900 cases received from 2021 to 2023, less than 30% of such cases proceeded to mediation, but for the cases that had, more than 80% were amicably resolved after the mediation.
This data shows that mediation is indeed an effective method to resolve neighbourly disputes but the take-up rate, based purely on voluntary volition, has been low. As such, I rise to support the Community Dispute Resolution (Amendment) Bill as it will encourage the usage of community mediation as a tool to resolve disputes at an early stage while empowering relevant public servants to investigate complex and hard-to-resolve cases of noise disputes and hoarding.
Notwithstanding this, I would like to raise clarifications on three aspects: one, the role of the CRU; two, some concerns about mandatory treatment order; and three, using CDRT route as a last resort.
One of the key amendments in the Bill is the introduction of a CRU, which will provide CROs and other dedicated personnel the powers to intervene in certain community disputes and resolve cases. During my Meet-the-People Sessions, I often encounter residents who seek help to intervene on recurrent and perennial noise or other disturbances by their neighbours. What we usually do is, first, set up a house visit with grassroots volunteers helping to mediate and try to resolve the dispute between both parties amicably. However, in some instances, situations may improve for just a short period and then become recurrent again.
We will usually, then, advise the residents to further approach the CMC to seek assistance by trained mediators. Nonetheless, given the voluntary nature of the process, most residents shared that their neighbours, whom they have disputes with, are mostly unwilling to attend the mediation. This usually further frustrates the residents, especially the complainants, as they feel that they have no further recourse to resolve the conflicts and some remain fearful of backlash from neighbours whom they had raised complaints against.
The new section 13M of the Bill provides for a Mediation Direction that can be issued by a CRO to parties involved in a complaint or dispute. Additionally, failure to comply with this Mediation Direction can be constituted as an offence under the law. I am very supportive of this new initiative as it will ensure that more individuals enter necessary mediation as a course of action in resolving their disputes.
However, I would like to raise two concerns. Firstly, the Bill allows for a complaint to be dismissed if it is deemed \"trivial, frivolous or vexatious or not made in good faith\". While I understand the need to deal with baseless complaints, I am concerned that individuals with legitimate grievances may have their cases prematurely dismissed. Thus, I would like to ask how a fair process of evaluation of such cases will be carried out by the newly formed CRU.
Secondly, I am concerned for the privacy and safety of individuals who may have been targeted for vexatious complaints. While the Bill addresses the dismissal of frivolous complaints, there is little mention of measures to safeguard the privacy and safety of individuals from being repeatedly harassed by baseless, malicious complaints.
In the same way, complainants who act in good faith may face retaliation from unreasonable neighbors whom they raised a legitimate complaint against. I would like to ask if more proactive measures by the CRU could be implemented to protect individuals involved in disputes from harassment or retaliation. This could include offering some form of legal protection to them against the other party when directed mediation process is ongoing.
Secondly, one of the more sensitive aspects of the Bill is the provision of mandatory psychiatric treatment for individuals whose mental health conditions contribute to unreasonable interference to their neighbours in a new section 12A.
Currently, in my constituency, for complex neighbor disputes of undue interference caused by individuals who are suspected to be suffering from psychiatric conditions, we involve the IMH Community Mental Health Team or the Community Intervention Teams from social service agencies to assess individuals, while respecting their privacy and require that they or their family members provide the necessary informed consent for the mental health assessment to be done. However, in our current approach, obtaining consent could be challenging. As such, provisions in section 12A can be useful in bringing resolution to such circumstances.
Nonetheless, I believe that unless individuals become an immediate danger to themselves or others, the confidentiality of their psychiatric condition and their medical treatment rights should be duly protected and respected, even from parties involved in the disputes. Although I understand and support the initiation of the order by the Court on an application by the DG of CRU, I would like to seek clarifications regarding the safeguards for confidentiality and protection to be put in place on residents undergoing a mandatory treatment order.
Lastly, I am encouraged by the statistics from MinLaw regarding the effectiveness of CDRT. As shared by the Ministry, between January 2021 to December 2023, there are only 14 enforcement orders made by the CDRT. This shows the high rate of compliance with CDRT orders. However, as shared by the Ministry, despite the effectiveness of CDRT, similar to the CMC route, many residents might not choose to pursue CDRT enforcement proceedings even if they have valid grounds to do so, due to the perception of cost and tedious process involved in this legal avenue. In this regard, I would like to ask what has been done to simplify the CDRT enforcement process and make it easier for residents to ensure non-compliance is effectively acted upon.
Mr Speaker, allow me to speak some words in Mandarin.
(In Mandarin): [Please refer to Vernacular Speech.] Mr Speaker, I support the Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill. This Bill encourages residents to use community mediation at the early stages of disputes and establishes a CRU, empowering CRO with enforcement and basic mediation experience to intervene and investigate such disputes. I believe this will lead to more effective resolution of community disputes.
During my weekly Meet-the-People Session, I often see residents repeatedly complaining about noise and hoarding issues caused by their neighbours. These problems often lack long-term solutions.
Although CMC has a high mediation success rate of 80%, many residents are unwilling to participate due to the voluntary nature of mediation, making it difficult to thoroughly resolve issues. Therefore, I support the establishment of CRU, which gives them the authority to issue mediation directions, mandating disputing parties to accept mediation.
This will help encourage more residents to participate in mediation and prevent disputes from escalating.
(In English): Mr Speaker, in conclusion, I believe that the Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill has the potential to resolve community disputes more efficiently and amicably by ensuring mediation and empowering public servants in the new CRU to address complex cases.
By piloting and eventually scaling up the CRU with public servants given the appropriate authorities, ensuring safeguards in mandatory psychiatry treatment order and promoting CDRT as a final resort, while ensuring the enforceability of CDRT orders, will all contribute to residents being able to benefit from more resolved disputes and having a positive experience through the process. Notwithstanding my considerations raised, I support the Bill.
Mr Speaker: Mr Faisal Manap.
Mr Muhamad Faisal Bin Abdul Manap (Aljunied): Mr Speaker, in Malay.
(In Malay): [Please refer to Vernacular Speech.] Sir, the Ministry's efforts to enhance and tighten the Community Disputes Resolution Act (CDRA) are welcomed by many groups and the general public.
The Workers' Party and I support this amendment Bill. I would like to seek explanations and obtain clarifications on some matters related to this amendment Bill.
Firstly, one of the new efforts to be implemented is the use of sensors or monitoring devices to capture sounds and the like, which may be used as evidence in tribunal sessions. This is stated in the new section 13H.
Sir, this is a very good and useful initiative especially for flat owners or homeowners who are elderly and are not savvy in using recording devices or technology especially the latest and cutting-edge devices. However, I would like to ask whether the homeowner will be charged any fee for the use of these devices. I am asking this because there are certain groups who may feel reluctant if fees are imposed for certain reasons. If fees are to be charged, I request that exemptions be considered for those in need.
Sir, the new section 13C is about the establishment of the CRU as well as the granting of powers to the appointed Community Relations Officer. The establishment of the CRU with specific powers is, indeed, necessary. Earlier, Minister Edwin Tong and Senior Minister of State Sim Ann explained about the functions and operations of the CRU. I would like to get a bit more clarification on how CRU operates.
I hope there will be clarification on whether this CRU operates similarly to the police, where the public can contact this unit at any time, late at night or early morning, to get assistance in stopping disturbances from neighbours at that very moment.
Sir, next I would like to seek clarification on two situations that occur frequently among neighbours in HDB housing estates and whether Bill will cover both situations that I will mention.
Firstly, I believe the members of this House and HDB are often approached and contacted about the payment of compensation for cases of leaks that cause damage to kitchen cabinets, appliances and equipment and treatment costs for cases where the flat occupant get injured due to slippery floors caused by ceiling and pipe leaks originating from clogged pipes in the neighbour's home upstairs.
Some of the cases that I highlighted are situations where HDB conducted visits and advised the neighbour not to use the kitchen tap in the kitchen sink, but this advice is not heeded by the homeowner, which caused the leak to worsen and cause more damage to the property of the neighbour below. I understand that HDB will advise affected flat residents to contact their neighbours and seek compensation for damages incurred or medical costs.
Sir, it should be acknowledged that it is not easy for affected flat owners to obtain compensation as this will only happen if their neighbours are willing to do so. From what I understand, in situations where the neighbour does not agree, the party seeking compensation need to file a civil claim. As we know, such matters cannot be brought to the Small Claims Tribunal.
Sir, I would like to seek clarification whether, in such cases, can the affected flat owners use the CMC channel and, if the situation warrants it, file their case at CDRT? I am of the view that such issues involving neighbours are better handled by CDRT on the basis that they involve aspects and elements of neighbourliness and community relations. Furthermore, in comparing the CDRT legal process and civil claims, the civil claims process is more complicated and challenging.
Another situation that I consider to be a neighbourhood issue is disputes involving business owners operating in commercial units located below HDB flats, which are typically found in four-storey blocks of flats.
Sir, in section 4(4a) and (4b) of the existing Act, \"A neighbour of a respondent is an individual who lawfully resides in a place of residence: (a) that is in the same building as the respondent's place of residence; or (b) that is within 100 metres of the respondent's place of residence.\" Based on this explanation, this Act does not include situations where there is a dispute between a flat owner who is neighbours with the owner or tenant of a commercial unit in the same block within 100 metres of the place where the respondent's residence is located.
I would like to share a situation in my constituency where some flat owners are neighbours with a commercial unit that runs a business manufacturing and selling pastries and cakes. I have been approached by several flat owners who complained that their quality of life is adversely affected by heat, odours and early morning noise coming from a commercial unit located on the ground floor of the same block.
My complaints have been passed on to HDB and NEA several times over the years. Most recently, a few months ago, I was approached by an affected homeowner who made a complaint and asked for help to have something done. The person told me that some of the neighbours who previously complained had moved to other areas because they could no longer endure the physical and mental suffering caused by the heat, odours and noise produced by the commercial unit.
Sir, in this case, although complaints have been channelled to the relevant Government agencies and I believe these agencies have taken all possible measures to find the best solution, from what I understand, based on the sharing by the flat owner who came to see me, the complaints about have not been satisfactorily resolved. This has led to several flat owners moving to other areas to protect their health and their families' health.
I believe the new cases that I shared are also happening in other HDB housing estates. Here, I would like to suggest that future amendments to the CDR Act is further expanded to include commercial units located in HDB blocks, not just residential units alone.
Sir, before concluding this speech, I would like to suggest introducing an order for mandatory counselling sessions. The resolution of disputes between neighbours through the tribunal process may not be a permanent solution if the root cause or main issue is not addressed. Disputed issues often stem from a lack of awareness and understanding about the need for tolerance, mutual respect, consideration and effective communication in discussing contentious issues. By attending counselling sessions, it is hoped that the spirit of unity and neighbourliness can be fostered and strengthened among the parties facing disputes.
Mr Speaker: Ms Jessica Tan.
Ms Jessica Tan Soon Neo (East Coast): Mr Speaker, I rise in support of the proposed amendments in the Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill.
Most of us in this Chamber have received appeals from our residents for help to resolve disputes amongst neighbours. The most common dispute I receive, is that of noise disputes. In the last few years, although not in large numbers, I am seeing an increased number of appeals from residents for assistance to resolve severe or persistent noise disturbances. Some of these cases have dragged on with no resolution, despite attempts to engage neighbours to seek mediation.
These cases are not one-off or occasional incidences, but happen almost daily and usually late at night or in the early hours of the morning. The noise range from sudden loud bangs caused by objects being dropped abruptly, dragging of furniture, slamming of doors, sounds from banging of walls, loud and heavy footsteps. Residents facing such situations have sleep disruptions and suffer from sleep deprivation. Residents come to seek help because they are unable to resolve these issues with their neighbours, either because their neighbours deny causing the noise or do not even respond when attempts are made to engage.
For one of my residents, the noise disturbance happens daily at night and affects his brother and his sleep. The situation has resulted in a worsening of their chronic conditions, including their heart condition. He has tried to engage his neighbour, but the neighbour denies making the noise and after approaching the neighbour, the noise has instead got louder! He and his brother are finding it unbearable to continue living in the flat as they cannot get proper rest each day. They are prepared to sell their flat despite only recently moving in to the unit and having spent quite a large sum to renovate the flat. As they must fulfil their Minimum Occupation Period, they do not have the option to sell or move out of the flat and must continue to live in such conditions detrimental to their health.
For another household, the noise disturbance they face is affecting their sleep and impacting their concentration at work. They have tried to engage their neighbour and, again, the noise persists.
A few weeks ago, another resident came to see me at our Meet-the-People Session for help. The issue she is facing is sudden door slamming that happens in the middle of the night. This disrupts her sleep. She shared that this happens several times through the night and has been going on for quite some time. I was shocked, because when I looked at her, her eyes were really black and she had rings around her eyes, clearly the result of lack of sleep.
In all these cases, attempts were made to reach out to their neighbours for an amicable solution. However, their neighbours denied making the noise and HDB's help was also sought to assist, but the source of the noise was not easy to determine, especially as it happens late at night or in the early hours of the morning.
Residents were advised to go to CMC for mediation. If their neighbour does not agree to the community mediation, they have the option, of course, to take the case to CDRT. The problem for many of my residents is that they do not feel comfortable escalating the case to CDRT because they feel that taking the legal route will be too confrontational and will make the situation even more complicated.
I will discuss two areas in my speech today. One, is the enhancements to the mediation process and the processes and powers of CDRT; and, two, the framework for neighbour noise dispute resolution for high-rise living.
I welcome the proposed enhancements to the mediation framework to allow CMC or the proposed new CRU to make mediation mandatory. Currently, attending mediation is voluntary. For many of the cases, I have shared, the other party does not respond to mediation or refuses to attend mediation. The problem then drags on.
The proposed amendments also gives the CRU authority to investigate severe noise nuisance cases, including the ability to order noise sensors to be placed in homes and to get objective evidence of noise levels to issue warnings or abatement orders. This strengthening of the mediation process will ensure that neighbours attend mediation, the collection of objective data if needed and require the parties to take appropriate action to resolve the noise situation.
The proposed enhancements will also allow neighbours who have reached a mediation settlement to register the agreement with CDRT. Once registered, the settlement, as the Minister has said, will give more bite to the order and it must be complied with. This will give more weight to the mediation process.
With the proposed strengthening of the mediation process, I am glad that CDRT continues to be the avenue of last resort. This is currently the case, as cases to go to CDRT must have gone through the mediation process first and had fail to be resolved. The proposed amendments also enhances the CDRT processes and gives it more power. This will allow the CDRT to consider relevant evidence that CRU officers have gathered, issue interim orders facilitating faster relief as well as MTOs for those believed to be causing disturbances due to mental health conditions.
I do, however, have some clarifications regarding the amendments to CMC, the new CRU and CDRT. Will the proposed enhancements to the mediation process and framework, that is, mandatory mediation and, if mediation settlement is reached, registration of the settlement with CDRT, be effective immediately to all cases attending mediation, if the Bill is approved? Will the enhanced CDRT processes and powers be available for current CDRT cases?
Let me touch on the framework for resolving high-rise neighbour disputes. I hope that the proposed enhancements to the mediation framework and the work of the new CRU will provide learnings and insights on neighbour disputes and resolution, especially noise disputes. In densely-populated Singapore, most of us live in high-rise homes, both public HDB flats and private apartments in condominiums.
With the insights from CRU and the strengthened mediation and CDRT process, I hope that it will give better understanding of how to manage noise in daily living in high-rise homes and the causes of noise disturbances in such living conditions. With a better understanding of the causes of noise disturbances, hopefully, this can better inform those living in high-rise homes and lead to empathy and consideration from all parties. Insights gleaned will also guide HDB and private developers in the design and types of materials to use to minimise noise between units in high-rise apartments. So, I hope the insights will be made available to the relevant parties.
As the proposed CRU will be a pilot that will run for a year starting with Tampines, I would like to seek clarification on whether CRU will also be available to assist with severe cases in other towns and those living in private apartments facing severe neighbour disputes.
While like the others in the House, who have asked for the expansion of the CRU to be able to handle other severe cases, unlike others, I am actually hoping that we do not have to scale the CRU too much. Because if we do, then it really means that society and neighbourly relations are really breaking down.
The proposed amendments are significant. These include the new CRU with the authority to investigate cases, including the ability to order noise sensors to be placed in homes to get objective evidence of noise levels and to issue warnings or abatement orders. At the same time, the amendments will also enable HDB to compulsorily acquire any HDB dwelling where the owner or authorised person has been convicted of an abatement offence or exclusion offence. So, these are quite severe actions.
So, I do like to ask the Senior Minister of State, what measures will be put in place to safeguard against the abuse and ensure that the powers are exercised appropriately?
Mr Speaker, while I am supportive of the proposed amendment, as there is a need to resolve cases of severe neighbour dispute, I must admit that I am, at the same time, somewhat concerned. Are bonds amongst neighbours in our communities so broken that we now need to resort to having the Government step in to resolving neighbourly noise disputes? I do not think so, as I regularly witness many examples of strong and healthy relationships amongst neighbours.
While the proposed amendments strive for effective dispute resolution amongst neighbours, with the hope of building a stronger, more gracious and harmonious home for all in the community, it will require all of us to continue to work on strengthening our bonds in the community and friendships amongst neighbours. This will help facilitate issues getting resolved early amongst neighbours and not develop into long standing disputes. There is a role for CMC, CRU and CDRT for the exceptions; and I say exceptions and severe disputes, but we must not let it become the avenue for all neighbour disputes. Mr Speaker, I support the Bill.
Mr Speaker: Ms Sylvia Lim.
Ms Sylvia Lim (Aljunied): Mr Speaker, those of our residents who have long-standing neighbour disputes have been looking forward to this Bill for a few years. In HDB estates, the usual route for dispute management has been to activate HDB or the Town Council, thereafter to recommend mediation. If mediation is not possible or does not succeed, then parties end up in Court namely the CDRT, where some residents end up frustrated and distressed when their cases were dismissed because they did not have the “solid evidence” that the Court required. It is clear that the existing procedures are inadequate.
Sir, the Bill is the culmination of the multi-year effort of several Ministries and agencies, which must be duly acknowledged. It is also clear that the enhanced CDMF will be a resource-intensive exercise, requiring standby teams after office hours and active management of difficult cases by the new DG of community relations. The work will not be easy.
As there are many MPs speaking on this Bill, I will be succinct. But there are three particular features of the Bill which I find useful.
First, there are avenues for quicker intervention on the ground. These avenues include measures such as the DG of community relations issuing abatement orders, and the CDRT being empowered to issue interim orders. These can be very useful when urgent action is needed to manage the ground situation.
Secondly, noise sensors may be deployed at the complainant’s premises or common areas to help determine the intensity and the source of a noise disturbance. On this, the MCCY acknowledged in its August statement that “sound recordings made by complainants are often not useful for the purposes of determining the volume (as playback can be distorted) or source of noise”. Senior Minister of State Sim Ann touched on this point earlier as well.
Several of my residents will be vindicated to hear this official acknowledgment that it was not their fault that they could not come up with the necessary evidence to prove their cases at the CDRT.
Thirdly, greater responsibility will be placed on landlords to manage noisy tenants in the proposed section 10A. Landlords may be required by the Court to put up compliance bonds, where up to $20,000 may be forfeited if their tenants fail to comply with orders of the CDRT. Indeed, it is quite common to receive complaints of noise nuisance from units which are sublet. It seems fair to place more responsibility on landlords who are earning rental income when their neighbours suffer.
That said, I would like to raise three queries about the Bill and its implementation. These relate to the CRU, the CDRT processes and HDB’s increased powers.
First, on the CRU. It is somewhat disappointing that the CRU, which will have powers of intervention on the ground, will only be activated in Tampines Town on a one-year pilot. Likewise, I have the same question as the others. Is there a timeline for the CRU to be rolled out nationwide? I can think of a few chronic cases in my ward where the CRU could potentially make a big difference and a wait of several years will be hard to explain.
A sub-question relating to the CRU is about its officers, from Director to the ground. Will these persons be full-time and focused only on CRU work, or will they be double hatting with other duties? Whether they are full-time, or double hatting will affect their capacity to work on dispute cases.
Second, regarding the CDRT processes. There is a significant change to the CDRT regime in clause 21 of the Bill, regarding the award of costs in CDRT cases. Earlier, Minister Edwin Tong touched on this point. The current position is that costs will generally not be awarded to parties in CDRT cases. This non-award of costs makes sense, as parties generally present their own cases at the CDRT where lawyers are not allowed. Under clause 21, this is being amended to generally permit the award of costs and disbursements in accordance with the Rules of Court. Could the Minister further elaborate on the rationale for this change? Will this change somehow allow, for example, a clawback of the costs incurred by the CRU to manage a case? More generally, I wonder what range of costs is being envisaged to be awarded and whether this will be punitive to the losing party.
Finally, Sir, my third query is about HDB’s powers to compulsorily acquire a flat. Clause 36 of the Bill proposes to enable HDB to compulsorily acquire a flat if the owner or an authorised occupier related to the owner is convicted of an abatement offence and has a prior record of another abatement or exclusion offence. I am quite worried about the scenarios that could play out under this new power of HDB. Suppose, for instance, an adult child of a family has mental illness, and shouts and bangs doors at odd hours, thereby interfering with the neighbours’ peaceful enjoyment of their homes. It is foreseeable that the neighbours may take action and complain to the CRU, which then issues abatement orders to the household. If the required history of non-compliance is chalked up, HDB may be empowered to act under the new section 63(o) of the Housing and Development Act to compulsorily acquire the flat.
This is a drastic measure, as the Senior Minister of State acknowledged earlier. Given that compulsory acquisition will result in a below-market compensation being paid to the owners, how will the family move on from here? If their flat is still not fully paid up, the situation will be compounded. Will HDB assist them to find and afford their next home?
Sir, clarity on the questions I have raised would be necessary. That said, I support the Bill.
Mr Speaker: Mr Saktiandi Supaat.
Mr Saktiandi Supaat (Bishan-Toa Payoh): Mr Speaker, in Malay, please.
(In Malay): [Please refer to Vernacular Speech.] Mr Speaker, I am grateful for the opportunity to speak on this Bill which must strike close to the heart of all my fellow elected Members in this House. As part of our constituency work, it is not uncommon to encounter disputes among residents ranging from noise complaints, storage of personal items along HDB corridors, second-hand smoke and surveillance or harassment.
CDRT and neighbour disputes. The CDRT was set up in October 2015 as part of our Community Dispute Management Framework. Based on the answers to earlier Parliamentary Questions, we know that 380 cases were filed with the CDRT from 2015 to 2019. Therefore, since COVID-19 hit, how many more cases have been filed with the CDRT each year?
Mr Speaker, while I welcome the present amendments to enhance the dispute resolution procedures, part of me cannot help seeing a \"missed opportunity\" to clarify certain social norms, which could help to avoid such disputes in the first place. Take noise-related issues for example.
One common complaint from residents is the loud and rowdy activities by neighbours at night, whether from a house party or playing the piano, during sleeping hours. But what are sleeping hours? To a university student, that might mean midnight. To those of us in our 40s and 50s, that might mean 10.00 pm. But to young parents with newborns or toddlers, sleeping hours could start even earlier at 9.00 pm or even 8.00 pm.
While I am sure most Singaporeans are considerate and do not go out of the way to disturb others' sleep, such misalignment in expectations can cause understandable frustration. Some countries, like New Zealand, have quiet hours when noise levels must be kept below a certain level. A similar benchmark might help to prevent some of these noise-related squabbles from arising.
At the same time, we should also be conscious of over-prescription and the importance of some give-and-take. For example, where personal items stored along HDB corridors do not cause any fire or other hazards, I believe that the authorities have also not strictly enforced the official \"no storage\" rule. We cannot let rules override common sense.
One helpful development I have noticed on the ground is the creation of Telegram or WhatsApp chatgroups for a particular HDB Build-To-Order (BTO) estate or for a particular block. A resident can highlight any issue in real-time, even including excessive noise from common areas like the estate's basketball and badminton courts, which will elicit approving or disapproving responses from other neighbours. My only concern is whether any moderating is required so that no single resident will feel bullied or isolated.
(In English): Mr Speaker, despite the enhancement of the CDRT’s powers and procedures in this Bill, I am glad to note MCCY’s position that the CDRT should remain an “avenue of last resort” and that we will further encourage the use of community mediation to help neighbours reach an amicable resolution.
One such move is to enable the certain specified persons to direct the disputing parties to the CMC or any other mediation organisation for mediation. I note that the new section 13M states that such specified persons “may” direct, which suggests that there is still a discretion. May I ask why are we not making this mandatory, especially when it appears that we are making mediation a prerequisite before an individual can commence a claim of unreasonable interference?
I have cases ongoing in Toa Payoh East, with long-standing nature of dispute that lasts 10 years and ineffectiveness of previous mediation attempts, unwillingness of both parties to compromise have led to such long instances. More recently, in Toa Payoh, we have quite a number of seniors staying alone, and some have come to me to seek help because of noise disturbances, and despite their efforts to talk to their neighbours, it has gone on for quite a while and it has affected their sleep and health. I think some Members have mentioned this as well. The question is the fact that some of them have come to me to seek help to move house despite staying in Toa Payoh for so long. So, such efforts of mediation, I think, is very important.
This same discretion that CDRT already has today after a claim has been commenced is actually something that I ought to mention.
Minister Shanmugam previously shared in 2019 that the CDRT has made a mandatory mediation order in 25% of the cases. Is this not a very small proportion? In my view, parties should generally be compelled to attempt mediation unless there is a very good reason not to. Further, I have read that less than 30% of the total cases registered at the CMC proceed to mediation. What are the reasons for the more than 70% of cases which fails to proceed?
As I mentioned earlier, the amendments also make it necessary for a party to obtain either a certificate of mediation to show that he or she has attempted mediation, or a certificate of waiver of mediation showing that mediation is unsuitable, before he or she can start a claim for unreasonable interference with the CDRT. Who can issue the certificate to certify that mediation is unsuitable for a particular case?
Mr Speaker, the Bill will also establish a CRU, I think some Members have already mentioned, comprising of CROs and ACROs. I think some Members have already asked when will the year-long pilot in Tampines commence? I will reiterate the same points again, whether other areas can be covered? The question is, whether it can be covered concurrently? I know that the Senior Minister of State has mentioned that it would start as soon as second quarter of 2025. I think I will reiterate those points again and I think the Senior Minister of State is probably going to hear this from the next few Members.
For the pilot programme, may I ask the Minister, how many CROs and ACROs will be appointed? Is that calculated by a percentage of the resident population and by local area divisions, and what would be their terms of appointment? In particular, would the appointment be for a fixed duration and would the CROs and ACROs receive additional remuneration or allowance for taking on this new appointment on top of their current job scopes?
While CROs will either be police officers, public officers or statutory body employees, ACROs may be an auxiliary police officer or an individual who has “suitable training” to properly exercise the powers of an ACRO. What would such “suitable training” entail? Who will conduct such training?
Importantly, may I clarify if the Minister contemplates the appointment of grassroots leaders as ACROs at some future time? As the new section 13F provides that CROs and ACROs will be considered “public servants” under the Penal Code, it is necessary to properly educate them on the offences under sections 161 to 165 of the Penal Code so that they do not inadvertently commit an offence by accepting any gift or token of appreciation from grateful residents after helping to resolve any community dispute.
Finally, I welcome, Mr Speaker, the amendments that would allow the CRU to apply to the CDRT for a court order to address hoarding.
In my Toa Payoh East constituency, there are a good number of older HDB blocks that have smaller flat types, narrower corridors and stairwells. From time to time, my grassroots leaders and I have had to visit some residents who have accumulated stuff to fill their entire unit and the adjoining common areas, usually upon feedback provided by other neighbouring residents. I think some instances are similar to Member Mr Lim Biow Chuan's case where they are not sure how they can enter the unit.
Often, we would find that the affected resident cannot help but fall back into his or her hoarding habits, even after we have assisted with clearing up some of the stuff along with the Town Council. Would it also be possible for such a person to be directed to undergo psychiatric treatment? The new section 11A does not seem to provide for that.
With the new section 11A, the CRU can apply for a CDRT order to declutter a residential unit where the resident is unwilling or unable to do so despite a notice or advisory by a CRO, a public officer, an officer or employee of a Statutory Board or a person exercising a public official function.
Would a grassroots advisor or MP be \"a person exercising a public official function\", who can issue the notice or advisory to remove or dispose of clutter? Is there any form or template that the notice or advisory should be in?
For the resident alleged to be hoarding, what recourse does he or she have when confronted with a CRU application for a CDRT order to declutter his or her unit? For example, the resident may take the view that certain items are not \"of low or no value or utility\", which is a precondition for a CDRT order under the new section 11A.
Mr Speaker, ultimately, we must all recognise that the enhanced powers in this Bill should really be the last resort when it comes to cultivating and maintaining harmonious neighbourly relations. The first step should always be to proactively build neighbourly ties and encourage consideration for one another, by encouraging residents to step out of their homes to personally befriend others that share the residential estate and space. When disputes occur and they are unavoidable from time to time, especially when staying in an HDB flat and you are too close to one another, dialogue and engagement on all sides should be facilitated. And I am most grateful for the People's Association staff and volunteers for facilitating that all these years, in Toa Payoh East and in other constituencies, even without the enhanced community dispute resolution powers in this Bill.
Mr Speaker, Sir, notwithstanding the clarifications sought, I support the Bill and I look forward to the CRU being implemented across-the-board.
Mr Speaker: Ms Hazel Poa.
Ms Hazel Poa (Non-Constituency Member): Mr Speaker, Sir, I rise today in support of the Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill, which addresses longstanding issues arising from neighbourly disputes.
Intransigent neighbours who engage in abusive behaviour, littering, hoarding, vandalism and noise pollution have long been a serious issue at the municipal level. Even if such cases are relatively few in numbers, they have a profound impact on victims. Affected neighbours may feel an overwhelming and deep sense of helplessness at their neighbours who are engaging in ungracious behaviour.
Since 2015, we have established the CDRTs to create a specialised process to resolve community disputes. CDRTs are used as a measure of last resort to resolve community disputes. However, some will choose to ignore or flout CDRT orders. The enhancements made in this Bill can help to address some of these concerns, as it seeks to tighten the Act and provide more effective tools for dispute resolution.
One of the most significant and attention-grabbing provisions in this Bill are in Part 3, which grants HDB new powers to compulsorily acquire a flat if the owner, or a specified authorised occupier, has, amongst other requirements, been convicted of an abatement offence or exclusion offence under the Community Disputes Resolution Act.
This new provision is drastic but necessary to enforce compliance. It underscores the importance that we place on good neighbourliness and harmonious community relations in a densely populated society.
While we support this provision as an absolute last resort, we would seek clarifications from the Government to ensure that there will be appropriate checks and balances in the enforcement of this provision. Based on HDB, CMC and CDRT's analysis of past cases, how many cases of compulsory flat acquisition can we expect in a given year?
Under clause 36 of the Bill, compulsory acquisition is only allowed if the owner or occupier has been convicted of at least two abatement offences or exclusion offences, or had at least one other abatement offence or exclusion offence which was either compounded or taken into consideration for sentencing. But what if both offences were met in relation to the same incident? If the flat is compulsorily acquired in such a scenario, the offender may not have been given sufficient latitude to fully appreciate the gravity of their offence under the law. I seek more clarifications from the Minister on how this provision will be judiciously enforced, especially in cases where the root of the issue may lie in a lack of understanding of the law due to educational or mental health challenges.
Next, the Progress Singapore Party would like to seek assurances from HDB on the formula for compensation. In a Parliamentary reply in October 2022, Minister Desmond Lee told the House that \"HDB's compensation policy for flats that are compulsorily acquired takes into account various factors, including the severity of the infringement and the circumstances of the case, as well as the administrative and holding costs in acquiring the flat. The policy also ensures that flat owners who infringe the rules will not enjoy undue financial gains.\" Would compensation for flats compulsorily acquired under clause 36 of the Bill be similarly determined?
I would also like to highlight the provisions in the new section 13K, which empowers the CDRT to dismiss complaints deemed vexatious or made in bad faith. I would appreciate if the Minister could provide examples of such cases or include more detailed descriptions of these terms in subsidiary legislation. Will there be appropriate legal training for CDRT officers to make such determinations? Furthermore, when such complaints are dismissed, does the complainant have any recourse? If not, what safeguards are in place against possible abuse by CDRT officers?
Finally, Mr Speaker, the new section 18A requiring parties to go to the CMC before the CDRT is, in our view, a good one. It encourages a more conciliatory approach before invoking the powers of the Tribunal. It is also important for the CDRT to put in place systems to avoid or minimise situations where CROs handling these cases happen to live in the same block or nearby blocks and may know the parties involved. This could potentially create situations of perceived bias, especially given the limited ability to appeal many classes of orders.
In closing, while this Bill is tough, it provides necessary measures to tackle issues that have disrupted the lives of many residents. It gives voice and power to those who have suffered at the hands of recalcitrant neighbours. However, the use of severe measures must always be tempered with fairness and sensitivity to the unique circumstances of each case.
As such, I hope that the Minister will take the opportunity to clarify some of the points that I have raised and provide the necessary assurances that these new powers will be exercised judiciously and with due respect to all parties involved.
Mr Speaker: Order. I propose to take the break now. I suspend the Sitting and will take the Chair at 3.45 pm.
Sitting accordingly suspended
at 3.24 pm until 3.45 pm.
Sitting resumed at 3.45 pm.
[Deputy Speaker (Ms Jessica Tan Soon Neo) in the Chair]
[(proc text) Debate resumed. (proc text)]
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Mr Mark Lee.
Mr Mark Lee (Nominated Member): Mdm Deputy Speaker, I rise in support of the Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill. In a densely populated and diverse society like Singapore, harmonious living is crucial. The proposed amendments should make conflict resolutions faster and more robust, ideally reducing the need for formal legal actions.
While I support the Bill, I would like to raise some points for further clarification and offer a few suggestions.
This Bill significantly expands the powers of CROs, empowering them to issue abatement orders and, in certain cases, to enter residences to help address serious disturbances. While these powers aim to help CROs address disputes swiftly, I would like to seek further clarity on the aspects of this new role.
First, regarding selection criteria: clause 13C of the Bill specifies that CROs must be public officers, police officers, or statutory body employees. If CROs are drawn from existing enforcement roles, how will this complement their current responsibilities? Could this potentially increase their workload, and if so, what measures will the Government take to ensure that service levels remain consistent with these added duties?
Second, as CROs will be handling complex disputes that may not always involve clear regulatory breaches, could the Ministry clarify the specific training they will receive? Given the sensitive nature of cases involving vulnerable groups, cultural practices, or longstanding neighborhood disagreements, will CROs be trained in de-escalation techniques, cultural sensitivity and empathetic communication? Additionally, could their training include community engagement methods to help them foster peaceful resolutions and address conflicts with the understanding needed to promote harmony within our communities?
Next, I seek clarification on the limits of the discretionary powers granted to CROs. What safeguards are in place to prevent misuse of these powers and how will consistency be maintained, especially in minor cases that could escalate if not handled properly? Clear oversight mechanisms would help address concerns raised, ensuring that CROs operate within a well-defined framework.
On the topic of mandatory mediation, I support the Bill’s emphasis on mediation as a means to preserve relationships and reduce hostility. Given the Minister's clarification that the Bill makes it an offence not to attend mediation, are there measures to ensure that respondents not only attend but engage meaningfully in the mediation process? If respondents do not engage meaningfully, claimants may be left without any effective resolution and may result in more friction instead.
Madam, I also seek clarification on the definition of \"unreasonable interference\" in this Bill. While the amendments provide additional detail, with clause 4(2) specifying types of interference covered, I would like to confirm whether acts or omissions outside these categories are still actionable, or if the scope has been intentionally narrowed. If the intent was indeed to narrow the scope, could the Ministry elaborate on the reasoning behind this change? Understanding this would help clarify the Bill's approach to handling different types of disputes.
It is good that the Bill defines specific types of \"unreasonable interference\", as this provides clearer guidance for handling disputes. However, to ensure consistency, objective standards may still be necessary. Without them, the definition could remain open to subjective interpretation, potentially leading to inconsistent outcomes. For example, in cases of noise disturbances, would the Ministry consider introducing sound thresholds or time-based guidelines? Establishing such standards could help reduce misunderstandings and foster peaceful coexistence.
Singapore’s religious diversity is a great strength, but it requires careful handling of disputes involving religious practices. While this Bill provides mechanisms to address these issues, there may be room to further strengthen provisions for inter-religious conflicts.
Singapore’s existing platforms, such as the Inter-Racial and Religious Confidence Circles (IRCCs) and the Inter-Religious Organisation (IRO), play a valuable role in fostering interfaith harmony and understanding. To strengthen these efforts further, could the Ministry consider formalising a mediation framework that leverages these groups specifically for disputes with religious undertones?
By providing structured support in the mediation process, we could ensure that culturally sensitive disputes are managed with greater consistency and formal recognition, thereby fostering mutual respect and understanding across our communities.
Finally, the Bill holds landlords accountable if their tenants cause unreasonable disturbances. While I support this provision, I would like clarification on what constitutes \"compliance\" in managing such disputes.
Specifically, to what extent are landlords expected to intervene and what protection is available for those who make genuine efforts but cannot resolve the issue? A clear framework outlining reasonable steps for landlords would provide both clarity and fairness, ensuring they are not penalised for situations beyond their control.
Mdm Deputy Speaker, in conclusion, the amendments in this Bill represents a significant step forward in helping to foster communities that are not only harmonious but also compassionate and respectful of our diverse cultural landscape. With that, I give my full support to the Bill.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Mr Gan Thiam Poh.
Mr Gan Thiam Poh (Ang Mo Kio): Madam, the CDRA was passed to ensure that no person should cause unreasonable interference with his neighbours’ enjoyment or use of their residence.
It is unfortunate that we need to introduce an amendment Bill to empower Government agencies with additional regulatory tools to resolve community disputes. While these are necessary to bring relief to some long-suffering residents, it is a reflection and indictment of our community. We must intensify our public education programmes and outreach to remind all residents to be more considerate towards their neighbours as we live in a high-density environment.
I support the proposed changes to direct residents to make use of community mediation as early as possible to resolve their disputes. Presently, about 70% of registered cases cannot be resolved because one or more parties refuse to take part. With legislation compelling all parties to attend mediation when directed by the authorised agencies, we can expect better communication and clearer understanding of one another’s issues and perspectives, increasing the chances of cooperation and compromise to resolve disputes.
However, there is still an important role for our teams of dedicated grassroots leaders and volunteers to mediate in community disputes. In addition to fixing physical problems, such as hoarding and noise pollution, these teams also work closely with the IRCC to help resolve disputes which may threaten religious and racial harmony.
For cases of noise disruptions, even with the assistance of noise sensors, resolving such cases may remain challenging for the CRU to be set up. What is acceptable and reasonable to one may not be acceptable to others. Tolerance levels with respect to the volume of the noise, frequency and timings vary with different people. Residents may have different rest hours due to shift work.
Hence, I would like to ask the Ministry how it will make assessments and recommendations where the criteria is subjective and convince all parties that it is being fair and even-handed?
Madam, our grassroots volunteers have also tried and managed to locate the source of the noise that – as they found out – are a few levels above and has travelled to the complainant unit, while the complainant has been wrongly insisting the noise came from the unit immediately above. It is also interesting to note that the units in between have no issue with the noise travelling.
My final point is regarding the number of cases involving mental health illnesses. With our rapidly ageing population, we will have more cases of mental illness related to ageing, such as dementia, in addition to cases in our general population. Are our agencies ready to cope with the increased demand on their resources? How will we retain the volunteer mediators and prevent them from burning out on the job?
As for those ordered to seek treatment for their mental health issues, how can we ensure that they will remain compliant and sustain their treatments and medications? Do neighbours have effective and expedient recourse if they refuse to be compliant? Actions against them may also hurt the rest of the family. What support is there to assist such family members in dealing with difficult and uncooperative mental health patients?
Madam, it is important for our community and Government agencies to keep a balance approach in resolving neighbourly disputes. We need to encourage better cooperation and build more tolerance, while being more considerate and sensitive to the needs of others. On this note, I would like to conclude with my support for the Bill.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Dr Syed Harun Alhabsyi.
Dr Syed Harun Alhabsyi (Nominated Member): Thank you, Mdm Deputy Speaker. I thank the hon Ministers for taking their time to outline the rubric and framework of the proposed amendments with a strong preference for mediation rather than leaning too strongly on legislation.
In discussing legislation to resolve community disputes, it does stir some unease in me but the reassurance from the Ministers is something I appreciate.
On one hand, a structured legal framework for community dispute resolution is helpful. It ensures protection of individuals – in terms of their rights to a comfortable personal living space and to safety in their place of dwelling. It lends equitability in access to justice and also halts any potential escalation and protraction of neighbourly conflicts.
However, on the other hand, we must be vigilant against being overly reliant on legislation as a tool of resolving community disputes and we continue to encourage social responsibility and good neighbourly behaviours. As mentioned by the hon Minister earlier is not a silver bullet. At its extreme, the hardened legislation potentially and paradoxically risks polarisation and adversarial relationships in our communities and our neighbourhoods.
Inadvertently, if not handled or framed well, it could leave us with lesser room for flexibility, to give and take, to have informal dialogue as well as to partake in negotiation or mediation processes at the level of community.
Even as the Ministry proposes this Bill, it bears reminding that we must always consider that an underpinning premise of this Act is to ensure a reasonable and timely resolution of community disputes before they get worse, that this Bill is but one small part of our greater collective effort in fostering social cohesion and that we are resolute in wanting to protect what is reasonable, what is fair and just neighbourly conduct for our communities.
I have queries and comments which I hope the Ministry would be able to clarify.
Firstly, on the new section 11 on Order to Address Hoarding. Could the Minister clarify the progress and challenges of the inter-agency Hoarding Task Force and Hoarding Management Core Group thus far, and what lessons have been gleaned in the past? I gather there have been challenges in addressing the issue of hoarding in our estates, to the extent that such behaviours could present as physically dangerous to others, pose a fire hazard and confer public health or hygiene concerns.
In enacting this proposed amendment to the Act, understanding the challenges on the ground will reassure the House that there is indeed sufficient need to grant powers to the assigned community relations officer to enter a place of residence, with or without consent, for the removal of hazardous hoarded items.
This new section, in my view, presents as a shift towards greater intervention from the authorities against the backdrop of the individual's right to choose how they wish to upkeep and maintain their own home. Where it has been assessed that there are sufficient grounds to intervene, I am in support of this particular amendment.
Secondly, on the new section 12A on the introduction of the MTO. I wish to register my concern over the introduction of this section. To my knowledge, and I stand advised, this is the first time we are introducing the construct of an MTO as part of an escalation pathway to community disputes, specifically and directly as part of the Act.
The MTO has only previously been used under the auspices of sentencing after a crime has been committed, from which it was assessed that there was a strong contributory link between the criminal conduct and a person's mental illness. Hence, as part of the crime sentencing framework, the person is mandated to seek treatment under the Criminal Procedure Code, or CPC.
Could the Minister share with us why the Ministry has opted for the inclusion of an MTO in this Act specifically, and how its application will be distinctive, or otherwise, from the MTO ordered under the CPC?
If it is the case that the mentally disordered person is so unwell and clearly so requiring mental health treatment as well, can the intent of granting access to treatment for this person be circumscribed under the existing provisions of the Mental Healthcare and Treatment Act, for example?
If it is the case that a person is so recalcitrant to the extent of egregious public nuisance or non-adherence to Court orders, even under the influence of mental illness, would that not then constitute as an offence that could be sentenced under community orders or MTO anyway, under the current CPC framework?
And if it is the case that the CRO is already authorised, with or without consent, to remove items of public risk and concern, as proposed under the new section 11, is this not sufficient to address and then resolve the community dispute, rather than adding on a further amendment and order for the person to be sentenced to mandatory treatment?
I can understand and appreciate that the MTO is intended to close the loop and take a further preventive approach on the issue, in that a person who exhibits hoarding behaviours or other behaviours of neighbourly concerns on account of mental illness, needs to be treated and it will be better for him or her. I do not disagree on this premise.
However – and I say this with much respect to the elected Parliamentarians here, the variety of challenges that their residents face and the various complaints that they regularly receive on the ground, in the context of a community dispute and before any crime is committed – I wonder if the inclusion of an MTO through this Bill stretches the argument past the need for public and social justice and encroaches into what could be well within a person's autonomy to decide on treatment for him or herself.
There are indeed many people, Mdm Deputy Speaker, who have mental or physical illnesses, who choose not to be treated for their ailments for a variety of reasons. As a medical practitioner, it is something that I neither condone nor encourage, but I think we should be circumspect of the limits of intervention in the case of community disputes.
If the central concern of dispute, which as articulated in the Act, is an \"unreasonable interference\" in relation to a neighbour of an individual, if it has been addressed and mitigated sufficiently, it should still remain within the autonomy of the individual whether to seek treatment for his or her condition. We can encourage, we can help the person see reason for treatment and we can facilitate such a possibility, but to make it legally mandatory and enforceable is something rather different in my view.
If a person, notwithstanding his or her mental disorder, adopts a position that still resolves the \"unreasonable interference\" but does not wish to seek treatment, should that not be respected and be considered acceptable, even as we consider the challenging situations in the context of the proposed amendments? I do look forward to the responses from the Ministry.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Ms Joan Pereira.
Ms Joan Pereira (Tanjong Pagar): Mdm Deputy Speaker, I would like to express my appreciation to the Ministry staff, grassroots leaders, volunteers and residents who contribute much effort and time to provide feedback and suggestions to enhance this piece of legislation. Requests for disputes resolution has been in greater demand, especially for noise disturbances and encroachment in common areas. I have some questions for the Ministers.
One of the key enhancements to the CDRT is to empower it to issue a MTO to a person believed to be suffering from a mental health condition leading to acts of nuisance. This person will need to undergo a mandatory assessment and/or treatment.
This seems to be done only as a last resort, available at one of the stages within the processes of the CDRT. I am concerned that it may be costly and burdensome for a resident or household to pursue such proceedings at the CDRT.
For cases where the underlying issue could be mental health-related, access to mental health support at the mediation stage may lead to a more expedient and effective resolution. Hence, I would like to ask if the mediator can be empowered to make recommendations or referrals to mental health resources, if parties agree to explore mental health support at the mediation stage? If so, can the Government then consider providing such mental health resources at no cost for the initial consultation?
Next, for cases occurring in HDB estates, HDB has the option to consider the compulsory acquisition of flats in the event of severe recalcitrant cases, where all other measures have failed. However, this recourse is not available in private estates. What are the measures that can address similar problems faced by private estate dwellers, particularly for severe or egregious cases where the outcomes of mediation or CDRT are difficult to be enforced?
On the costs framework and consequences for non-attendance at mediation, ideally, neighbours should come together to discuss how to resolve their disputes, whether it is noise, second-hand smoke, littering, hoarding or cluttering. However, this is not possible for some cases, due to uncooperative residents or some underlying issues, including mental health problems. For those in financial difficulties, monetary penalties in terms of a costs framework may be unaffordable for them.
On the other hand, a complainant wishing to resolve the matter may not be able to afford pursuing it to the CDRT stage. For such situations, could measures be put in place to support greater intervention by agencies or empower grassroots leaders to help push for mediation to take place? Madam, in Mandarin.
(In Mandarin): [Please refer to Vernacular Speech.] For those in financial difficulties, monetary penalties in terms of a cost framework may be unaffordable for them. On the other hand, a complainant wishing to resolve the matter may not be able to afford pursuing it to the CDRT stage. For such situations, could measures be put in place to support greater intervention by agencies or empower grassroots leaders to help push for mediation to take place.
(In English): In conclusion, I support this Bill, as the effective resolution of community disputes will require all parties to play their part, and this will hopefully lead to a more gracious and considerate society in Singapore. The Bill also lends weight to the mediation process by introducing mandatory mediation. This will give much needed teeth to the CDMF.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Assoc Prof Razwana Begum.
Assoc Prof Razwana Begum Abdul Rahim: Mdm Deputy Speaker, I stand in support of the Community Dispute Resolution (Amendment) Bill. The Bill aims to enhance our framework for addressing severe neighbourly disputes, particularly those involving noise and hoarding.
Madam, while most residents in Singapore enjoy either neutral or positive relationships with their neighbours, a small but significant number of cases can cause significant distress to affected parties. Data from the CMC indicates that neighbour disputes have been on the rise since the COVID-19 pandemic began. Numbers showed that from January to September 2020, HDB received 11,400 cases of feedback relating to noise, an increase of about 3,600 cases for the same period in 2019.
Under the proposed amendments, the proposed CRU will be empowered to take targeted, calibrated action in certain cases. Besides warnings and orders, the CRU will have the ability to mandate mediation and deploy noise sensors within dwellings to collect objective data.
Importantly, less than 30% of the current neighbourhood dispute cases proceed to mediation, indicating that an increased focus on resolution is needed, and consultation has shown broad support for these measures among advocacy groups and community leaders. By enhancing powers to address the most disruptive disputes, this Bill will reaffirm a resident's right to quiet enjoyment of their home and demonstrate our commitment to community harmony.
Mdm Deputy Speaker, as with any legislation granting new powers, we must look carefully at the implications. Before I address three areas of potential concerns, I would like, however, to thank the Ministry for providing updated information about the Bill. The information provided was useful and comprehensive and it is clear that significant thought has gone into the content of these updates.
I will now outline my concerns. First, privacy. The deployment of noise sensors within private dwellings raises questions about the balance between dispute resolution and the privacy rights of residents. I seek clarifications on what safeguards will be in place to ensure collected data is used strictly for the intended purpose.
Next, threshold for intervention. The Bill grants the CRU powers to act in \"severe\" cases, however, what constitutes \"severe\" must be clearly defined to prevent potential misuse of these new powers. I ask the Minister to provide more detail on how this threshold will be set and consistently applied.
Next, proportionality. While targeted, the proposed powers are significant. It is crucial that their use remains proportionate to the dispute in question. I seek assurances on what checks will be in place to ensure that the CRU responds in a manner that does not unfairly penalise those it seeks to sanction.
Madam, I will now discuss several issues of specific interest regarding the Bill. While I welcome the Bill's intent to better address severe neighbourly disputes, I have concerns about potential duplications in the process.
The introduction of a new CRU, alongside the existing CMC, raises questions about how complaints will be navigated and the justification for maintaining two separate entities. For the average resident seeking redress for a disruptive neighbour, the process of where to lodge a complaint, how cases will be assessed and allocated between the CRU and CMC, and the relationship between these bodies is not clearly articulated. This lack of transparency risks causing confusion and potentially delaying much-needed resolution for those affected by excessive noise or hoarding.
I seek clarification on how these different approaches will be coordinated. To ensure the changes in this Bill are truly effective in supporting those affected, it is important to streamline the process and clearly communicate to the public how they can most easily access the help they need.
Madam, while I welcome the intent to allow registration of mediated settlements as CDRT order, we must recognise the need for neighbourly relations built on trust and voluntary compliance. I am concerned that requiring neighbours to actively register an outcome, places an additional burden on them and risks uneven compliance.
Would the Ministry consider automatic registration to ensure all agreements carry legal weight? Without it, we risk inconsistent outcomes if only registered agreements are enforceable.
To truly support those affected, agreements reached through mediation must carry the full force of law. Automatic registration provides greater protections and a clearer deterrent against non-compliance.
Mdm Deputy Speaker, hoarding is a serious issue with potential implications for public safety and security. I welcome its inclusion in the Bill. However, I seek clarification on the proposed approach to address hoarding cases, particularly those involving individuals with mental health challenges.
Beyond the removal of items, what actions can be taken against the hoarder or their landlord? Are supports in place to help individuals with mental health issues that contribute to hoarding behaviours? Would clause 13 apply in these situations and could respondents with mental health challenges be ordered to comply with resolution directives?
To effectively address hoarding, we must balance enforcement with compassion and consideration for underlying mental health factors.
Mdm Deputy Speaker, to order an individual to undergo MTO is a significant step and needs to be handled in a sensitive manner.
While I understand the intent behind section 12A, I have concerns about mandatory psychiatric treatment being ordered for individuals involved in neighbour disputes. How will the need for such treatment be determined and by whom? What measures will be in place to protect confidentiality and prevent potential discrimination? What mechanisms are in place to ensure that affected parties are provided with independent legal advice and with information on their right to appeal or dispute any orders?
It is crucial that any approach to mandatory treatment is balanced with the rights and well-being of the individual involved. We must ensure that the focus remains on resolution and rehabilitation, rather than stigmatisation. I seek clarification from the Ministry on how these considerations will be addressed in the implementation of this provision.
Mdm Deputy Speaker, the new sections 13I and 13J indicates the power of CROs, their responsibilities when it comes to investigation and enforcement. Given the unique challenges of managing neighbour disputes, I suggest that the Ministry consider providing training in restorative justice methods and principles to all CRU officers. Restorative justice focuses on collaborative problem-solving and repairing harm, which can be highly effective in resolving disputes and improving community relations.
In the UK, housing associations are increasingly using restorative practices to address neighbour disputes, such as noise nuisance, verbal abuse and harassments. This includes direct mediation and conflict resolution between the offender, victims, their families and the community. By involving all parties, restorative justice can help rebuild relationships and establish shared community norms.
The Bill will also empower the Tribunal to issue mandatory treatment orders, recognising that some extreme behaviours that cause nuisance to others may be the result of a mental health condition. Ensuring officers are adequately equipped to manage these complex issues in a nuanced and compassionate manner is crucial.
With that consideration, what other preparation will officers receive to address the challenges they will encounter, such as supporting individuals with mental health conditions or navigating cases involving hoarding? Ensuring a multifaceted approach that balances justice with compassion is key. I would like to seek clarification from the Ministry to provide more details on the training programme and how it will prepare officers to address the multifaceted nature of neighbour disputes.
Mdm Deputy Speaker, while enforcement is necessary, prevention through community policing can be a powerful tool to build empathy and harmony. May I suggest the Ministry consider expanding community policing initiatives to detect and address potential nuisance issues before they escalate. For example, could there be dedicated teams of officers working with specific communities? Could pilot programmes be evaluated to test the outcome of such an approach? Importantly, would restorative justice principles be integrated into community policing efforts to focus on collaborative problem-solving and repairing harm? By shifting focus from solely punitive enforcement to proactive community policing and restorative justice, we can build stronger and more harmonious communities.
While I agree that property owners must take responsibility, we must consider the potential consequences of mandatory eviction, particularly for residents who could, subsequently, face homelessness or insecure housing.
To mitigate this risk, I suggest the Ministry consider standardising tenancy agreements to include clear clauses about noise and nuisance standards. Additionally, many owners, especially seniors or those with low literacy levels, may not be aware of their obligations or how to comply with required standards. Can the Ministry explain how they will provide support and guidance to property owners, especially vulnerable populations, to navigate these requirements? Finally, would the Ministry also explain what mechanisms are in place to ensure that no person is left homeless or with insecure accommodation as a result of compulsory acquisition?
Madam, while the Bill focuses on resolution and enforcement, we must not overlook the need to support victims of neighbour disputes. The stress and anxiety caused by disputes between neighbours can have, sometimes, severe impacts on mental health, with potential long-term consequences if not adequately addressed. Victims may experience feelings of isolation, fear and helplessness, which can affect not just their wellbeing, but their ability to cope with the situation.
To illustrate this point, I note a case reported in October 2023 by CNA, where a noise dispute between neighbours escalated to a violent confrontation involving a wooden pole and a kitchen knife after three years of tension. Such cases underscore the potential for neighbour disputes to have serious consequences if not adequately addressed. Accordingly, I seek clarifications on how the Tribunal and those working within the sector will provide support for victims of neighbour disputes.
Mdm Deputy Speaker, to conclude, Singapore is renowned for its strong social fabric, a testament to the harmony and resilience of our people. Yet, even in a society as cohesive as ours, disputes between neighbours can arise, highlighting that we can always do better.
As we work to address these issues through legislation, let us not forget the ultimate goal: to build a Singapore that is not just lawful, but compassionate, kind and just for all, a country where neighbours can resolve differences with empathy and understanding, where those impacted by disputes are supported with the help they need and where we prioritise not just punishment, but rehabilitation and harmony. This Bill is a step towards that vision. Clarifications notwithstanding, I support the Bill.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Miss Rachel Ong.
Miss Rachel Ong (West Coast): Mdm Deputy Speaker, the Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill and its focus on enhanced mediation directives address longstanding challenges in our dispute resolution mechanisms. Today, I will focus on four key areas within the Bill, including enforcement of mandatory mediation attendance, expanding the authority of CRU, ensuring accountability in settlements and addressing tenant-related noise nuisances.
First, strengthening mediation attendance requirements. One critical challenge is the current voluntary attendance at the CMC, which allows residents to opt out of mediation. This often results in one party refusing to engage, preventing timely dispute resolution and undermining the effectiveness of our community mediation efforts.
Granting agencies, like CRU and CMC, the power to mandate mediation attendance is an important step forward. However, we must also go further to ensure compliance with clear, enforceable measures beyond the existing $1,500 fine. If a party refuses to attend mediation and also avoids paying the fine, we need additional consequences, such as escalating penalties or legal actions. This will reinforce the seriousness of mediation directives and uphold their integrity. I urge the Government to strengthen these enforcement mechanisms.
Second, expanding the scope of CRU. The Bill proposes regulatory powers for CRU to handle issues, like noise and hoarding. This is promising and we should consider expanding CRU's scope to address other prevalent issues in our communities. For instance, privacy concerns arise when residents report neighbours installing CCTVs directed toward their units. Currently, authorities lack the power to investigate or mandate removal of these cameras within private properties. Additionally, residents have raised complaints about neighbours throwing harmful substances or smoking in common areas.
Will CRU eventually have the authority to manage these issues or could relevant bodies like HDB or NEA be empowered to investigate and take corrective actions? Addressing these frequent complaints would ensure CRU is adequately equipped to foster a safe and harmonious environment.
Third, ensuring accountability in CMC settlements. The amendment permits parties to register their settlement agreements at CMC, giving them the same force as a CDRT order. This provides swifter legal recourse if a settlement is breached, which is a positive development. Some mediation agreements involve residents and Government agencies. In such instances, clarity is needed on the accountabilities by all parties.
Would Government agencies represented also be legally bound to act as per mediation agreement? If so, officials representing Government agencies must be empowered to execute agreements made during mediation and held accountable to uphold them. This will reinforce trust in the mediation process and ensure all parties fulfill their commitments, avoiding breakdowns that affect residents' confidence in community resolutions.
Fourth, addressing tenant-related noise nuisances. The Bill rightly includes provisions for engaging landlords earlier when tenant-related noise disturbances occur. This is a necessary step to prevent escalation of such issues. However, the proposed compliance bond for landlords may not be sufficient if the bond amount is too low in comparison to rental income. A minimal bond could weaken the incentive for landlords to take prompt action on tenant disturbances.
To enhance its deterrent effect, may I propose for consideration, calibrating the bond amount to reflect rental fees or revoking the landlord's rental privileges for a set period of time if the issues persist. Additionally, requiring landlords and tenants to complete a brief programme on noise and neighbourly behaviour before the tenants move in would promote awareness and prevent future complaints.
In closing, Mdm Deputy Speaker, while the amendments to the Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill are a step in the right direction, there is room for improvement. By enhancing mediation attendance enforceability, broadening CRU's regulatory scope, ensuring Government agency accountability and establishing effective deterrents for tenant-related nuisances, we can build a more robust framework for community harmony. I look forward to continued discussions and refinements that will help us create a peaceful and supportive community for all residents. Mdm Deputy Speaker, I am grateful for this Bill and I fully support this Bill.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Mr Patrick Tay.
Mr Patrick Tay Teck Guan (Pioneer): Mdm Deputy Speaker, I rise in support of this Bill, which seeks to strengthen the ability of the community to resolve neighbour disputes and enable the Government to intervene in certain egregious cases.
In high-density urban environments, conflicts between neighbours over issues, such as noise, privacy and shared spaces, are inevitable. While these disputes are not uncommon, some can quickly escalate and disrupt the peace of the community if left unresolved.
However, not all disputes need to be settled in the courtroom, which can be costly and time-consuming. Any adjudicatory outcome will also result in a winner and a loser. This is not the best way to resolve a dispute between neighbours who will likely have to continue living alongside each other after court proceedings are over.
An effective tool for resolving such disputes amicably is through community mediation, which has a high success rate, with 80% of voluntary mediation cases resulting in mutual compromise. Despite this, currently, only 30% of disputes proceed to mediation, often because one party is unwilling to participate. The Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill, therefore, addresses this gap by empowering agencies, such as CMC, to encourage early mediation before conflicts worsen with the help of trained mediators. Disputing neighbours will also be required to attempt mediation before filing a claim with CDRT, something which I have called for since 2021.
For a minority of cases that are particularly severe and cannot otherwise be resolved, the CDRT will act as a last-resort avenue for complainants after mediation and failed interventions. This Bill will enhance the CDRT with new powers to facilitate quicker and more effective resolution of cases, including issuing interim orders on an expedited basis, such as to remove an obstruction from the common corridor or to stop making excessive noise. Costs can be awarded to compensate individuals for the time and expenses expended for the CDRT proceedings. Landlords will also be encouraged to take a more active role when their tenants cause nuisance, as the CDRT can order tenants to cease the nuisance and require landlords to ensure compliance through a bond.
Crucially, these enhancements should strengthen, not replace, the ability of the community to resolve its own disputes. I am therefore heartened that MCCY, MinLaw and MND have consulted the public extensively through engagement sessions over the past two years on proposed enhancements in the spirit of transparency, open discussion and consensus, and received strong support for a CRU pilot to be set up to investigate and intervene in particularly severe cases of neighbour disputes. The CRU, staffed by CROs experienced in law enforcement and supported by auxiliary police officers, will increase accessibility to mediation and arbitration services. CROs will exercise regulatory powers appropriately and proportionately to investigate, deter and stop noise and hoarding nuisances to resolve differences early and fairly.
Not all community disputes are straightforward. Some conflicts are rooted in differing perspectives or culturally complex nuances that require careful consideration and understanding. This Bill acknowledges the challenge of allowing diverse perspectives to co-exist without undermining the peace and harmony of the broader community by providing a framework to address these complexities.
To this end, I would like to take the opportunity to clarify three points with the Minister for Culture, Community, and Youth on the proposed Bill.
First, under this Bill, if the person contributing to acts of nuisance is suspected to have a mental health issue contributing to the problem, CROs may apply to the CDRT for an order requiring the individual to undergo formal psychiatric assessment or treatment. What are the guidelines for the duration of treatment required and what if said individual cannot afford the assessment or treatment required?
Second, to prevent individuals who face prejudice or bias being unfairly labelled as nuisances, will CROs receive culturally informed training or training on how to approach persons with mental health conditions with sensitivity? For example, studies have linked hoarding behaviour to experiences with material deprivation and mental disorders, and therefore might be more common among lower-income individuals. Such behaviour may thus be driven by complex psychological, social and economic factors rather than simply a desire to be difficult or irresponsible.
Third, as the saying goes, \"Prevention is better than cure.\" Besides public education initiatives, neighbours should be encouraged to get to know each other and communicate more frequently as a preventative measure. Investing in initiatives and infrastructure like neighbourhood events, public seating areas and community gardens can go a long way to encourage neighbours to develop empathy and consideration for one another – what we also sometimes call the \"kampung spirit\". What immediate plans does the Ministry have in this respect?
In conclusion, as our city grows and evolves, so must our approach to community dispute resolution. This Bill represents a forward-thinking approach that supports communities in developing the tools necessary to resolve conflicts amicably while giving mediation more teeth and standing. For the minority of cases that cannot be resolved via community self-help, the enhanced CDMF will also provide a wider range of options to facilitate effective conflict resolution. These measures will strengthen community bonds by building resilience, harmony and mutual respect. Mdm Deputy Speaker, I support this Bill.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Mr Derrick Goh.
Mr Derrick Goh (Nee Soon): Mdm Deputy Speaker, harmony within our community is fundamental to Singapore's vibrant and tight-knit social fabric. Given our population density and recent trends of more residents working or studying from home, increased neighbourly friction seems inevitable. Indeed, public feedback on noise climbed during the pandemic and remains unabated – the first half of 2024 saw an average of more than 2,100 monthly cases, more than five times that of 2019; and it is high.
Given this, an updated and strengthened CDMF is essential. Having consistently advocated for enhancements to the CDMF over the last four Budget and Committee of Supply debates, I welcome these updated and strengthened measures that provides for faster and more effective relief for residents. For intended outcomes to be better achieved, I seek clarifications on several areas of this Bill, especially in the area of execution, as good policy requires good execution for the benefits of this Bill to be effective on the ground.
I note the new measures in this Bill appears to be based on past learnings that CMC mediation has been effective, where about 80% of voluntary mediation cases at CMC have been successful. But only a small proportion of about 30% of registered cases proceed to mediation due to a majority of residents refusing to do so.
Given the expected rise in caseload, may I first seek Minister's clarification on plans to increase the CMC's capacity, so that we can improve both accessibility and quality of services at the CMC and satellite centres? In other words, apart from ensuring reasonable wait-time, such as mediation services can scale, the high success rate of 80%, could it be maintained or even improved?
Additionally, can Minister share in greater detail the criteria for issuing a Mediation Direction that recognises the need for timely intervention, yet allowing sufficient autonomy for parties to resolve disputes organically and acknowledging the unique circumstances and thresholds for each case? Striking this delicate balance will help preserve neighbourly relations and also avoid overloading CMC.
Where mediation proceeds, so as to improve the weight of outcomes, reduce wastage of resources, as well as to reduce administrative load on parties and agencies; can authorities consider for mediation settlement agreements to be automatically lodged as CDRT orders, instead of by consent, as Minister had suggested earlier, for enhanced enforceability at onset?
Can Minister also clarify the mechanisms in place to prevent the abuse of taxpayer-funded CMC services? If parties who offend or are unable to exercise basic tolerance, can they be made to defray more mediation costs on top of the existing $5 administrative fee?
I share Minister's position that CMCs should not be relied on as the first port of call and in fact rely on the community as the first and primary place to resolve neighbourly disputes. So, in encouraging a resolution by parties themselves, will Minister employ further strategies to increase residents' onus and awareness of self-resolution approaches?
And in recognising that grassroot leaders are often one of the first places to engage in such disputes, can Minister also elaborate on plans to further equip our community, as well as grassroot leaders for them to help ease conflicts at the early stage with proper support and advice?
Next, on the introduction of the CRU pilot to address severe neighbour noise and hoarding cases, as proposed in clause 14 of the Bill, I note the plans to do a one-year pilot in a town. For this pilot, the CRU has been well calibrated with powers that includes safeguards to proactively tackle complex and recalcitrant cases.
That said, there is a need to enhance the effectiveness of CRU and other agencies to address the root causes of persistent anti-social behaviour. From my experience in the community, underlying reasons could range from mental health issues to religious or superstitious beliefs, or longstanding habits and other socio-economic vulnerabilities. For example, there has been a case of a persistent bird feeder at the new BTO flats at Nee Soon Link, which has resulted in much complaints across the neighbourhood, which has also been covered by the media.
In this regard, can the Minister elaborate on how CROs will be adequately equipped to assist in such severe cases, like in the case of the bird feeder, where the authorities and our community appear to be at a loss of what to do next?
Can engagements by the CROs be supplemented, for example, with the expertise of psychologists for earlier and more accurate diagnosis of such behavioural root causes so that appropriate actions can be taken to swiftly prevent repeat offending?
For residents who may require more holistic support beyond psychological issues, such as social, financial or housing aid; can the Minister share if and how CRU will collaborate with other agencies and even religious organisations to avail more comprehensive help, and to monitor their follow-through? This should ideally extend beyond the CDRT's mandatory treatment orders and HDB's limited set of actions that may have limited effectiveness in tackling the issues.
Specific to the pilot, can the Minister clarify the pilot's success metrics, as well as avenues for residents to provide feedback on the CRU's interventions? And if there are earlier signs of success, can scaling of CRU to other townships be accelerated even before the one-year timeframe? And if so, can more communities and residents benefit from this initiative? If there is indeed a second team to be trialed, can the pilot cover selected high severity cases island-wide, rather than a single township, to broaden the pilot's learnings?
Mdm Speaker, in conclusion, this Bill represents a significant advancement to facilitate quicker and more effective dispute resolution in the community. It is in good implementation, where measures including CDRT orders are made to be holistic in addressing the root causes; and with continuous monitoring of their effectiveness – that our community will experience the benefits of this Bill.
In the end, these enhancements should strengthen, and not replace the ability of communities to come together to resolve differences as good neighbours. In my opinion, the true success of this Bill lies not much as in the expanded powers of our agencies; but collectively and fundamentally, in the \"kampung\" spirit of mutual respect and empathy that has come to define Singapore over the years. In this way, we can forge harmony amidst diversity. In Mandarin, please.
(In Mandarin): [Please refer to Vernacular Speech.] Harmony within our community is fundamental to Singapore's vibrant and tight-knit social fabric. Given our population density and recent trends of more residents working or studying from home, increased neighbourly friction seems inevitable.
Indeed, during the pandemic, public feedback on noise climbed and remains unabated. On average, from the pandemic till now, cases every year is more than five times that of 2019. Having consistently advocated for enhancements to the CDMF over the last four Budgets and COS debates, I welcome these new measures that provide faster and more effective relief for residents.
An updated CDMF is essential in resolving conflicts peacefully by addressing the root causes of disputes. I am glad that the Government has intervened to clearly propose enhanced measures to the existing laws for resolving community disputes. Ultimately, these laws are not panacea and our communities should also fulfil their own obligations and responsibilities.
We should open our hearts, foster mutual understanding and come together as good neighbours to resolve dispute. It is through greater mutual respect and empathy, building harmony and diversity that we maintain the spirit of unity.
(In English): Mdm Deputy Speaker, notwithstanding these clarifications, I support this Bill.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Mr Darryl David.
Mr Darryl David (Ang Mo Kio): Mdm Deputy Speaker, while this Bill covers various types of unneighbourly behaviour that leads to this Bill, I would like to focus my speech on noise offences.
The deleterious consequences of noise pollution on physical and mental health is not trivial. It has been noted that prolonged exposure to disturbing and incessant noise can lead to adverse health outcomes like abnormal perception of loudness and noise, ringing in the ears and even distorted hearing.
Equally worrying, exposure to prolonged noise is also related to a host of psycho-emotional conditions like irritability, frustration, anxiety and stress, and could also lead to sleep disturbance like insomnia.
I empathise with residents who have been suffering from noise nuisance from their neighbours and the surroundings. In my constituency of Ang Mo Kio-Hougang, of all the different noise-nuisance cases I have had to deal with, a particular case dubbed the \"Hougang Terror\" stands out.
This is a case that has been surfaced to the highest levels of Government agencies. I see Senior Minister of State Sim Ann nodding at me. It has also been featured on social media as well. I am particularly, personally familiar with the case having been on the ground to try and mediate this, without much success.
Essentially, what started out as a dispute between two neighbours resulted in one neighbour incessantly beating a stick furiously against the wall of his neighbour for hours on end – and by \"hours\" I mean hours on end – which then led to noise pollution and affected the entire, the entire block, the entire carpark, even the blocks surrounding it.
So, quite clearly, we have, from the current legal standpoint, exhausted available means to resolve the situation in our neighbourhood. I am therefore glad to know that the Government is now considering an amendment to the Community Disputes Resolution Act so that we have more legal muscle to help our residents who have been suffering from such measures and my other colleagues before me. I hope that the pilot is a productive one and we are able to implement this scheme in other townships as soon as possible.
In a statement released by MCCY and MND, it was highlighted that the CRU that will be set up would be given powers to issue direction for neighours to attend mediation and install sensors to collect data on noise. These actions, however, will be taken only after the neigbours have failed to resolve disputes amongst themselves.
I am all for community involvement and for people coming together to try and solve issues as amicably as possible without the need for agencies to get involved, without the need for legislation. However, I do hope that the Ministries can provide more information on what is deemed to be \"failure to resolve the disputes among themselves\". How would the Ministries determine if the complainant has made sufficient efforts to resolve the dispute with the alleged offender? And what would be examples of evidence that the complainant must submit to CRU to prove his or her case that they have tried but failed to resolve the dispute?
While I understand that certain objective criteria must be set so that the investigative and directive powers of the CRU will not be abused, I hope that the bar will not be set too high such that the CRU is inaccessible for most of the complainants.
My second point is regarding how we would manage alleged offenders. I do understand that there are several ways in which alleged offenders could be managed under the proposed new framework. They could be compelled to attend mediation; they could be ordered to attend mandatory treatment if it is believed that they are causing disturbance due to mental health conditions; and in the most extreme situation, flats of the alleged offenders could be acquired as a last resort if they are recalcitrant and/or the nuisance created is very severe.
It was recently reported in the media that an alleged offender who had caused six out of eight units on her level in Punggol to move out, had then relocated to Bukit Merah and is now continuing with her terrorising antics in that new estate.
Would the relevant authorities consider preventing alleged offenders in well-known cases from relocating to a different housing estate until the matter can be resolved or the authorities are sure that they will not cause further nuisance to their new neighbors after moving in.
I believe this is important as it ensures that we do not \"transfer\" a problem from one estate to another, which then brings a new set of issues into what was once, perhaps, a rather peaceful neighbourhood or rather peaceful environment.
So, in this regard, I hope the relevant authorities can shed some light on how these alleged offenders can be managed if they have purchased a resale flat elsewhere or, perhaps, are in the queue for a BTO flat.
Would the authorities also consider requiring all flat owners to sign a letter of undertaking as part of their HDB Flat Eligibility letter application, undertaking that they would refrain from creating noise nuisance or other forms of nuisance for that matter at the point of flat purchase and inform them clearly about the consequences of breaching these undertakings?
Mdm Deputy Speaker, neighbour disputes are never easy to solve. Some feuds can go on for several years, sometimes involving many family members from both sides. In some extreme situations, as my example from Hougang I cited earlier, multiple other households get drawn into the feud as collateral damage, and this leads to a largely unpleasant living environment for everyone involved.
While I am a firm believer in using more amicable ways to de-escalate any potential community conflict, I am also heartened that the Government is taking this issue seriously and this new legislation will allow us to take recalcitrant offenders to task for the overall benefit of the entire community.
Mdm Deputy Speaker: Mr Alex Yam.
Mr Alex Yam (Marsiling-Yew Tee): Mdm Deputy Speaker, the fact that we are debating the CDMF in Parliament shows that there have been disputes over the years that have become difficult to resolve due to varying reasons. This is not the first time that we are talking about dispute resolution within this House. The CDMF and its enhancements do hopefully represent a significant step forward in strengthening our community-based resolution and promote good neighbourliness overall.
[Mr Speaker in the Chair]
As it stands, the community already plays a significant role in mediating disputes on the ground. As many Members have mentioned, often, it is grassroots volunteers, Town Council property officers, HDB ground staff, community mediators such as those from CMC are on the frontlines. In my constituency, I am fortunate to also have volunteers from the International Institute of Mediators (Singapore) to call upon. Significantly, the proposed CDMF enhancements strengthen but not replace our community’s role in resolving many of these disputes.
I always recall one of the earliest examples of a neighbour dispute that I was asked to mediate in with my team. This was when I first was elected. I was told of two neighbours who were bickering for almost a decade. I found out that both were retirees and passionate orchid growers, each with their own little garden along the corridor outside their flats. But on that same corridor was a very unique feature because in the middle of the wall with a pencil a line that demarcated the unofficial border between these two territories.
And often there were borders skirmishes, sometimes unwittingly caused by our poor conservancy workers who must move the stands and pots so that they could clear out the scupper drains and then when they relocate the pots, some of these unfortunate pots became illegal immigrants on the wrong side of the border. And in this long-standing dispute and on rare occasions, one of the stands would stray into opposing territory and the pot would be consigned to the refugee camp at the bin chute. Soon, this resulted in shouting matches and guerilla warfare was launched as well. Each of the neighbour would come to say that their pots were flooded with rubbish or with too much water and the orchids start to die. It took a while, but with some persistence from the UN – in this case the \"United Network\" of community partners and mediators – and building on their common love for flora, they did in the end resolve their conflict and became good friends.
This is one success. But there are many other long-standing and long-suffering examples that many of us have had difficulty in addressing despite all the tools in the box.
So, the CRU represents a thoughtful addition to our toolkit. Its scope addresses only the severe cases that cannot be resolved within the community. I do believe that Government intervention should always be a last resort, allowing the community to resolve issues as much as possible. The CRU’s role is to assist in cases that require more than community-based solutions and stepping in when all other efforts have been exhausted. This is a measured approach, ensuring we do not resort to heavy-handed approaches but reserve intervention to exceptional cases. In addition, for cases where mediation and community-based solutions are insufficient, the CDRT remains an avenue of last resort.
Other Members have also mentioned that legal processes should not be the first option for resolving disputes, as they often create adversarial situations with winners and losers. We must also avoid the potential weaponisation of the legal and tribunal process as a punitive tool against each other. Instead, our priority should be bringing people together to understand each other’s perspectives. However, where necessary, the CDRT process must remain quick, effective and focused on fair outcomes.
In light of these enhancements, Mr Speaker, I seek further clarification on a number of points.
The CMC has worked over the years to improve accessibility to mediation services. I do hope the Minister would be able to elaborate and update on specific improvements over the years that have made it more accessible and more successful.
On the CRU, why is the CRU not established as a 24/7 response unit? Because many disputes occur out of hours. In some cases, immediate intervention could be crucial. We have seen in some recent unfortunate cases where grievous hurt and in other cases, lives have been lost because of long-standing disputes that have turned violent.
The CRU, of course, is starting with a pilot. What are the considerations for this phased approach? What is mark and matrix of success and when can we expect to consider a nationwide roll-out to benefit all constituencies immediately?
The pilot also currently focuses more on noise and hoarding issues. Are there plans to include other issues, such as second-hand smoke, which has been a concern in many neighbourhoods and exacerbated during COVID-19?
The deployment of noise sensors has also raised privacy concerns. What safeguards are provided and put in place to ensure that they do not inadvertently record conversations or compromise residents’ privacy?
Could the Minister clarify who would compose the CROs and the ACROs and the selection criteria that ensure they are fit for investigation and enforcement duties? How will residents be able to identify them?
In addition, how will CROs handle interactions with persons that would have mental health conditions or special needs?
Given the CRU’s significant powers, what safeguards are in place to prevent overreach and ensure that these powers are used appropriately?
Under what circumstances as well in extremis when things get out of hand, will the HDB step in to consider compulsory residence acquisition?
My last question is on broader community broader community building. Could the Minister also elaborate on what are the targets for community-building efforts to promote a harmonious neighbourhood and what role do agencies play in reinforcing these roles, together with community leaders?
Mr Speaker, these enhancements to the CDMF underline our commitment to a balanced, community-centred approach to dispute resolution. By supporting a framework that encourages residents to engage with each other positively, we strengthen the ties that hold our society together. I look forward to the Minister's responses and seeing these enhancements' positive impact on our communities. Mr Speaker, I support this Bill.
Mr Speaker: Mr Yip Hon Weng.
Mr Yip Hon Weng (Yio Chu Kang): Mr Speaker, Sir, as MPs, we often address community disputes brought forth by our residents. These range from noise complaints and cooking odours to concerns over shoe racks blocking common corridors. While these issues may seem minor, they can escalate into significant conflicts between neighbours. This Bill is a step in the right direction to address such issues, but I would like to raise some clarifications.
Mr Speaker, Sir, my first point concerns the potential burden this Bill places on landlords, particularly in section 10A. In Yio Chu Kang, many seniors rely on renting out their HDB flats to supplement their income.
While maintaining peace is critical, is it fair to hold landlords accountable for their tenants' behaviour? Do landlords have the level of control that this Bill assumes?
Typically, landlords have some influence over tenants through rental agreements, which sometimes include restrictions on certain activities. This implies that landlords may have a role in promoting harmony among residents. However, when landlords, especially those living abroad or slow to respond, struggle with tenant issues, it can lead to prolonged problems for neighbouring residents. Should landlords face penalties for circumstances beyond their control and what happens if a landlord is unable or unwilling to engage?
Additionally, rental agreements usually focus on rent and maintenance, not managing neighbourly disputes. This would create legal ambiguity, especially if landlords lack clear authority over tenant behaviour.
We must also consider tenants' responses. If tenants face repercussions, they may shift blame onto their landlords, especially absentee ones, potentially prolonging disputes and leaving the complainant in limbo.
Before imposing additional responsibilities, I urge the Minister to provide clear guidelines to help landlords understand their obligations. Let us define what is fair and establish mechanisms that are effective for all parties.
This Bill rightly seeks to empower landlords with clearer guidelines and responsibilities. However, these expectations must be balanced and realistic. I urge the Ministry to ensure that landlord obligations are practical and if necessary, to provide resources that facilitate compliance, rather than unintentionally fostering disputes.
Mr Speaker, Sir, my second point pertains to hoarding, highlighted in section 11A. We understand that hoarding poses public health risks, but it is also a deeply personal issue.
What happens after someone's belongings are cleared out? Hoarding behaviour often recurs, making temporary solutions inadequate. Without mental health support, such as counselling and follow-ups, this issue is likely to resurface.
We must strike a balance between protecting public health and showing empathy towards those struggling with hoarding. Could the Ministry consider integrating mental health support into hoarding interventions, perhaps through partnerships with social services? This could provide a more holistic and lasting solution for affected residents and their neighbours.
Third, Mr Speaker, Sir, this Bill may not fully address disputes occurring in private properties like condominiums. How do the provisions apply in these contexts? Can CROs or ACROs enter private homes to resolve issues? Will Management Corporation Strata Titles (MCSTs) be involved? Will officers need MCST permission to enter and remove hoarded items? Moreover, what are the limits of officers' powers in condominium disputes? Can they enforce compliance, or must they rely on MCST cooperation?
It is important to clarify how this Bill applies to private properties, as condominiums represent a significant portion of Singapore's housing landscape. Could the Ministry look into clearer guidelines for disputes in private properties, ensuring officers have the necessary authority while respecting MCST boundaries?
Mr Speaker, Sir, my fourth point concerns the powers granted to CROs under sections 13C, 13D and 13L. While their authority to issue orders and enter homes may be necessary, we must safeguard against potential overreach. What checks are in place to prevent misuse of these powers?
Community disputes are rarely straightforward. Mental health issues, personal struggles and vulnerabilities often complicate matters. Are these officers trained to handle such situations? Are they equipped to de-escalate conflicts and identify when professional help is needed? Clear, consistent guidelines are needed to ensure fair, informed decision-making. Will the Ministry consider a framework for CROs that includes rigorous training and guidelines to prevent escalation and maintain community trust?
Lastly, Mr Speaker, Sir, I would like to emphasise the importance of mediation, particularly under section 13M, which refers to CRO referrals for mediation. I have always been a strong advocate for mediation. Mediation fosters lasting peace in a way that legal battles cannot achieve. However, mediation must be accessible.
Formal mediation can feel burdensome for many residents, who juggle jobs, family responsibilities and health issues. Could we enhance accessibility by conducting more sessions in community spaces or offering sessions during evenings and weekends?
Moreover, mediation should not prolong disputes. Clear guidelines must be established to prevent stalling tactics and once an agreement is reached, swift enforcement is essential to maintain its effectiveness. Could the Ministry provide data on how many mediation sessions in the CMC have resulted in agreements that were later breached? Is there a tracking mechanism for such cases?
In conclusion, Mr Speaker, Sir, community disputes are complex and rarely black-and-white. Without the right support, interventions can inadvertently cause harm. This Bill represents some progress. In Yio Chu Kang, we have a local mediation team composed of volunteer grassroots leaders. This initiative is useful, as having neighbours involved in mediation offers a familiar face and helps track progress. Residents eagerly anticipate the launch of the CRU pilot, which adds support to earlier interventions may fall short. I hope to see this pilot scale beyond Tampines to other areas, including Yio Chu Kang, to benefit more residents with unresolved disputes.
Our communities welcome the initiatives in this Bill. However, as always, the devil is in the details. I urge the Minister to consider my proposals in my speech.
First, provide guidance to landlords on preparing tenancy agreements and related documents to comply with this Bill, offer mental health support for hoarding cases to prevent recurrence, clarify the roles of MCSTs and officers' authority in private properties, ensure adequate training and safeguards for CROs and lastly, make mediation more accessible and guarantee swift enforcement.
Ultimately, while this Bill provides valuable tools, it must empower individuals. Conflict resolution requires neighbours willing to engage in dialogue, approach disputes with understanding and seek common ground. Let this Bill not only police conflicts but also nurture collaboration. Let it strengthen our communities' social fabric and foster lasting peace. This reflects the essence of the Forward Singapore movement to cultivate a kind and cohesive society. I support the Bill.
Mr Speaker: Mr Louis Ng.
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang (Nee Soon): Sir, this Bill will enhance the powers of agencies to intervene in and facilitate the effective resolution of neighbour disputes. I have four points of clarification to make.
My first point is on the roles and powers of CRO and ACROs. Under the new sections 13C and 13D, an individual who is not a Police officer, public officer or an employee of a Statutory Board may be appointed an ACRO. The requirement is that this individual must have suitable training to properly exercise the powers of an ACRO. Can Minister share how the powers of a CRO and an ACRO are different? What is considered suitable training for an ACRO and who will provide the training?
The DG may issue a CRO and an ACRO with equipment necessary for them to discharge their duties. Can the Minister give examples of equipment that might be provided to a CRO or an ACRO?
My second point is on the protection of monitoring data. Data that is collected for the purpose of community disputes can be highly intrusive. That is the reason the Government has given in response to my suggestion, that we use cameras to catch people who are smoking at their windows or balconies.
The new section 13X provides that any monitoring data collected must only be used for performing duties under the Act. The CRU which carries out the functions of the Act is a multi-agency initiative by MinLaw, MCCY and MND. This means that there are at least three Ministries which may use the monitoring data collected.
Can the Minister share exactly which Ministries and agencies will have access to the monitoring data obtained by an officer or recorded in any detection and monitoring equipment installed? What is the period of storage of such data? How will this data be expunged and which agency shall ensure the expungement? How will the agency ensure that the data is expunged across the board by all Ministries and agencies?
My third point is on tribunal orders to address hoarding. Under the new sections 11A and 13L, a tribunal and the DG have powers to make orders or authorise officers to exercise powers with or without the consent of the owner or occupier. These powers include disposing things contributing to hoarding, entering into a place of residence to investigate unreasonable interference and seizing items used to cause unreasonable interference.
Can the Minister explain what it means that an order or power may be carried out with or without the consent of the owner? Is an officer supposed to first attempt to seek consent before taking steps without their consent? Can the Minister provide examples of what would constitute unreasonable interference and clarify if hoarding that does not reach the level of being unsafe or unhygienic may, nonetheless, constitute unreasonable interference? In situations where the removal or disposal of items are ordered, can the Minister clarify who will bear the costs for such removal or disposal?
My fourth and final point is on second-hand smoke in homes. I will raise this again in hope that we will review our policies to save lives. The CRU focuses on neighbourly disputes on noise and hoarding. These are important issues which affect someone's quality of life. I am glad we are taking steps to address them.
I hope we will put in equal effort to tackle second-hand smoke, which kills. According to the World Health Organization and the Ministry of Health, there is no safe level of exposure to second-hand smoke. We are talking about conditions like coronary heart disease, stroke and lung cancer. Those inhaling second-hand smoke are actually exposed to more chemicals than the smokers themselves. Sidestream smoke is four times more toxic than the smoke that a smoker inhales from the cigarette. For the vulnerable, including the elderly and young children, even a little is already too much. I am sure many colleagues will have the same experience of getting feedback from concerned residents about second-hand smoke in their homes.
A 2022 survey I conducted highlighted the widespread nature of this problem. Out of 2,510 families surveyed, 1,183 reported experiencing second-hand smoke in their homes one to three times daily. When their neighbours smoke at balconies and at windows, second-hand smoke enters their homes and they feel helpless about the health risks facing their families.
Ms Ang shared with me her family's struggles. Her young son suffers from sinus problems and asthma. Ms Ang's attempts to approach their neighbour to resolve the problem were futile. Her family endures a routine of closing all doors and windows to avoid the smoke whenever the smoker starts smoking. This daily adjustment comes at the cost of ventilation, fresh air and peace, even in their own home.
Then, there is Ms Leu, who attempted to speak amicably with both sets of neighbours, one above and one below, who smoked regularly. Ms Leu's polite attempt and appeals were met with indifference, with one neighbour telling her to \"close up all [her] windows\" if she is allergic to smoke.
Second-hand smoke poses very real health risks that can be fatal. Those who have sought recourse through the CDRT often run into dead ends too.
Ms Zhong and her elderly mother live above a neighbour who smokes persistently. They obtained a CDRT order banning smoking in the neighbour's flat. Despite the order, the smoking persisted. The second-hand smoke continued to infiltrate Ms Zhong's home, severely affecting her mother's health and heart condition and their overall quality of life. Ms Zhong has documented the smoker's impact, reached out to other affected residents and sought enforcement of the order. Yet, she remains without a solution.
What purpose does a legal order serve if enforcement is ineffective and citizens are left without protection?
Recently, the media reported on the story of a woman whose seizures were triggered by her neighbours' smoking. Her husband wrote to me. She fell unconscious and had to be brought to the hospital in an ambulance. In this unfortunate case, it surfaced that the family had obtained a Court order for the neighbour to cease the smoking, but to no avail again. In fact, the family had to resort to obtaining a doctor's note stating that the woman's intracranial haemorrhage, which left her with seizures and paralysis, is aggravated by cigarette smoke. Her husband told the media, \"My wife is left with only her left brain functioning. If another blood vessel bursts in her right brain, she will be pronounced dead.\"
No one should have to live in such constant fear. There are solutions to these problems. We faced the same issues of enforcement for noise disputes, which this Bill addresses through its amendments. I hope we will take second-hand smoke just as seriously.
Can the Minister share what solutions the Government is studying to address second-hand smoke in homes and whether CRU can also focus on neighbourly disputes on second-hand smoke? If not now, then, whether there is a timeline to include this? Notwithstanding these clarifications, I stand in support of the Bill.
Mr Speaker: Leader of the House.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Suspension of Standing Orders to Allow Senior Minister of State to Speak More Than Once","subTitle":"Suspension of Standing Orders","sectionType":"OS","content":"The Leader of the House (Ms Indranee Rajah): Mr Speaker, may I seek your consent and the general assent of Members present to move that the proceedings on the item under discussion be exempted from the provisions of Standing Order No 48(3) to enable the Senior Minister of State Sim Ann to speak more than once? Ordinarily, the mover of the Motion speaks twice, but in this case, in the course of debate, Members of Parliament have directed queries to the Senior Minister of State Sim Ann, who had spoken on behalf of MND. I therefore wish to move this Motion so that the Senior Minister of State Sim Ann can respond to Members' queries on the specific elements of the Bill and related matters.
Mr Speaker: I give my consent. Does the Leader of the House have the general assent of hon Members present to so move?
[(proc text) Hon Members indicated assent. (proc text)]
[(proc text) With the consent of Mr Speaker and the general assent of Members present, (proc text)]
[(proc text) Question put, and agreed to. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Resolved, That the proceedings under discussion be exempted from the provisions of Standing Order No 48(3) to enable Senior Minister of State Sim Ann to speak more than once. – [Ms Indranee Rajah.] (proc text)]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Community Disputes Resolution (Amendment) Bill","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"BP","content":"[(proc text) Debate resumed. (proc text)]
Mr Speaker: Senior Minister of State Sim Ann.
Ms Sim Ann: Mr Speaker, Sir, I thank Members who have spoken in support of the Bill.
I am heartened by the keen interest that many Members have shown in this topic as well as the strong encouragement that Members have offered to our fledgling team of officers who will be forming the CRU. Members' candid sharing of cases from their own wards is greatly appreciated and will inform our approach as we roll out the CRU pilot.
Let me address the questions that have been raised on Part 2A relating to CRU. Minister Edwin Tong will address the questions on the overall community disputes framework, mediation and CDRT.
Mr Dennis Tan, Mr Faisal Manap, Ms Sylvia Lim, Mr Mark Lee and Mr Saktiandi Supaat have raised some questions with regard to who constitute the CROs and ACROs, and also whether their services are chargeable. Sir, CROs and ACROs will be full-time officers because CRU serves a public function with enforcement powers. We do not intend to appoint volunteers, such as grassroots leaders, to serve as CROs and ACROs. But for avoidance of doubt, CROs and ACROs can, of course, like public officers, choose to volunteer in their own time, as long as it does not clash with their public duties. Also, CRU services to the public and the deployment of sensors that have been authorised by CRU are free of charge.
Ms Ng Ling Ling, Ms Jessica Tan, Mr Mark Lee, Mr Gan Thiam Poh, Assoc Prof Razwana Begum, Mr Darryl David, Mr Alex Yam and Mr Yip Hon Weng have asked for clarifications regarding the CRU's powers. In proposing the CRU's powers, we have incorporated feedback from public consultations and various stakeholder engagements. CROs and ACROs will be empowered to investigate cases that are escalated to the CRU, so that the root causes of neighbour noise disputes may be uncovered, the parties concerned are brought together to address these root causes and, where necessary, the appropriate action is applied and/or support given, as the case may be, to the correct party.
To assess whether the noise is causing unreasonable interference, CRU will consider various factors, such as the loudness or intensity of the noise; the time of occurrence and the duration; what is reasonably expected to be tolerated in ordinary daily living; the impact of the noise on the neighbours; and whether the noise is caused intentionally, recklessly or negligently.
To Mr Mark Lee's question on introducing sound thresholds or time-based guidelines, we do not intend to do so at this time. This is because it is not straightforward to set across-the-board thresholds for noise and apply them in all situations. For example, the ambient baseline differs in different neighbourhoods and at different times of day; and the same noise made during the day, when most people are up and about would impact differently than if it were made in the middle of the night, when most people are resting. CRU will exercise these powers with due regard to the severity of the noise disturbance.
Let me illustrate with an actual case that agencies have encountered in the past to show how CRU will handle such a case going forward. Mr A sent multiple complaints over several months to HDB about noise from his neighbour living upstairs, Mr B. HDB officers engaged Mr B as well as surrounding neighbours. The surrounding neighbours said that they did not hear any noise nuisance from the alleged unit and instead pointed to Mr A's unit. Later, Mr A admitted to retaliating to the noise he perceived to be coming from Mr B and Mr A's family member staying in the same unit corroborated that Mr A was, in fact, the nuisance maker. HDB officers also observed items in Mr A's home that may have been used to cause the noise nuisance. And yet, Mr A continues to write in to allege the same noise nuisance against Mr B.
For such cases, section 13K gives the CRU discretion not to investigate or take further action. If Mr A persists in his frivolous and vexatious allegations, the DG may direct Mr A not to further make such unfounded complaints. Failure to comply will be an offence. These powers are important safeguards to avoid residents being subjected to unnecessary investigations for unmeritorious complaints and preserves the CRU's resources for worthy cases.
To Mr Darryl David's question about the bar for CRU to intervene, and Ms Ng Ling Ling and Ms Hazel Poa's questions on the dismissal of complaints not made in good faith, I would like to assure Members that all cases escalated to CRU will be carefully assessed. CRU has been developing, in partnership with the relevant agencies, a framework for severe neighbour noise cases to be escalated for assessment and follow-up.
In general, a case will be considered severe if the noise persists over a period of time, say, several weeks or more and causes distress to neighbours despite attempts by the neighbours to resolve the issue between themselves and assistance by frontline officers. Cases will be closed or dismissed only after the relevant assessment has been done.
With regard to Ms Ng Ling Ling's concerns about the privacy of a genuine complainant, because CRU deals with protracted, severe cases escalated by HDB and other frontline agencies, the nuisance maker and the complainant would, usually, already be known to each other. Nonetheless, if there are law and order risks, frontline agencies, CRU and the Police will closely coordinate and monitor the case and CRU will refer the case to the Police, if necessary. Genuine complainants who are concerned about harassment may also seek remedies from the Protection from Harassment Court.
Mr Lim Biow Chuan, Mr Louis Ng and Mr Alex Yam asked how CRU would use noise sensors responsibly. As I mentioned in my opening speech, safeguards have been proposed.
First, if noise sensors are deployed within residents' homes, this will be done only with consent. They are intended to support CRO's initial investigation. For example, to ascertain the timing, direction and intensity of the noise nuisance. Second, the actual sounds picked up by the sensor will not be available to our officers. Raw data picked up by the sensors will be expunged once it is processed. Only processed data, which is, charts and tables that show the direction, timing and intensity of the noise events, will be retained for the purposes of CRU's investigation and any subsequent Court proceedings.
Operationally, we are looking at having all raw data being processed automatically within 48 hours. As I have mentioned earlier, the processing will be done in Singapore-based servers that only a very small number of authorised MND officers and vendor personnel can access, with all access and activities logged. This is in line with prevailing Government data security policies and guidelines, such as the Public Sector Governance Act and Government Instruction Manuals.
In the event that the Police requests for the noise sensor data for law-and-order reasons, CRU will be obliged under the Criminal Procedure Code, or CPC, to provide whatever raw or processed data that is available at the point of request to the Police to aid their work. It is in the public interest for the Police to have access to such data. The Police must be able to pursue all available information and leads to bring perpetrators of crime to justice and to protect public safety and security.
In this connection, Mr Dennis Tan had suggested the use of sensor data before mediation. Our thinking is this: mediation works well when both parties are willing to talk with one another and this involves some acknowledgement that there is noise being made. Whereas sensors would come in more useful in cases where, perhaps, one party may acknowledge that there is noise but the other party denies it. In such cases, the sensors will help us make a more objective measurement.
I should also address Mr Dennis Tan's concerns. Yes, we are sourcing for sufficient units of noise sensors so that CRU can carry out its work effectively and without the parties being involved in cases having to wait too long.
Mr Saktiandi Supaat, Mr Louis Ng, Assoc Prof Razwana Begum, Mr Mark Lee, Mr Patrick Tay, Mr Derrick Goh, Mr Alex Yam and Mr Yip Hon Weng asked about the setup of the CRU and how the CROs and the ACROs will be trained to handle cases sensitively and bring in additional professional help when needed. The CRU currently comprises 15 full-time dedicated public officers trained in investigation and basic mediation. In addition, a number of them have experience in law enforcement. They will also undergo training by the Agency for Integrated Care (AIC) to identify and support persons with mental health needs.
ACROs are Auxiliary Police Officers, or APOs. They are qualified security personnel who have undergone basic APO training and have at least one year of experience in carrying out auxiliary police activities around Singapore. They will also be trained by the CRU to perform their roles as ACROs. The ACROs are meant to accompany and assist CROs in the discharge of their functions and to provide physical security.
To this end, they will have a narrower set of powers, under section 13J. For example, both CROs and ACROs may verbally advise persons to stop certain acts that are causing excessive noise. Both may also take statements from affected parties. However, only CROs can issue written warnings under section 13I(1). ACROs will also be paired with CROs at all times.
Mr Louis Ng also asked about the equipment that may be provided to CROs and ACROs to carry out their duties. CROs and ACROs will be provided with equipment to carry out their roles, such as tablet computers and body-worn cameras. As mentioned, they can also be authorised to deploy noise sensors.
Mr Alex Yam also asked about how residents would identify CROs and ACROs. They will be issued with an authority card and officers must identify themselves in the course of duty. Members of the public can also verify the identity of the officers via the MND website.
As far as practicable, CROs and ACROs will investigate and enforce against severe cases without entering the unit or seizing items. When they do need to exercise such powers of entry and seizure, they can do so when pre-conditions have been met and there are also statutory safeguards in place. For example, under section 13I subsection 1, para m, CROs may only enter a unit to install noise sensors with the consent of the owner or occupier of the unit.
So, I hope this addresses the concerns that Mr Dennis Tan had raised in the course of his speech. Under section 13L, CROs may only enter a unit to seize items if: a written warning was previously issued to the individual; and that written warning was not complied with, and an abatement order was issued; and the abatement order was not complied with; and at least two written warnings were issued to the individual to comply with the abatement order. The DG must also approve the CRO's request to enter a resident's home.
As Members will see, the individual would have been given ample warnings and chances to comply with, and if the individual still does not comply and continues to cause severe noise disturbance to the community, then the CRU will have the necessary powers to intervene and to put a stop to the noise.
Some Members spoke about the compulsory acquisition of flats and had some questions. Ms Hazel Poa and Mr Alex Yam asked about the criteria for compulsory acquisition of flats for nuisance makers, and Ms Poa also asked on the number of expected cases and how the Government will ensure that the measure is exercised fairly and only as a last resort. Mr Darryl David suggested preventing nuisance makers from relocating to another estate until the authorities are certain that they will not cause further nuisance, so that a problem is not transferred from one estate to another.
Sir, we do not take compulsory acquisition of flats lightly. Members would know that compulsory acquisition is already being done in serious cases, where flat owners breach HDB rules. It stands to reason that in an extreme case where a HDB flat owner persistently and egregiously disturbs the peace of his neighbours despite all measures, such as abatement orders, that compulsory acquisition be also made available as a consequence of last resort. As with all compulsory acquisition cases, safeguards will be in place.
To the question raised by Ms Sylvia Lim and other Members, we do not intend to implement compulsory acquisition of flats where mental health conditions or special needs are involved. I should add that I will speak a little bit more about such cases later.
To Ms Hazel Poa's question relating to cases where the root of the issue may lie in a lack of understanding of the law, let me reassure Members that our interactions with residents, both verbal and written, will be conducted in plain and simple language, including in the vernacular, where necessary. This is to ensure that our intentions and the implications of the residents' actions are made clear to them.
To Mr Darryl David's suggestion, we recognise that there are no simple solutions in this complex issue. As far as possible, CRU will focus on addressing the underlying cause for the noise nuisance. And to Ms Hazel Poa's query on compensation, HDB's prevailing compensation framework will apply to the compulsory acquisition of flats which are undertaken pursuant to the amendments under clause 36 of this Bill.
Next, Mr Derrick Goh asked about how CRU would collaborate with other agencies and professionals to diagnose and address the underlying root causes of behaviours, such as social or psychological root causes. Sir, we are mindful that disturbances caused to neighbours may be unintentional and that it is important to address the root causes of disruptive behaviours. For example, there was a case that involved frequent slamming of a front door and gate at a HDB flat which affected neighbours. It turned out that there was marital strain between the couple living in the flat. One party was slamming the door and gate to show displeasure towards the other. So, the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) officers were brought in to encourage the couple to try marital counselling.
Going forward, CRU will take a holistic approach to resolving disputes, including bringing in other public agencies and stakeholders with the relevant expertise or referring cases to them, when needed. Members spoke about the approach for cases involving persons with mental health conditions or special needs.
For instance, Ms Ng Ling Ling asked how the initial mental health assessments involving persons with mental health conditions will be carried out. And Mr Alex Yam asked on how CROs would handle interactions with persons with mental health conditions or special needs. I will address the question in the context of how CRU will approach these cases while Minister Edwin Tong will address questions on CDRT MTOs. We are cognisant of the need to approach such cases sensitively.
At the same time, we also recognise that persistent noise disturbances can be very disruptive and take a toll on the health and well-being of the wider community too – something which several Members have also spoken about. Our approach is: first, to address disturbances in the neighbourhood in a timely manner, to maintain a peaceful living environment for all; and second, to support persons with mental health conditions to get the help they need. This means to facilitate the assessment, confirmation and treatment of the mental health condition.
We will approach these cases with care and sensitivity, and manage them differently from other cases. CRU officers will be trained to identify persons with mental health needs. When they come across such cases, they will bring in professionals from agencies, such as the AIC to assist. CRU officers will seek to understand the unique challenges faced by these individuals and their caregivers, and work with mental health professionals to refer them for the support needed, even as we address disturbances to the community. Hopefully, with treatment, the resident's condition will improve and the disamenity to the community will be reduced.
As for persons with special needs, very often, these cases call for empathy, encouragement and support, in addition to finding workable solutions. Where the noises create significant impact, despite neighbours making allowances for it and cannot be easily reduced, CRU may need the help of social service agencies, in addition to the person's family members or caregivers, to develop appropriate solutions. These may, for example, involve changes to the person's daily routine and care arrangements. We hope that initiatives, such as MSF's upcoming Enabled Living Programme pilot, can help more persons with disabilities and special needs live and thrive within the community.
Several Members spoke about the approach for hoarding cases and the decluttering order. Mr Louis Ng and Assoc Prof Razwana asked for details and examples on the decluttering order to address severe hoarding cases. Mr Saktiandi Supaat asked whether there is any recourse for hoarders when faced with a CRU application for a decluttering order. He also asked if it is possible for hoarders to be directed to undergo psychiatric treatment. And Mr Yip Hon Weng asked if the Ministry could consider integrating mental health support into interventions for hoarding cases, while Dr Syed Harun asked for more info on the state of serious hoarding cases in Singapore.
Sir, as at 2023, some 602 cases were on the HMCG's radar, with 254 cases seeing some improvement in the situation. Over the years, there has been a clear growth trend in the number of hoarding cases and the causes can be complex. Earlier in my opening speech, I talked about grief, trauma, it could be loss, it could be psychological pain. There could also be mental health conditions involved, but not always.
And addressing hoarding behaviour in a sustainable, long-term manner would usually have to involve some very thorough understanding of what the person is trying to balance or address, through keeping items that most people would deem are of very little value.
This may also have to involve a change in the person's routines and also a shift in the person's daily focus. I think Members would agree that this is not easy to do, even for very highly trained personnel. So, we do not view decluttering as an end in itself. We also acknowledge that entering a person's home to remove their property is highly intrusive, so the decision to do so is not taken lightly.
As mentioned earlier, we take this measure premised on public interest and it is to be used after other regulatory levers have been exhausted, and when efforts by agencies and community partners to obtain the hoarder's cooperation to declutter have failed. We know that hoarding affects not only the hoarder, but also their neighbours.
Examples where hoarding may constitute unreasonable interference include situations where there are excessive smells or pests. This can have a severe impact on neighbours and affect the enjoyment of their homes, even if it does not cross the thresholds for agencies, such as NEA, to take enforcement action on.
The DG can only apply for a forced decluttering order after the CDRT has found the hoarder to be causing unreasonable interference to his neighbour, advisories to declutter have been issued to the hoarder and the CDRT ordered the hoarder to declutter, but the hoarder refused to comply with the Court order.
Where the hoarder has a suspected mental health condition, CROs will work with mental health professionals from relevant agencies and community partners to refer such cases for the appropriate mental health assessment and support. If the hoarder with the suspected mental health issues refuses assistance or assessment, affected residents can file a CDRT claim and apply to the CDRT for an MTO.
If necessary, the DG of CRU can also apply to the CDRT to seek mandatory treatment for the hoarder after the CDRT has found the hoarder to be causing unreasonable interference to his neighbour. The MTO process, which Minister Edwin Tong has explained in his opening speech, will apply.
Sir, as I have mentioned, when it comes to hoarding, there is no one-size-fits-all solution. Given the complexity of the issue and the impact of hoarding on the individual, as well as the individual's neighbours, a whole-of-society approach is needed to address the issue in a more holistic and sustainable manner. This entails Government, social agencies, community groups, grassroots organisations and the private sector coming together to learn from and tap on each other's strengths and capabilities.
In general, advisories to declutter are issued to the hoarder by frontline agencies and Town Councils. This is an existing practice by the Agencies for Hoarding Cases. To be clear, grassroots advisers and MPs are not considered to be a person exercising a public official function under these amendments. This would refer to statutory office holders in agencies, such as the Director-General of Public Health.
Sir, Mr Derrick Goh asked how the success of the pilot would be assessed and the criteria to determine whether the CRU is to be scaled up nationally. He also asked how feedback from stakeholders in the pilot region will be incorporated. Sir, we intend to track the extent to which the CRU's intervention helps resolve cases and reduce the recurrence of neighbour noise disputes and hoarding.
We also intend to track the extent to which the early issuance of Mediation Directions by frontline officers is effective in encouraging neighbours to attend mediation at the CMC. Agencies will continue to refine the qualitative and quantitative data points that they track to evaluate the effectiveness of the CRU model. We will also carefully consider feedback from frontline agencies and stakeholders in the pilot town.
Several Members asked about the scope of CRU model and pilot. In short, Members have urged us to do more, scale faster. There have also been questions about whether the CRU can provide 24/7 response or response late in the night.
I would like to first clarify on Mr Alex Yam's query about hours. The CRU will not attend immediately to cases reported after hours, because neighbour noise or hoarding disputes are not usually emergencies that require immediate intervention. CRU will, on the next working day, process cases that were received after hours the day before and arrange to visit the affected parties as soon as practicable.
From the cases we have been studying, the key to eventual relief and resolution to serious and long-standing noise disputes is not so much having officers appear on the scene right after a report has been made. Rather, the key lies in moving more cases through the mediation and CDRT processes, and investigations leading to the issuance of formal warnings, abatement orders and if necessary, MTOs. And these can be achieved without operating a 24/7 response unit.
We also leverage on technology in the form of noise sensors, which Members have shown a lot of interest in, to reduce the need for human officers on stakeout to catch noise as it occurs.
We know that Members are eager for us to do more and scale faster. We seek your patience for us to pilot the CRU model and review it carefully to ensure that our processes are effective and that manpower needs for expansion of coverage are sized correctly. We hope to commence pilot operations in the first half of 2025. After this Bill is passed, we will continue working on the subsidiary legislation and firm up operational processes. I do want to assure Members, however, that we will do so as quickly as we can because we understand and we know how important this issue is to so many of our Members as well as the communities they represent.
Sir, I have addressed questions on the CRU and Part 2A. Let me reiterate that the enhancements are not intended to supplant community-driven solutions. An over-reliance on CRU intervention can erode the essence of our community spirit over time, something which Dr Syed Harun very eloquently talked about.
The CRU's role is to tackle the severe noise and hoarding neighbourly disputes that are out there, where prior attempts at amicable resolutions have been exhausted and where there is serious disamenity to the community. The vast majority of cases can and should be addressed through better dialogue between neighbours and community self-help. This is the case today and will continue to be the case after the establishment and roll-out of the CRU.
Mr Speaker: Minister Edwin Tong.
Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai: Mr Speaker, Sir, like my colleague, Senior Minister of State Sim Ann, I thank Members for the robust debate and the unanimous support for the Bill. Let me address the various questions that Members have raised on the overall framework, focusing, in particular, on the mediation aspect of the Bill as well as on the CDRT framework.
Ms Joan Pereira asked about neighbour disputes outside of the CRU pilot. I want to emphasise that it is only the CRU that is being piloted. The framework, as regards mediation as well as the enhancements to the CDRT, is not the subject of the pilot and they apply the moment the Bill is operational.
But to Ms Pereira's question, residents who stay in private estates or in HDB estates outside of the CRU pilot areas, will, therefore, still benefit from the enhancements to the mediation and CDRT framework.
I spoke earlier on the enhanced mediation framework. Parties who reach a mediated settlement may now register the agreement as a CDRT order, if all parties agree. This registered settlement can then be enforced as if it were a CDRT order. If the dispute must be taken to the CDRT, then the affected resident can avail himself or herself of the interim orders that we have now enhanced under the CDRT process.
The evidential requirements for obtaining an interim order under the new section 5A are lower. They should not be too hard to satisfy if the case is egregious. This is so that affected residents in those cases can avail themselves of the relief provided by the interim orders framework.
There are serious consequences for disobeying CDRT orders. For example, if the respondent disobeys an interim order and a CDRT order, then he can be ordered to vacate his home for a period of time. This is linked to the registration of settlement agreements, which I have just mentioned. Since a registered settlement agreement is enforceable like a CDRT order, repeated non-compliance can ultimately lead to an exclusion order as well.
Mr Faisal Manap asked about disamenities arising from commercial units below the HDB flats. There are existing processes to address such issues. But one must also bear in mind the context. If you are living and you choose to live next to a residential unit as most neighbours are, versus if you bought a unit which you know is above a commercial unit, I think the circumstances and therefore, the expectations are quite different. And one needs to look at the different scenarios when you deal with practices and when you deal with norms between neighbours, which is what we are trying to set up in the framework.
Mr Faisal Manap also suggested introducing an order for mandatory counselling sessions. From our experience, mediation is quick and, thus far, has proven effective and our intention is to focus on increasing the uptake on mediation. Mediation, as opposed to counselling, also has the benefit of being specifically focused on the issue at hand, on the parties' particular dispute and try to find consensus and common ground for that particular dispute, as opposed to a broad general counselling provision.
Mr Louis Ng, Miss Rachel Ong and Mr Alex Yam raised the issue of second-hand smoke in homes and other community issues, and they asked if the CRU can address these issues. I think some other Members have also accepted what I said earlier about the CRU being a very substantial endeavour and one which is going to be very broad and which is why you have heard me as well as Senior Minister of State Sim Ann say that there needs to be a calibration and we do need to have the pilot to allow us to make that calibration.
But specifically on enforcement for second-hand smoke, my colleague, the Senior Minister of State for Sustainability and the Environment, Dr Amy Khor, has previously explained the Government's position on managing second-hand smoke. The framework here we need to think of quite carefully. In those cases, I think Mr Louis Ng will know, there are challenges with effective enforcement. We have had that debate on several occasions.
The other point to bear in mind is that the framework here is designed to deal with the vast majority of disamenities between neighbours. You have heard me say earlier the types of cases that we get and, of those, noise constitutes the vast majority.
In contrast, just a couple of weeks ago, in response to Mr Louis Ng's Parliamentary Question, Mr Louis Ng cited some numbers, but he might have forgotten that a couple of weeks ago, the Ministry of Sustainability and the Environment (MSE) explained to Mr Louis Ng that as a result of the measures that they have taken, the number of complaints that are second-hand smoke-related has come down. I think Mr Louis Ng remembers that, two weeks ago. In 2021, 2022 and 2023, every year-on-year, the numbers came down. In 2023, the last numbers, second-hand smoke comprised 0.6% of the total number of NEA-related complaints.
I am not saying that the problem is not there and I appreciate what Mr Louis Ng has said about the severity of second-hand smoke. But we also need to understand the extent of the problem and what the CDMF is scoped to deal with. In this case, there are specific mechanisms that MSE has deployed with NEA to deal with second-hand smoke and, at least, from these numbers alone, they do look like there is some improvement and they will continue to work on them. The CDMF framework is designed to deal with the vast majority of disamenity cases that it is best equipped to deal with through processes like mediation.
I also want to make the point to Mr Louis Ng that there were two cases that Mr Louis Ng referred to earlier. One was a case where he cited the individual or resident suffering a seizure. And the other was a question on the order, in Mr Louis Ng's words, what purpose does this order serve if its enforcement is ineffective? I want Mr Louis Ng to know that we had checked on these cases.
In the seizure case, the CDRT claim was filed in October 2021. Three months later, in January 2022, the claimant withdrew the application on the basis that the claimant had reached a settlement agreement. So, it does show that mediation is also effective in these cases. That is one. Two, therefore, in that case, no CDRT order was issued. So, it is not a question of the CDRT order not being effective.
In relation to the other case where there was also an order to ban smoking – I think Mr Louis Ng referred to that – the claimant in that case did, as Mr Louis Ng said, apply to enforce the order. But at the hearing before the CDRT, the claimant was unable to demonstrate that there was a breach of the order and, therefore, the enforcement application was dismissed in April 2023. So, again, it is not a question of the order being ineffective. But in this case, the claimant was unable to demonstrate that there was a breach of the order. I hope that clarifies on both of those cases.
Mr Patrick Tay and Mr Alex Yam asked about the broader community-building efforts. Mr Derrick Goh, in particular, asked about what strategies there were to increase residents' awareness of self-resolution approaches. Assoc Prof Razwana Begum made some interesting and useful suggestions on how to improve collaborative problem-solving. Sir, we agree with all of these suggestions and we think it is important to do so. In fact, if Members heard my speech earlier, I said it is fundamental in our philosophy, even behind the CDMF, which enhances the levers for us to intervene more and to take steps upstream, that we do not lose sight of the fact that we want the community to continue to be engaged in resolving their own issues in a conciliatory and amicable way as far as possible.
But in response to the Members' questions and suggestions, let me give some idea of some of the ongoing efforts.
In 2021, MSO set up the OneService Kakis Network, or OSK Networks in short. This network of community stakeholders works with MSO to co-create and implement ideas that address municipal issues in their own neighbourhoods and we appreciate that no two neighbourhoods are the same. Sometimes, the needs are different, sometimes the way in which you look at disamenity might well be different, depending on the layout and the structure, size and type of the estate. So, these local networks for local suggestions are useful.
In addition, other initiatives, such as the \"Love Our 'Hood Initiative\" by MSO, also provide opportunities for residents and community stakeholders to develop community-based solutions to foster neighbourliness.
There are also public education efforts, such as the \"Then How?\" Campaign by the Singapore Kindness Movement and HDB. These efforts suggest ways for neighbours to approach one another. One of the rate-limiting factors of mediation was the fact that neighbours did not feel that they were equipped to or that they could approach a neighbour or someone with whom they had a minor disagreement. And sometimes, because of that, then, you sort of see ghosts in the shadows and you think the worst of the situation and then the problem escalates. So, these suggestions about how neighbours can approach one another, can have casual conversations and break down some barriers, allow them to ventilate and then, in turn, hear suggestions on how one can be constructive on solving the problem, are all very helpful.
MSO also partners community stakeholders, such as schools, to promote considerate behaviour through ground-up initiatives. For example, Dunman High School students designed standees with messages on keeping noise levels low in Jalan Batu – I think that is in Mr Lim Biow Chuan's constituency – to raise awareness of pro-social norms on quiet hours. Temasek Polytechnic students installed LED-integrated posters in Bishan simulating traffic lights to provide visual cues on basketball court closure timings. So, when you see that it is turning yellow, it means it is time to wind down and, when it is red, it is time to turn off the lights and not cause any more noise disamenity. This was done to encourage basketball court users to leave before closing time, in a somewhat innovative, very casual and very non-threatening way. We will continue to work on this to deepen social capital and encourage interaction among Singaporeans.
Mr Mark Lee asked about tapping on religious platforms and organisations for disputes with religious undertones. Ms Joan Pereira, Assoc Prof Razwana Begum and Mr Derrick Goh also asked about supporting grassroots leaders' efforts to address conflicts upstream at an earlier stage. Again, we agree. This is very much in coherence with the philosophy that we see, the CDMF.
We have been, in fact, working very closely with grassroots leaders (GRLs) and agencies, such as HDB, to strengthen the existing community-based framework.
I have said earlier that mediation is an important community-based solution that underpins the CDMF. So, what are the steps that we have taken on this? Let me share with Members a few.
As of October 2024, the People's Association (PA) has trained over 500 GRLs in basic mediation skills. We foresee that this will be useful. You do not always have to go to CMC. Sometimes, the mediator can be, as I said earlier, someone residing within the community, who is senior, an elder stateman or a community or religious leader. The plan is to have more of them trained, at least in basic mediation skills. Should there be disputes between neighbours, they can then step in.
If these early resolution efforts fail, then authorised HDB officers will then consider the Mediation Direction, in the manner that I had outlined earlier. I want to just emphasise that if you receive a Mediation Direction, there is nothing wrong with that. Please respect it and come. Come, hear out your neighbour, hear out the other party. There might be a different point of view. And as I said, from January of next year, we will remove the payment of the $5 fee so that it is entirely free.
On neighbour disputes that involve religious matters, the IRCCs, now known as Harmony Circles, provide assistance to frontline agencies as well. We have worked hard over the years to build up that social capital and trust amongst our different communities; our Harmony Circles have also been refreshed and energised with members that have a broader network to reach out to a broader segment of the community.
As part of our efforts to strengthen the CDMF, MCCY has identified selected Harmony Circle members to attend basic mediation training together with PA's grassroots leaders as well. This will, in turn, strengthen their ability to provide ground support when needed for religion-related disputes. These, sometimes, if you do not quickly fix it or address it, can have the potential to become highly inflammatory, very emotive and it is not wise to have them escalate.
Members also raised several questions on promoting the use of community mediation.
Ms Ng Ling Ling, in particular, asked about our efforts to encourage greater participation in CMC mediation and how the Government will evaluate its effectiveness. Mr Yip Hon Weng, Mr Derrick Goh and Mr Alex Yam spoke about enhancing accessibility. Mr Yip Hon Weng asked for data on cases where settlement agreements were breached while Mr Derrick Goh asked how the CMC will maintain the high quality of its community mediation services.
Sir, CMC has been working hard to enhance the accessibility of its services. In fact, it has been doing so since we conceived of the idea behind CDMF, knowing that one day, such as today, and one day when we operationalise it, we will really need to step up the mediation resources.
Currently, there are 16 satellite mediation venues right across Singapore at selected Community Clubs, ServiceSG centres as well as at Neighbourhood Police Posts. Virtual mediation, as I mentioned in my speech earlier, is also available and in the right cases, has been very useful because you do not really have to leave the comfort of your own homes but, at the same time, you can take part in a proper mediation session chaired by a trained mediator. We will continue to do more where we can.
Mr Yip Hon Weng asked why not have evening sessions as well. Well, in the past, the CMC did offer mediation on weekday evenings. But the take-up rate was low and we had to deploy more staff to deal with that. So, we decided not to have those and, instead, focus our energies on offering mediation during office hours on weekdays and on Saturday mornings.
On promotion of mediation, CMC has been highlighting the benefits of mediation through multiple channels.
From the speeches I have heard from Members, you would do well as ambassadors for us as well as you go out there and meet your own networks and in your own community, please tell them what a mediation is about. It is non-binding, you do not have to agree if you cannot find a set of terms that you agree with. You do not have to agree. But at the same time, it is an opportunity to canvass your ideas constructively with the counterparty and explore different ways of finding a solution.
We have also been promoting mediation through digital and bus stop advertisements and light-hearted social media platforms and videos. The CMC's brochures are also translated into the vernacular languages to ensure a broader and a wider reach.
On caseload, this is expected to increase once directed mediation is operationalised. CMC, as I said, has been preparing for this. It has appointed 30 experienced duty mediators to manage directed mediation cases. These duty mediators have also undergone training and they will continue to grow its pool of volunteer mediators through recruitment and appointment. We hope that, with directed mediation, more parties will come forward for mediation.
I would add that many cases that come to CMC are settled and we will continue to track the settlement rate. Although I did say earlier that once you have compulsory or mandatory mediation, you might expect to see a drop in those rates.
To Mr Yip Hon Weng's question on the number of cases where settlement agreements are, thereafter, breached, we do not track this data. We do not have access to this data because parties do not usually report every breach of a settlement agreement with CMC.
In the spirit of community self-help, we leave it to the parties to decide what next steps ought to be if and when a settlement agreement is breached. Preferably, parties should try to come back to the table, agree on a revised set of terms that works for both. Sometimes, it is a breach because circumstances have changed so it may well be useful to renegotiate or maybe even have a subsequent mediation before the mediator.
Relatedly, Mr Derrick Goh also asked about the mechanics to prevent abuse of CMC services. The CMC has safeguards in place. For instance, an applicant cannot apply for mediation against the same respondent, within a certain period of time.
Mr Derrick Goh also mentioned the CMC's $5 administrative fee, as I said, with effect from 1 January, we will remove this and we hope that this will further promote the use of voluntary mediation to resolve disputes earlier.
Mr Saktiandi Supaat asked why over 70% of registered cases do not proceed to mediation. In many cases, parties declined or failed to respond to the mediation invitation and without speculating, it is for a whole variety of different reasons. In other instances, parties just did not show up at the mediation sessions, despite repeated reminders. But once we have directed mediations, we expect that to change.
Mr Dennis Tan asked about the use of noise sensors to collect evidence pre-mediation. Ms Sim Ann had responded to it, but I want to just add that, really, the intent of mediation is to facilitate a consensual open amicable discussion and not so much focused on what precise evidence one has and you can imagine, if you get into a mediation and one party turns up with noise data, you would expect that the other party would also want to have a series of other evidential provisions that will help to substantiate his or her case as well and before you know it, from a mediation process, you end up getting into an adjudicatory process, which is what we want to avoid. We want it to be designed upstream, to be purely mediation and if you cannot work that through, then there are provisions downstream, which provide for the adjudicatory process to take place
Mr Gan Thiam Poh asked about CMC's efforts to retain its volunteer mediators and to prevent burnout. I thank Mr Gan and other Members for having a care about the load that will inevitably fall on CMC. CMC has, over the years, refined a robust framework to ensure that its volunteer mediators are looked after, well-managed and taken care of.
For example, cases are carefully assessed for complexity and assigned to mediators with the commensurate requisite skill and knowledge and experience. There is a comprehensive training and mentorship programme that CMC has in place. CMC also regularly engages its volunteer mediators to seek feedback on whether they are well-supported, what else can we do, do they see areas in which they need more training in and which we will then organise and so on, to provide for a more resilient and more knowledgeable and, as far as we can, more up-to-date group of mediators.
More importantly, the community of CMC volunteer mediators has over the years built up a strong esprit de corps. Many of our volunteer mediators have been with us for decades. In fact, we just had an occasion few weeks ago to appreciate them and we saw many handled large numbers of cases over many, many years and there is a very strong sense of community amongst the mediators.
They know they play an important role in not just mediating a difference, but they see it as a higher calling to promote and preserve community cohesion and that is a very important and useful way to frame the work that they do. They also take it upon themselves, the more senior ones, to train and mentor younger mediators. I can see that there is a real sense of pride in being a CMC volunteer mediator.
Sir, there were several questions on how the directed mediation framework will pan out on the ground: Mr Derrick Goh asked how frontline officers will determine if a case is suitable for mediation; Mr Saktiandi Supaat asked why authorised persons \"may\" direct parties for mediation, why there is still a discretion.
Let me explain this. Whilst mediation is suitable and effective for many, I would say, most of the disputes, there will, nevertheless, be situations where mediation may not be suitable. CMC has worked closely with the frontline teams to guide their assessment and, in some cases, make the right call on the right types of cases. Sometimes, a dispute may not be suitable for mediation because one side lacks the mental capacity or they may have tried mediation many times and failed or the other party is simply unresponsive or unreasonable.
So, in some these cases, we have decided to provide for a certification where they can bypass to mediation so that effectively it saves time and expense and, in the right cases, you proceed straight to the subsequent process.
Assoc Prof Razwana Begum's question about the roles of CMC and CRU. CMC continues to provide mediation services whilst CRU is set up, essentially, with a range of investigatory and enforcement powers to intervene in the manner that the Senior Minister of State Sim Ann had outlined and myself as well in my earlier speech.
CRU may, even, at that stage direct parties to attend mediation at CMC, but CRU themselves do not carry out the mediation. But we provided for CRU even at that stage to refer cases to mediation, because we feel that unless you have really intransigent cases where the issues are deep-rooted and really dug in, otherwise mediation should still be something that we think about constantly in the whole spectrum of resources to offer to the parties.
Mr Saktiandi also asked about the waivers. The requirement of pre-filing mediation for CDRT claims may be waived, if the frontline officers assess that it is not suitable for the reasons that I have outlined earlier. Mr Mark Lee, Miss Rachel Ong and Mr Alex Yam asked what the consequences are if a party does not comply with the Mediation Direction or if he or she is uncooperative.
Well, let me start by saying that first of all, the Mediation Direction is not onerous. It only requires you to turn up for a mediation with your neighbour who is often someone you see on a day-to-day basis anyway and if you do not want to see him face-to-face, as I said, you can go online and do it on a virtual platform.
More importantly, I would encourage those who are asked to attend mediation to not just go, but go with an open mind. Try and see it from your neighbour's perspective, understand the issue. If you do not have a mediated solution, you really have to go for an adjudicatory position and, today, you might succeed in your claim. You might be able to put your shoes a bit closer to your neighbour's homes and so on; or play your music a bit louder or a bit later and so on. But the shoe might be on the other foot at some point in time and it is not healthy for two neighbours who live in close proximity to have to live by what a third-party adjudicates or directs for you to do. So, it is really best for this to be done on a consensual, amicable basis.
Notwithstanding all of that, if there are valid reasons for not attending, either you fell ill or for some reason – there is a good enough reason – CMC will arrange for another session. The stance of the CMC is to try, not so much catch out people who failed to come for mediation and then say that you are in breach, but to try to be on the front foot, to accommodate parties as much as possible so that they can attend the mediation and find a long-lasting solution.
Having said all that, if you do not show up deliberately or if you leave the mediation session halfway through without permission, then a direction can be issued and that is an offence. Consequences can range from an advisory to a warning or to more serious enforcement actions, such as a composition.
Various Members have raised questions on mental health. The Senior Minister of State Sim Ann outlined our approach to mental health earlier. Let me just briefly recap and answer some additional questions.
As far as possible, we will facilitate assessment and treatment in a consensual environment. We understand the sensitivities that Dr Syed Harun talked about and that is a very important consideration. We want to do it as far as we can with the cooperation of the individuals; and as far as we can, also with the strong support of the family and their caregivers. But addressing the root cause of the problem will not only mitigate the disturbance to the community, but I believe, also overall improve the quality of life for that individual and his family and also allow the community to find a more long-lasting solution.
For example, we encountered a case where a family of two brothers played loud music, shouted and dragged furniture around, over the course of 30 years – this is a real case – into the wee hours of the morning. The neighbours really did not want to escalate this case, did not want to take action, did not want to go to the CDRT and chose to tolerate the noise for as long as they could because they suspected that the brothers had a mental health condition. But this also meant that the community and those around them continued to suffer this disamenity.
In such a case, CRU may bring in community mental health teams to try to secure the brothers' cooperation to be referred to for mental health assessment and support as early as possible. But as a measure of last resort, if all else fails and this continues and disamenity and the interference continue, CRU may, then, initiate an application to CDRT and, thereafter, in the appropriate case, apply for an MTO.
A few questions touched on increasing access to our mental health services ecosystem. This was discussed in a different forum previously and Members can refer to those debates. I want to emphasise that this is not really so much a Bill to deal with the mental health aspect of the case but, rather, to look at mental health as being one cause of community interference and how we address not so much the mental health issue but the community interference question.
Ms Joan Pereira asked if CMC mediators can refer parties for mental health support in appropriate cases. The answer is yes. CMC mediators are trained to detect basic mental health issues, and do refer parties for mental health support if they consent.
Coming to the MTOs, I believe I have covered this in some detail in my opening speech. But I heard Dr Syed Harun's speech, and I think it bears emphasising our thinking and our approach to MTOs in this case. In particular, Dr Syed Harun asked why we are introducing MTOs outside of the criminal regime, the criminal context.
Currently, the breach of a CDRT special direction or exclusion order, is already an offence. Upon conviction, as Dr Syed Harun noted, it is possible for the criminal Court, at that stage, to make an MTO and require the offender at that stage to undergo psychiatric treatment. In other words, after there has been a breach, and after an offence has been found.
Empowering the CDRT to make an MTO in civil proceedings with the constraints that I had set out earlier, allows the root cause of the issue to be tackled early on and upstream, if the hoarding behaviours, for example, stems from an underlying psychiatric condition. If the root cause of the issue is not tackled early on, the person might eventually face more serious criminal charges for breaching the special direction. We do not think this is desirable, especially if upfront, we are, at least, based on the framework that we have set out, able to discern. And I think, most Members would agree, that in serious hoarding cases, you would most likely be able to discern that mental health conditions are at least one contributory factor to the interference.
So, we believe that if we can treat the root cause early on, upfront, without bringing the person through the criminal process, and in the process, possibly stigmatising him and the family even more, then as far as we can, we should. I would add that the enactment of an MTO framework outside of the criminal framework that Dr Syed Harun spoke about is not new. Similar frameworks exist today under the Protection from Harassment Act and under the Women's Charter.
Dr Syed Harun also asked if the MTO framework will continue to apply if a person with a psychiatric condition is no longer causing unreasonable interference to his neighbour. The MTO framework under the new section 12A applies only if a person has caused unreasonable interference to his neighbour. It does not apply to a person who is not causing this interference. So, the short answer is no. So, even if there might be a mental disorder, but there is no nexus to an unreasonable interference being caused, then the provisions do not apply.
Mr Patrick Tay asked about the duration of treatment that can be ordered under the MTO. The specific duration of an MTO for any given case will, of course, depend on the context and the circumstances of the case, but it cannot exceed 36 months. As part of his report to the CDRT, the appointed psychiatrist will recommend the duration based on his professional judgement.
Mr Patrick Tay and Mr Alex Yam asked about individuals who are unable to afford CDRT-ordered assessment or treatment. I would say this to Members, psychiatric assessments ordered by the CDRT are conducted at no cost to the individual. I would also add that no Singaporean will be denied access to appropriate treatment due to his inability to pay. When the appointed psychiatrist does his assessment, he will also consider that individual's financial ability to pay for the treatment and this will be assessed against the available financial support measures, such as inpatient subsidies, MediShield Life, private health insurance and MediFund.
Mr Gan Thiam Poh asked how we can ensure compliance with mental health treatment ordered by the CDRT. The starting point is that the MTO will be regarded as a Court Order under the CDRT and must be complied with. On the ground, healthcare workers will of course do their best to support the individual in complying with these orders.
In general, they will follow up with close case management monitoring and this is mainly through telephone calls or home visits to ensure that the patients attend their outpatient reviews and comply with the treatment regime including medication, and if need be, patients will be referred to other agencies and community outreach teams for further social support.
Mr Mark Lee asked if the scope of what constitutes \"unreasonable interference\" in section 4(2) of the CDRA has been narrowed. Let me explain it this way. Although clause 3(f) of the Bill appears to introduce a new definition of \"unreasonable interference\", the Bill does not actually change the existing definition of \"unreasonable interference\" in section 4.
The new definition inserted under clause 3(f) is a legislative drafting technique that merely makes it clear that the current definition in section 4 applies whenever the term unreasonable interference is used in the Act, especially in the new Part 2A.
To be clear, the CDRT will have jurisdiction to hear and determine cases involving the full range of acts and omissions that may cause unreasonable interference with a neighbour's enjoyment or use of place of residence.
As for the CRU, for the reasons that I have set out earlier, and which Senior Minister of State Sim Ann has expanded on, CRU will focus its resources on severe neighbour noise and hoarding cases.
So, when it comes to mediation, what I have explained earlier in mediation cases, we want it to be as broad as possible and give the unit as much flexibility as possible to determine what noise, what hoarding might be and what disamenity might be and the different constituent steps that might lead up to it, so that there is more flexibility for it to do its work, as I have explained in my opening speech.
Mr Faisal Manap asked about whether disputes related to ceiling leakages can also be brought under this scheme. It is possible for the CDRT to hear such a dispute if there is evidence that the leakage stems from an act of unreasonable interference. The affected resident can also consider bringing the claim to the Strata Titles Board if the issue in question happens on strata title properties.
Mr Saktiandi Supaat asked about CDRT data. Let me just share some data, but again, also, take it with a pinch of salt. From January 2016 to December 2019, an average of 88 CDRT claims were filed each year. From January 2020 to December 2023, that number went up to 205 CDRT claims each year.
But I would caution against attributing the increase solely or primarily to just the COVID-19 pandemic. Hybrid work arrangements, work from home, could be one factor, but there may be a whole range of other factors that have contributed to this increase. For example, there could be greater awareness of the CDRT, with cases being reported in the news over time.
For the four-year period of January 2020 to December 2023, 529 claims or 64% of total claims filed involved a complaint on excessive noise. Seventy-five claims or 9% of them, are involved a complaint on obstruction of place of residence and 67 claims or 8% of total claims are on excessive smoke. That was Mr Louis Ng's point.
It is possible for a single claim to contain allegations on more than one type of unreasonable interference, but it is quite clear that the vast majority of claims revolve around excessive noise.
Ms Ng Ling Ling and Mr Alex Yam spoke on simplifying the CDRT process. We agree and we have tried to do so in this Bill. CDRT processes have been designed to be simple and accessible for users, and claimants and respondents do not require legal knowledge to pursue or defend a claim. Applications are filed online using simplified forms. The forms are in plain English and they are accompanied by explanatory notes that guide users through the filing process.
CDRT judges play a proactive role in not just leading, but also guiding the proceedings. For example, the judge will pose questions to the claimant or respondents directly in order to elicit a position from them and also ask them, guide them, to provide certain pieces of evidence to support their claim.
The CDRT is also not bound by the rules of evidence that ordinarily apply to court proceedings, so it can consider any evidence that points towards the source of interference, the type of interference or its intensity and surrounding circumstances. To alleviate the evidential difficulty, we have, as I have explained earlier, put in place processes to integrate upstream CRU findings so that we do not have to repeat the evidence gathering.
We understand that despite all these, some users may still find the process to be daunting and complex and it is foreign to many parties to be engaged in an adjudicatory court process. So, detailed step-by-step guidance on the CDRT process has been made available on the judiciary's website. Members of the public can also approach the State Courts directly for process-related queries. And for those who wish to seek advice on their legal options, they can approach Pro Bono SG's various Community Legal Clinics. They will be very happy to advise on the options available as well as on the process.
Sir, we have tried to simplify the process as much as possible, but I also hope that Members appreciate, ultimately, that the CDRT process is a formal court adjudicatory process and there needs to be some level of formality and also decorum accorded to the process.
Mr Yip Hon Weng, Mr Mark Lee and Miss Rachel Ong asked about the enhancements we are making for tenant-occupied properties under the new section 10A. I touched on it in my opening speech, so I will just briefly respond. Today, if the tenant does not comply with the first order, the CDRT can already make the second order against the tenant called a special direction and at that stage, the landlord can be asked to put up a compliance bond and the landlord must ensure that the tenant complies with this second order.
So, the enhancement that we are now making, adds on to this – it does not introduce anything that is new but adds on to this, by bringing that step forward – the compliance bond mechanism is now brought forward by one step and we set out a clearer process of how landlords will then be involved. If the landlord had been notified that his tenant is engaging in acts of nuisance and does not do anything and the matter is then taken to the CDRT, the CDRT can, at that stage, make a compliance order against the landlord together with the first order against the tenant.
It just makes it faster, neater because you are now before the CDRT and we want to ensure that the landlord is aware that there is such a case happening, rather than to wait for one breach and then the next step before involving the landlord. So, we brought the landlord's bond upfront and at the first stage. The landlord must be given express notice of the tenant's actions and it is therefore not that the tenant or the landlord is unaware.
In this context, I think Members will agree with me that the landlord really should not be sitting back and doing nothing. Inaction on the landlord's part, it does not gel with our philosophy of having a community-first approach that we are trying to foster.
Miss Rachel Ong suggested that we enhance the deterrent effect of the compliance order. At the same time, Mr Yip Hon Weng expressed the view that expectations must be balanced and realistic, and Mr Mark Lee referred to the need for a framework that provides clarity for the landlords.
The different speeches on this topic itself illustrates the competing tensions that we see and we have tried to adopt a calibrated approach. We are aware that there is a range of profiles of landlords – some are more cooperative than others, some are more hands-off, some may even be living overseas, as Mr Yip highlighted. We will take on board Mr Yip's suggestion when we operationalise these enhancements and provide clear guidelines to landlords to help them understand the obligations – a point that Mr Mark Lee made as well.
Really, the last thing we want is to inadvertently create disputes out of this process when we are trying to resolve an underlying neighbour dispute between two parties.
I believe Mr Dennis Tan suggested introducing an additional factor on subletting by having covenants imposed before allowing a landlord to rent out or to sublet. I think, as I have said, finding the right approach with the right balance is useful and we do not think at this stage, we want to impose or have an additional factor on the ability of a landlord to rent out as long as this process is in place.
Mr Derrick Goh and Assoc Prof Razwana Begum asked whether mediated settlement agreements can be registered as a CDRT order by default instead of by consent. The short point is, we did look at this and we felt that requiring consent would give the best chance of improved outcomes. Because if every settlement agreement were automatically registered or had the same effect as a Court Order, this would change the complexion of mediation, which is consensual and amicable. And it may well hinder parties from wanting to come forward to enter into a mediation agreement. Requiring consent makes also for a more transparent process. It crucially helps to preserve the trust between the settling parties. If both parties agree, then it can be registered and both will go in with their eyes open, rather than having it automatic. This process of having consent also aligns with our position in the Mediation Act. Under the Mediation Act, any party outside of community disputes who reaches a mediated settlement agreement, also registers it by consent under the Mediation Act.
Miss Rachel Ong asked about the agreements between a resident and a Government agency. The CDMF is concerned with disputes between neighbours and we do not expect a Government agency to be a party to such a dispute.
Mr Dennis Tan asked about the transfer provision, whether lawyers will be allowed in CDRT cases that are transferred to the Magistrates' Courts or the District Courts. The short point is that under section 20, the reason for the transfer is because a party may well file a claim that includes claims or allegations that fall outside of the CDRT's jurisdiction. So, in such a case, the CDRT court or judge will decide to transfer the case to the appropriate Magistrate's or District Court. In such cases, the ordinary civil process will apply and both parties may engage legal representation if they wish.
Ms Sylvia Lim asked about the cost provision that we are trying to put in. We did not have this previously available. So, now we are introducing it to align with the usual cost practices. The intention is like other cost orders in court. It is at the court's discretion to reflect the fairness and equity of the particular situation. As I said in my opening speech, if a party unreasonably refuses to attend mediation, even before the Mediation Direction kicks in, when your neighbour offers to go to mediation and you unreasonably refuse to attend, leading to protracted proceedings, in such a situation, the court might then consider that it is appropriate to order costs consequences to be visited upon the party refusing to attend.
Or sometimes there could be a flagrant disregard of agreed obligations, for example, in a breach of a settlement agreement, or there is a dishonest conduct of the proceedings, withholding evidence or making false statements and so on. In such a case, we wanted to give the court hearing the case flexibility in deciding where costs should follow the event and to make the appropriate costs orders. I want to assure Ms Lim that it is not CRU's intention to seek costs against the resident. So, there will be no cost recovery as such, as she had put it in her speech.
Ms Jessica Tan asked if the CDRT enhancements will apply to existing CDRT cases. This really depends on the enhancement in question. As I said, we have a pilot in the CRU but not a pilot in the other cases. But where possible, we have tried to ensure that the existing cases will benefit from the enhancements in this case.
But there are some cases where you are halfway through the process. If you are halfway through a CDRT process and it is unfair to then impose, after you have started the case, amendments that have been brought in subsequently, then we will not do so. So, in fact, the Bill provides for it to be applicable only from the time the Act is operational.
Ms Tan might want to look at the interim arrangements, the Interim Orders clause, as well as the registration of settlement agreements provision. These will kick in after the Bill is effective because you do not want to introduce a provision halfway through a process when the parties are already engaged in the system.
Mr Derrick Goh asked for us to monitor the CDRT's effectiveness. We will certainly do so and continue to make enhancements as may be necessary.
Finally, Ms Tan asked about the proposed enhancements and when they will be operationalised. I think Ms Sim Ann said the first half of next year and that is the plan as well. We intend to do so by the first half of next year.
Sir, let me now conclude. I want to start this conclusion by thanking the team of officers across all three Ministries who have worked over several years in coming up with this piece of legislation. It has not been straightforward, mainly because it is not just dealing with a process or a procedural issue, but you are really deeply intervening with two neighbours, the way in which they live their lives, the way in which they conduct themselves as neighbours. And so, we had to be very careful about striking the right balance, as I emphasised in my speech earlier.
But at the same time, we realised that disputes between neighbours, sometimes they have a religious undertone, sometimes there is an ethnic undertone, and if left unchecked, they can escalate very quickly. It is very easy to label these disputes as one type or another and that is really unhelpful, but those labels sometimes stick. This then frays our relations, undermines our trust and disrupts our social cohesion. That is not something that we want to see.
In reality, while this is a Bill that deals with the process, sets up a framework, deals with mediation, I really think that this is a Bill that is aimed squarely at trying to enhance our social cohesion in Singapore. We want to do this to ensure that there is a framework, people know what the framework is, but at the same time are able to practise self-moderation, knowing what the framework is, and having the ability themselves to self-help, to sort out their own problems. Which is why I have emphasised, whether it is the CDRT or the CRU, we do not want to be overly intrusive and we want to retain a balance and discretion and a responsibility on the part of neighbours to live in harmony and to sort out their own issues from time to time.
Fundamentally, we want to strengthen trust amongst our communities. We can then elevate this level of harmony to strengthen our national multicultural inter-faith harmony as well. That really was the thinking behind a very detailed root and branch review of the CDMF.
Sir, I believe I have addressed almost all, if not all, of the questions raised. With that, Sir, I beg to move.
Mr Speaker: Between you, Minister, and Senior Minister of State Sim Ann, 80 minutes of clarification. Are there more clarifications for the two Ministers?
Indeed, I think it was very comprehensive. I do not see any Members raising their hands.
[(proc text) Order for Second Reading read. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Question put, and agreed to. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Bill accordingly read a Second time and committed to a Committee of the whole House. (proc text)]
[(proc text) The House immediately resolved itself into a Committee on the Bill. – [Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai]. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Bill considered in Committee; reported without amendment; read a Third time and passed. (proc text)]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Exempted Business","subTitle":"Business Motion","sectionType":"OS","content":"[(proc text) Resolved, \"That the proceedings on the business set down on the Order Paper for today be exempted at this day's Sitting from the provisions of Standing Order No 2.\" – [Mr Zaqy Mohamad]. (proc text)]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Rearrangement of Business","subTitle":"Business Motion","sectionType":"OS","content":"The Leader of the House (Ms Indranee Rajah): Mr Speaker, I beg to move, that pursuant to Standing Order 10(2), the introduction of the Food Safety and Security Bill be taken now.
The First Reading was to have been taken earlier, but Senior Minister of State Koh Poh Koon had inadvertently missed the timeframe for this. And we would ask for leave for it to be put forward now.
[(proc text) Question put, and agreed to. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Resolved, (proc text)]
[(proc text) That pursuant to Standing Order 10(2), the introduction of the Food Safety and Security Bill be taken now. (proc text)]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Food Safety and Security Bill","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"BI","content":"[(proc text) \"to consolidate and amend the law relating to food safety in connection with the production of primary produce, the supply of food and the provision of drinking water, to improve food security in Singapore, to promote the general public's health through better diet and nutrition, to repeal the Sale of Food Act 1973 and the Wholesome Meat and Fish Act 1999, and to make consequential and related amendments to certain other Acts\", (proc text)]
[(proc text) recommendation of President signified; presented by the Senior Minister of State for Sustainability and the Environment (Dr Koh Poh Koon) on behalf of the Minister Sustainability and the Environment; read the First time; to be read a Second time on the next available Sitting of Parliament, and to be printed. (proc text)]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Government Securities and Treasury Bills","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OS","content":"The Second Minister for Finance (Mr Chee Hong Tat): Mr Speaker, Sir, I beg to move, “That this Parliament, in accordance with Article 144(1)(a) of the Constitution of the Republic of Singapore, resolves that a higher amount of S$1,515,000,000,000 be specified for the purposes of section 11(2) of the Government Securities (Debt Market and Investment) Act 1992”.
Sir, section 11(1) of the Government Securities (Debt Market and Investment) Act 1992 or GSA authorises the Minister for Finance to raise loans by the issue of Government securities and Treasury Bills or T-Bills in Singapore.
Section 11(2) of the GSA places a limit on the aggregate amount that can be borrowed by the issue of Government securities and T-Bills. While the legislation already sets out that proceeds from such securities are not available for Government spending, this limit serves as an additional safeguard and as a check on the total stock of such borrowings. We monitor this limit closely, and when we assess that we need to raise the limit, we will seek Parliament’s authorisation to raise this through a resolution.
The last increase to the issuance limit was in 2021, when Parliament authorised the increase of the Government’s issuance limit from S$690 billion to S$1,065 billion, which was intended to last till 2025.
As of end-October 2024, the outstanding amount of Government securities and T-Bills issued under the GSA is S$955b. The Government expects issuances to reach the prevailing limit in 2025.
Sir, I propose to raise the ceiling for issuing Government securities and Treasury Bills under the GSA by S$450 billion. The proposed issuance limit of S$1,515 billion is intended to last till 2029.
More than 60% of the increase is expected to be issued as Special Singapore Government Securities, or SSGS, with the primary purpose of meeting the Central Provident Fund's (CPF’s) investment needs. CPF monies are invested in SSGS, which are fully guaranteed by the Government. This provides the assurance that CPF Board will be able to pay the interest committed and monies due to CPF members.
We expect CPF balances to continue increasing over the next five years due to growth in wages and CPF policy enhancements. Over the five years between 2018 and 2023, the median gross monthly income from employment grew by 3.2% per year. Examples of CPF policy enhancements include the higher CPF contribution rates for senior workers and CPF bonuses under the Majulah Package. These measures will enhance the retirement adequacy for our seniors and also increase CPF’s investment needs in the coming years. These in turn will require more issuance of SSGS.
The remaining increase in the issuance limit under the GSA is for projected issuances of publicly-held debt instruments, which are the Singapore Government Securities (Market Development), T-Bills and Singapore Savings Bonds, or SSB. This is mainly to support the continued development of a vibrant SGS market, which serves as an anchor for the growth of the corporate and retail debt market; and meet demand for high quality liquid assets from our financial institutions in tandem with the growth of the financial sector. We will continue to monitor the market demand for such publicly-held debt instruments and will adjust the rate of issuance to meet this demand, if necessary.
The proceeds from the issuance of Government securities and Treasury Bills under the GSA are invested and are not used to fund Government spending. The Government does not borrow for recurrent spending needs, so as not to overly burden our future generations who will have to service the debt incurred by current and previous generations.
Like previous increases, this increase in the issuance limit under the GSA is not for spending purposes and has no impact on the Government's fiscal position. Unlike other countries that borrow primarily to fund recurrent spending, only a small portion of the Government's borrowing is for spending purposes. This is issued under the Significant Infrastructure Government Loan Act, or SINGA, to finance nationally significant infrastructure projects. SINGA borrowings are presently less than 2% of total Government borrowings. There are also strict safeguards on the qualifying projects and total amounts that can be borrowed. The SINGA has a separate issuance limit, which is not part of the issuance limit under the GSA.
The increase in the issuance limit under the GSA also has no impact on the Government's net financial position. While Singapore's gross debt-to-gross domestic product (GDP) ratio may appear large on its own, it does not fully reflect Singapore's financial position as it does not consider Singapore's assets, which continue to remain in excess of our debts.
For the present Motion, I propose to raise the ceiling for issuing Government securities and Treasury Bills under the GSA to S$1,515 billion. The proposed limit is expected to last for five years till 2029. Sir, I beg to move.
[(proc text) Question proposed. (proc text)]
Mr Speaker: Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim (Sengkang): Sir, I understand that this Motion, which seeks to increase on the limit on the face value of Government debt to S$1.5 trillion is, despite its staggering headline number, somewhat routine and we are all, truth be told, rather tired after a long day in Parliament.
I had previously spoken on an analogous Motion at the beginning of 2021, where I stressed how Government borrowing more need not be detrimental, especially if economic conditions are favourable and if invested well in furtherance of our national objectives. I stand by that position. Still, it is worthwhile looking at how the economic environment has evolved dramatically since and what this could imply for this particular round of a proposed increase in the debt limit, as well as our implied interest burden.
As the world entered into 2021, much of it was still teetering from the aftermath of the global recession brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic. Economic activity had plunged to a low of minus 3% in 2020, the lowest in half a century. Lockdowns were still routine in many countries and unemployment rates remained very elevated, 6.6% globally, the highest since 1990 and surpassing both the Asian and Global Financial Crises. Inflation was still very quiescent, however, averaging 1.5% worldwide at the end of that year.
Owing to overall economic weakness, interest rates at the time remained remarkably low. This was what prompted my call at the time to lock in the favourable borrowing rates and to take advantage of higher multiplier effects that would have been present then to expand public investment in our hard and soft infrastructure, thereby stimulating growth.
This is no longer the case today. World inflation started to rise steadily in 2021 to 3.2% before peaking at an eye-watering 8% the year thereafter. In Singapore, the cost of living took off in 2022 as well, reaching 7.5% in the third quarter, which was the highest since the 2008 Financial Crisis. Thankfully, our economy has since rebounded.
Today, the unemployment rate is around the historical averages of the past two decades and while prices are still high and real wages have yet to fully catch up, the inflation rate has stepped back down to 2%. It is in this renewed economic backdrop that I will offer three brief thoughts about the proposed increase in the debt limit. While I do not view these concerns as sufficient cause for objecting to the Motion, it would, nevertheless, be useful to get some clarity on the matters raised.
First, the increase in the limit represents the highest increase over the most recent five instances. In November 2009, the increase was $70 billion from the original limit of $250 billion. The increments in April 2012, November 2016 and January 2021 steadily rose, amounting to $170 billion, $200 billion and $270 billion.
Even so, the present increase calls for $450 billion of an increase, a disproportionately larger two-thirds, relative to the prior quantum. The increase is also significant as a share of our economy. Between 1992 and 2021, a three-decade period that saw the limit increase six times, the share of debt-to-GDP has always hovered between 110% and 165% of output. This round will bring the total burden to 225%.
Even taking into account a generalised increase in price levels and granted that the borrowing now enfolds both Bills under the Local Treasuries Act or the LTBA, and longer duration bonds under the GSA, this is a sharp increase. After all, the limit for T-Bill increases had only been raised once in recent memory, by $10 billion in 2004.
Put another way, were we to take the debt limit from three years ago at face value, adjust that by inflation and apply an inflation-adjusted T-Bill amount, we would still arrive at a revised limit of a little less than $1.1 trillion, rather than the $1.5 trillion being asked for today.
Hence, while I appreciate that the debt issued are for market benchmarking and financial development purposes and are constrained in terms of how the money raised may be spent, some explanation for this discrepancy seems warranted.
Minister Chee, in his opening remarks, mentioned that these are attributable to SSGS due to wage increases and CPF enhancements. May I seek a clarification on how much of the future share of anticipated growth is due to CPF changes versus that for financial development?
Second, given the contemporary interest rate environment, the yields we will need to pay will correspondingly be higher. The yield on 10-year Government bonds in January 2021 was a mere 1%. In early November, rates were closer to 2.8%. Similarly, short-term yields were less than half a percent then, compared to 2.7% now.
On balance, the interest repayment burden is around three times higher than what it would have been a mere three years ago. Would the Government be able to explain how it plans to limit the fiscal impact of this elevated interest repayment stream?
Perhaps, the proceeds raised will be transferred to our sovereign wealth funds (SWF) for management, in which case, the hurdle rate will likely remain manageable, given how nominal returns have also moved up in the interim worldwide. Regardless, a narrower spread between SWF returns and borrowing costs will mean, at the least, less by way of surpluses to be returned to the Ministry of Finance. Hence, I believe it is valuable to have a handle and have on record how the Government plans to manage this revised interest differential, just so as to reassure Singaporeans.
My third and final point has to do with whether the ultimate purpose of issuing such debt is actually being met.
The stated objective of the SGS Market Development Securities, is to, I quote, \"develop the domestic debt market.\" But exactly how much our market issuances have translated into actual useable, investable funds for our companies on the ground remains questionable. After all, domestic credit to the private sector, a standard and widely used metric for gauging the depth of financial development, stood at around 130% of GDP in 2020, significantly lower than comparator economies, such as Hong Kong, Japan and South Korea.
The equity market capitalisation share in Singapore has also languished relative to other global financial centres, such as those of stock exchanges in New York, Tokyo, Hong Kong and London. This means that Singapore has succeeded, certainly, as an international financial centre, but it is more questionable whether it has succeeded as a globally competitive financial market that serves its economy.
Put another way, as much as we have succeeded in being an intermediary of global saving, less of it appears to have made its way into our domestic economy. Is this a problem? Well, not if you believe that a thriving financial industry will eventually trickle down to our workers and businesses. But if you worry about the credibility of trickle-down economics and wonder if our vaunted status as a global financial hub has benefits to the common man and woman, then you might justifiably question if the continued drive for expanding our debt limit to foster market development has borne much fruit in terms of tangible improvements to the welfare of our people.
Mr Speaker: Minister Chee.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: Mr Speaker, I want to start by thanking Assoc Prof Jamus Lim for sharing his views and also for indicating that he overall supports the Motion.
His first question, I did mention it in my opening speech but let me say that again. More than 60% of the increase is expected to be issued as SSGS, with the primary purpose of meeting CPF's investment needs. So, that is how we have sized it, more than 60%.
His second point is about the fiscal impact, if I understood Assoc Prof Jamus Lim correctly. Sir, we are raising the issuance limit to ensure there is sufficient headroom for the issuance of securities, partly to meet CPF's investments, but also to meet the Monetary Authority of Singapore's market development needs.
When we last raised the issuance limit in 2021, we anticipated that it would be sufficient until 2025. So, our estimate was actually quite accurate, because this time round, the limit will be fully utilised in 2025. So, that is why we now are coming back to Parliament to seek approval to raise the limit further, which we estimate, will be sufficient to last us till 2029.
The proposed $450 billion increase is in line with historical trends. Although the quantum of the increase is higher, as Assoc Prof Jamus Lim pointed out, the percentage of the increase over the outstanding issuance limit is comparable to the previous increase in 2021 at around 40%.
In sizing the increase in CPF SSGS, for which SSGS is more than 60% of this increase in issuance limit, we took into consideration the expected resident workforce growth and also the CPF contribution rates. As I mentioned earlier in my speech, all borrowings made under the Government Securities Act are invested and are not used for spending. So, this is one of the key legislative safeguards.
The issuance limit, that is coming back to Parliament for approval, is another layer of checks and safeguards to ensure that the Government would borrow responsibly. We conduct regular reviews to monitor this and to ensure that the prevailing debt limit is sufficient. Each time the limits need to be raised, we will come back to Parliament to seek agreement to raise it through a resolution. This resolution will also require the President's concurrence.
Sir, before I touch on the last point, Assoc Prof Jamus Lim also spoke about the changes in the external environment. Sir, I want to, maybe just for avoidance of doubt, make this point clear, that the debt that we issue is fully backed by our assets. So, I think that is an important point to bear in mind.
Our financial assets are in excess of our debts and our net asset position can be seen from the positive Net Investment Returns Contribution to the annual Budget. The strength of our balance sheet is validated by our AAA credit rating from international credit rating agencies and that, in turn, actually allows us to be able to borrow at more favourable terms.
Assoc Prof Jamus Lim's last point, I would put it this way: overall, if you look at how our financial sector, our financial markets have grown over the years, I think certainly this effort has contributed to the growth of our debt markets. The financial sector is a key provider of jobs for Singaporeans. It is also a key engine of growth and we do have plans, looking ahead, to see how we can further grow the sector, through different activities.
One area where we are looking at how we can do better is the local equities market. I shared previously that this is one area where we have formed a review group, together with industry players, to see what we can do to make improvements to Singapore as a destination for companies that want to seek listing. This is a work in progress. We are discussing some ideas with the industry, both looking at it from a supply point of view, from a demand point of view and from a regulatory framework point of view. So, we will provide some updates as we make progress.
But if you look at the overall financial sector development, I think, in many areas, whether it is in the wealth management, debt markets, forex, in many, many aspects, I think, Singapore's financial sector has done well and is highly regarded. This is something that we will continue to work on it, together with our industry partners and also our sisters and brothers from the union, using our tripartite partnership to help us to do even better.
Sir, I believe I have touched on the three key points that Assoc Prof Jamus Lim has raised. So, Mr Speaker, I beg to move.
Mr Speaker: Any other clarifications for Minister? I see none.
[(proc text) Question put, and agreed to. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Resolved, (proc text)]
[(proc text) \"That this Parliament, in accordance with Article 144(1)(a) of the Constitution of the Republic of Singapore, resolves that a higher amount of S$1,515,000,000,000 be specified for the purposes of section 11(2) of the Government Securities (Debt Market and Investment) Act 1992.\" (proc text)]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Recognising Eczema as a Chronic Disease","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"OS","content":"The Deputy Leader of the House (Mr Zaqy Mohamad): Mr Speaker, Sir, on behalf of the Leader, I beg to move, \"That Parliament do now adjourn.\"
[(proc text) Question proposed. (proc text)]
Ms Tin Pei Ling (MacPherson): Mr Speaker, I call upon the Government to take a fresh look at a commonly occurring chronic skin ailment, atopic dermatitis, also known as eczema. With a high prevalence index of two in 10 children and one in 10 adults in Singapore, I believe all of us will know of someone who is suffering from this chronic skin condition.
Atopic dermatitis is a chronic inflammatory skin condition that waxes and wanes due to a defective skin barrier and an altered immune system response. For individuals with mild eczema, it feels like an itchy skin rash on a localised body part, but the symptoms are manageable with the application of emollients, topical steroids and other topical anti-inflammatory medications.
However, for patients with moderate-to-severe eczema, they are tormented by persistent intense flares and itchiness on a large area of the body that oozes fluid or bleeds. They have widespread inflamed skin and these patients usually require treatments with higher potency medications because they tend not to respond to topical therapies.
Unlike its milder variant, moderate-to-severe eczema causes widespread symptoms that not only affect daily life routine but also their mental well-being. Itch, depression, sleep disturbance and anxiety are the most common manifestations among eczema patients.
There is no cure for eczema and patients can only try to relieve and manage the symptoms through medications and creams. It is reported that eczema has the highest burden among all skin diseases, mainly owing to its high prevalence globally. The burden of eczema is ranked in the top 15 among all non-fatal diseases and significantly higher when compared with other skin diseases. This chronic inflammatory skin condition affects more than 31 million Americans. And in Singapore, it is estimated to affect 20% of children and 11% of adults. At the National Skin Centre, 14,000 new eczema cases were seen in the year ending 31 March 2023 versus 9,406 cases in 2008. Notably, there was an estimated 20% to 30% increase in eczema patients during the COVID-19 pandemic, as reported by The Straits Times.
Moderate-to-severe eczema can cause symptoms intense enough to affect the patients’ quality of life. The constant uncontrollable itchiness, pain and other symptoms can cause loss of sleep, making it difficult to focus in school or at work and making it hard to participate in activities. Furthermore, conventional treatments alone are usually ineffective in relieving the inflammation on the skin in patients with moderate to severe eczema.
Besides having to constantly battle against the physiological symptoms, these patients are burdened psychologically because of a vicious feedback loop of scratching an itch that would not go away. Unfortunately, the act of scratching causes further damage to the skin, developing into lesions that loop the patients back with intense itch all over again. Aggravating matters further, researchers discovered that the link between mental health struggles and eczema is bidirectional; that is, they can exacerbate each other, creating a vicious cycle of distress and flare-ups. Eczema flares can lead to repeated infections, requiring inpatient care for three to five days per episode.
Moderate-to-severe eczema makes it challenging for patients to focus on their responsibilities at work and in life, as the intense itching is distracting and debilitating. Furthermore, sleep issues caused by eczema can add fuel to fire because it disrupts mental and cognitive functions, making it difficult to think, focus and go about their daily routines. A 2020 study in The British Journal of Dermatology found a connection between eczema severity and work productivity. According to the findings, the more severe the eczema, the more work productivity declines, which then negatively affects a person’s quality of life.
Moreover, the itch tends to be worse at night, causing impaired sleep. Poor sleep creates difficulties in regulating emotions that, in turn, leave a person vulnerable to depression.
There was a study presented at the 2024 American College of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology Annual Scientific Meeting, where it was reported that 72% of people with eczema have adverse mental health symptoms for one to 10 days a month, with 17% having symptoms for more than 11 days per month. Furthermore, recent research published in Nature, a prominent scientific publication, revealed that there is significantly higher prevalence of clinical depression, anxiety disorder and suicidal ideation among patients with skin disorders compared to the general population.
Mr Speaker, I have shared the challenges and sufferings of adult patients plagued by moderate-to-severe eczema. The adverse impacts of moderate-to-severe eczema on young children and adolescents are definitely no less. The burden of the skin condition falls on both the child and caregiver. Esteemed Members in this House who are parents will understand the anxiety and additional stress of caring for a child who comes down with a treatable condition. We need to consider the magnitude of stress for both the child and caregiver coping with physiological, psychological and psychosocial impairments.
A 2019 study conducted in France by skincare brand La Roche-Posay highlighted its psychological consequences. It found that more than 60% of children with eczema reported having a lack of concentration in class due to constant itching. This aligns strongly with several systematic reviews and large population-based surveys from Germany, Taiwan, Japan and the United States (US) that demonstrated a positive relationship between eczema and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD).
In 2006, the economic burden of eczema in the US was estimated to be $1.6 billion, of which $1 billion were attributed to direct healthcare costs and $600 million were attributed to lost productivity. In Singapore, the average annual cost per child with eczema was estimated at US$7,943 based on 2017 prices. The major cost was for informal caregiving, and that will be 46% of the total cost, followed by out-of-pocket expenses, about 37% of the total cost. Healthcare utilisation contributed to 17% of the total cost, of which 43% was for medication. These findings were based on a study performed by the Nanyang Technological University Lee Kong Chian School of Medicine, KK Women's and Children's Hospital (KKH) and the National Skin Centre in 2019.
It is important for us to also consider the substantial cost holistically and that includes cost from informal caregiving, such as preparation of special meals due to dietary restrictions and provision of emotional care. Additionally, there are out-of-pocket expenses from purchasing moisturising creams and laundry costs that are not subsidised by the healthcare system. In the US, these out-of-pocket expenses averages to about US$3,000 per child per year. Hence, if we can manage eczema better, we can reduce the ancillary or indirect costs.
Even though topical steroids have been the workhorse treatment for eczema patients in providing relief to the inflammation and itch, it may not work for everyone, particularly patients with moderate-to-severe eczema, where topical steroid becomes ineffective and unfeasible over a large area of the body over long periods of time.
Hence, the development of newer treatments like biologics that offer high efficacy and safety vis-à-vis conventional immunosuppressant. Conventional immunosuppressants like Methotrexate, which is also used in treating certain types of cancer, or Ciclosporin, also used for organ transplant, pose safety issues.
Dupilumab is the world’s first biologic drug approved for moderate to severe eczema and the only targeted therapy approved in Singapore. Dupilumab is a safe and effective treatment that has been approved in Singapore for children aged six months and older, and around 60% of people will see at least a 75% improvement in their condition. Dupilumab works by reducing inflammation that is thought to lead to eczema flares. It does not suppress the immune system, so it does not increase the risk of developing a serious infection like tuberculosis. Clinical trials of Dupilumab in adults and children have shown that it significantly reduces eczema severity compared with placebo, as well as a rapid reduction in itch and an improvement in sleep and quality of life.
Allow me to share the case of a young boy. Let us call him AQ, who was a patient at KKH. AQ apparently only slept an average of three to four hours a day, broken up, for three years. He was only 14 years old when he first met his doctor during his admission for an infectious flare over his face. He could barely open his eyes or mouth due to yellow crusts all over his entire facial skin. He was subsequently discharged but re-admitted to the children’s intensive care unit for hypotension, which is extremely low blood pressure, on Christmas Eve in the same year. Blood tests went on to confirm adrenal insufficiency because of the chronic use of topical steroids and systemic steroids from another centre and from general practitioners for his bad eczema. Yet, after using Dupilumab, his skin cleared up by almost 90% and could finally enjoy uninterrupted sleep of seven hours. He also reportedly became more confident, more cheerful and his academic results improved.
Looking elsewhere, recent analyses of the cost-effectiveness of Dupilumab in treating moderate-to-severe eczema provide compelling evidence for its economic viability. A study from Italy demonstrated that Dupilumab yields an incremental cost- effectiveness ratio of €33,918 per quality-adjusted life year, below the willingness-to-pay threshold. In the US, a lifetime Markov model revealed an incremental cost-effectiveness ratio of $124,500 per quality-adjusted life year, with Dupilumab showing greater cost-effectiveness for severe cases.
Additionally, a US payer perspective analysis established that Dupilumab remains cost-effective at an annual maintenance price, ranging from $29,000 to $40,000, especially for patients classified as having severe eczema. Collectively, these findings underscore the long-term economic benefits of incorporating Dupilumab into treatment protocols for patients inadequately managed by traditional therapies for adults and adolescents.
Returning to Singapore's context, however, it is still costly. Each injection costing almost $1,000 per injection every fortnight, or $2,000 per month, at public healthcare institutions, such as the National Skin Centre. Consider the gross median monthly income data of full-time employed residents from the Ministry of Manpower, it is challenging for a Singaporean patient earning, say, a median wage of $5,000 to have adequate disposable income to access this relatively costly treatment regime, let alone sustaining it long enough to have visible improvements in condition.
Besides the biologics, there is a newer class of drugs approved in Singapore for eczema, known as Jak inhibitors, which are oral medications that are typically taken once a day. Most Jak inhibitors are approved for use in adult eczema, with only a few options for children aged 12 years and above. However, these medications cost $6,000 to $10,000 a year and they suppress the body's immune system and may, therefore, cause potentially serious side effects, like heart attack, stroke, blood clots and cancer. Because of the potential risks involved, this medication may not be suitable for patients with hypertension and cholesterol diseases.
Mr Speaker, I would, therefore, like the Ministry of Health (MOH) to consider the following suggestions to help patients cope with the debilitating impacts of moderate-to-severe eczema, by making newer treatments that promise better efficacy and less safety risks available to patients who need them.
First, inclusion of other biologics, such as Dupilumab, into list of subsidised drugs. I understand the Drug Advisory Committee (DAC) has recommended only Abrocitinib, a JAK inhibitor, to be on the list of subsidised drugs because of the cost-minimisation approach, given that Abrocitinib is least costly. However, the use of Abrocitinib, as approved by the Health Sciences Authority, is limited to adults and adolescents, roughly aged 12 years and above.
I would like to implore MOH to consider expanding the assessment criteria beyond cost minimisation, so that paediatric patients who are below 12 years old can have access to other treatment regimens with better efficacy and less risks, such as the use of Dupilumab.
Including Dupilumab to the subsidised drug list will not be unique to Singapore, if so. In Australia, the government pledged over $270 million for new medicine, which includes Dupilumab, in the new Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme. The scheme is a list of drugs that are subsidised by the government, expecting to benefit more than 3,600 people each year.
Second, inclusion of moderate-to-severe eczema into the Chronic Disease Management Programme (CDMP). I propose including moderate-to-severe eczema as part of the CDMP. Currently, the CDMP covers 23 chronic diseases, and these include Psoriasis, another chronic skin condition. Including moderate-to-severe eczema into the CDMP list will enable early intervention in treating eczema and reduce complications. Eczema patients can also find financial relief for the hefty out-of-pocket payments, with up to $700 of MediSave coverage per year under the MediSave 700 scheme.
In addition, I recommend to specially include mild eczema for children as part of the CDMP. This is to ensure early treatment from young before the condition progresses to moderate or severe.
Third, extend MOH Medication Assistance Fund support to Dupilumab and newer treatments. Due to the high cost of newer treatments for moderate-to-severe eczema, I would like to request that the Ministry include Dupilumab under the Medication Assistance Fund (MAF). This will provide tremendous support for financially burdened patients with moderate-to-severe eczema. We must ensure that Singaporeans who are already underprivileged, do not have to face additional employment, economic and health challenges associated with eczema.
Mr Speaker, my objective of raising this Adjournment Motion is to raise awareness that atopic dermatitis, or eczema, is not simply an \"itch and scratch\" condition. In the US, a patient with severe eczema could qualify as a person with disability if their conditions significantly limit their major life activities and the patient would then be eligible for Social Security Disability Insurance and Supplemental Security Income. However, I am not arguing for eczema to be considered as a disability. Rather, I am appealing to MOH to consider eczema as a chronic disease requiring more support.
I applaud MOH's recent revision to the public healthcare subsidies which offer more financial relief to eligible patients. However, I urge MOH to continue reviewing healthcare affordability for Singaporean patients struck with moderate-to-severe eczema and also young children with this condition. Strengthening financial and accessibility support will certainly mitigate the long-term debilitating impacts of eczema.
Lastly, I would like to place on record my sincere thanks to Assoc Prof Mark Koh, Head of Dermatology Service in KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital (KKH) and Dr Lynette Wee of KKH for their invaluable input, as well as everyone who has actively voiced out their support and also shared their personal stories with me online after I had filed this Adjournment Motion.
Mr Speaker: Senior Minister of State Janil Puthucheary.
The Senior Minister of State for Health (Dr Janil Puthucheary): Mr Speaker, Sir, I would like to thank Ms Tin Pei Ling for raising the situation of patients with eczema and for explaining to the House the condition and the symptoms suffered by these patients.
Eczema can affect anyone at any age. As Ms Tin pointed out, in Singapore, about 20% of children and 11% of adults have eczema. Most cases are mild to moderate and, for most patients, the symptoms can be managed with over-the-counter moisturisers, topical and oral medications, self-care measures and the avoidance of triggers. For most patients, this approach works quite well. Ms Tin has highlighted the difficulties faced by the patients that have the most serious forms of atopic dermatitis and eczema.
I thank Ms Tin for her suggestion to include moderate-to-severe eczema into the CDMP. The CDMP is a programme established since 2006, with the intention to improve care for chronic disease patients, by making treatments more accessible and affordable for Singaporeans. Today, the CDMP covers 23 chronic conditions, including common conditions, like diabetes mellitus, hypertension and hyperlipidemia.
Patients with these conditions can use MediSave to pay for the out-of-pocket costs for their outpatient treatment. Those with complex conditions can claim up to an annual limit of $700. They can also tap on Government subsidies of up to $500 per year under the Community Health Assist Scheme (CHAS), if they are eligible for CHAS, and special subsidies of up to $540 per year if they are Pioneer Generation or Merdeka Generation cardholders.
Conditions under CDMP are regularly reviewed by the Clinical Advisory Committee (CAC). This comprises Family Physicians and specialists from the public and private sectors. Gout, allergic rhinitis and chronic hepatitis B were most recently added to the CDMP on 1 July 2022.
In selecting conditions for review for inclusion into the CDMP, the CAC takes into account feedback from medical professionals, patients and the public. The CAC consults clinical experts in various healthcare settings and considers factors, such as the disease burden, potential benefits of early interventions to patient outcomes, and the cumulative cost to the patient from long-term treatment, and the availability of evidence-based clinical guidelines for appropriate care of the condition.
In 2020, the CAC had decided not to include eczema under CDMP. Care practices for eczema currently vary significantly, and there are currently no standardised national guidelines for the treatment of eczema. Without such standardised and accepted guidelines, we may run into challenges, such as overdiagnosis or inappropriate treatment. The Agency for Care Effectiveness at MOH is currently developing these clinical guidelines for the treatment of atopic dermatitis. Once these guidelines have been established, the CAC will review if eczema can be included into the CDMP.
Even though eczema is currently not on the CDMP, patients can already receive subsidies for the treatment of eczema today. Topical steroid creams and oral systemic immunosuppressants, such as ciclosporin, azathioprine, methotrexate and mycophenolate mofetil are listed on the Standard Drug List. Abrocitinib, a Jak inhibitor, as mentioned by Ms Tin, is also listed on the MAF for patients who do not respond adequately to immunosuppressants.
Eligible patients who are prescribed these drugs for eczema can receive up to 75% subsidies at polyclinics and Specialist Outpatient Clinics, or SOCs. Additionally, Singaporeans aged 60 and above can use up to $300 a year of their MediSave, under the Flexi-MediSave scheme to pay for their outpatient eczema treatment and medication at polyclinics, SOCs and CHAS clinics.
I would also like to acknowledge Ms Tin's suggestion to include biologics or monoclonal antibodies, such as Dupilumab, into MOH's list of subsidised drugs. Today, MOH provides subsidies for a list of drugs that are assessed by the DAC to be both clinically- and cost-effective. This ensures that limited healthcare resources are directed to therapies that provide good value compared to existing standards of care and keeps healthcare spending sustainable.
In 2023, the DAC listed Abrocitinib on the MAF for people who do not respond adequately to immunosuppressants. Abrocitinib was assessed to be at least as efficacious as Dupilumab and available at a cheaper price. It is also an oral medication. Dupilumab, an injectable, was not recommended for subsidy, as its benefits do not justify its costs, at the current price proposed by the manufacturer.
Ms Tin mentioned that overseas incremental cost-effectiveness ratios for Dupilumab range from $48,000 to over $160,000 per quality-adjusted life year, or QALY, gained. However, we are unable to rely on cost-effectiveness assessments, if there were significant limitations in the methodology and design of the studies. For example, many published industry-sponsored cost-effectiveness studies provide favourable results due to overly optimistic assumptions made about the clinical outcomes of treatment. The studies may also not be generalisable to our local setting if the price of the medication differs significantly compared to that offered to patients here in Singapore.
Ms Tin had also suggested to allow the use of Dupilumab for children below six. There are several subsidised treatment options available for children, such as topical steroid creams and, for the more severe patients, oral immunosuppressants. We note that some of these young patients may still require Dupilumab if they are not assessed to be suitable for these subsidised treatments.
And notwithstanding the benefits of Dupilumab for this age group, Dupliumab remains non-cost-effective at the population level in this setting. So, if patients face issues affording Dupilumab, they may approach medical social workers at our public healthcare institutions to apply for financial assistance through MediFund.
We will continue to regularly review the list of subsidised drugs to ensure that the list stays relevant to changes in our local population needs, medical practice and the evidence on clinical and cost effectiveness.
Mr Speaker, Sir, MOH will continue to review the adequacy of support for eczema patients, taking into consideration the safety, clinical efficacy and cost-effectiveness of these treatments. No Singaporean will be denied access to appropriate healthcare due to an inability to pay.
[(proc text) Question put, and agreed to. (proc text)]
[(proc text) Resolved, \"That Parliament do now adjourn.\" (proc text)]
Mr Speaker: Pursuant to Standing Order 2(3)(a), I wish to inform hon Members that the Sitting tomorrow will commence at 11.00 am. Order.
Adjourned accordingly at 7.29 pm.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":"Matter Raised On Adjournment Motion","questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Data Used to Ascertain Cause Resonating with Singaporeans for Pilot Overseas Humanitarian Assistance Tax Deduction Scheme","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"16 Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang asked the Minister for Culture, Community and Youth what data or surveys does the Ministry use to ascertain that overseas emergency humanitarian assistance is a cause which resonates with many Singaporeans, rather than a broader range of causes for the pilot run of the Overseas Humanitarian Assistance Tax Deduction Scheme.
Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai: In our previous reply to Mr Louis Ng on the Parliamentary Question regarding the Overseas Humanitarian Assistance Tax Deduction Scheme, or OHAS, at the 14 October 2024 Parliament Sitting, we highlighted that the OHAS was scoped to overseas humanitarian assistance, in order to strike a balance between encouraging overseas giving while ensuring that our local charity sector continues to receive the necessary support. Overseas humanitarian assistance is also a cause that resonates with many Singaporeans.
We have observed generous donations towards overseas emergency humanitarian assistance causes. Singaporeans gave generously to recent crises, such as the relief efforts following the devasting earthquake in Türkiye and Syria last year, as well as the outpour of donations in response to the tragedy arising from the Israel-Hamas conflict. Singapore Red Cross Society raised over $3 million in under a week to support relief efforts in the aftermath of the Türkiye and Syria earthquake. Similarly, the Rahmatan Lil Alamin Foundation Limited raised over $8.1 million in under a month to support those affected by the Israel-Hamas conflict. Both registered charities had valid foreign fund-raising permits issued by the Commissioner of Charities for the period of their fund-raising appeals held last year.
The Government will assess the OHAS at the end of its four-year pilot. We will also continue to monitor the giving trends closely to balance our encouragement for overseas giving to relevant causes, while ensuring that our local charity sector continues to receive the necessary support it needs.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Quality of Life and Functional Status as Criteria in Assessment of Therapies for Inclusion in Cancer Drug List","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"17 Dr Tan Wu Meng asked the Minister for Health whether, in the assessment of the cost effectiveness of therapies for inclusion in the Cancer Drug List, the Ministry takes into consideration the outcome of the treatment on the quality of life and functional status of the patients which has a bearing on family care duties at home and improving the employability of household members who are caregivers.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: The Agency for Care Effectiveness under the Ministry of Health adopts internationally established techniques for conducting Health Technology Assessment (HTA) methodology to assess the clinical and cost effectiveness of therapies, including cancer drugs.
The assessment includes direct and measurable health-related costs and the patient’s health outcomes, including quality of life. Non-health related costs and benefits are typically not included in HTA assessment as they are subjective and harder to measure. That said, the thresholds for passing HTA assessment can be suitably set to take into account these factors.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Foreign Mothers with Singaporean Children Who Remain LTVP Holders after Years of Marriage to Singaporean Spouses","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"18 Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim asked the Minister for Home Affairs (a) what is the current share of foreign mothers with Singaporean children who remain holding Long-Term Visit Passes (LTVPs) after eight years of marriage to their Singaporean spouses; (b) whether the Government plans to assist this group of foreign mothers to apply and obtain their Singapore Citizenship or Permanent Residency; and (c) if not, whether this group of foreign mothers will remain on LTVPs indefinitely.
Mr K Shanmugam: As at end-June 2024, out of the total number of Long-Term Visit Pass (LTVP) or Long-Term Visit Pass-Plus (LTVP+) holders who were foreign spouses of Singaporeans, 7.5% were foreign mothers with minor Singaporean children and were married to their Singaporean spouse for at least eight years.
All Permanent Residency (PR) and Singapore Citizenship applications from foreign spouses are evaluated on a range of criteria, including the ability of the Singaporean sponsor to support the family, length of marriage, and whether the couple has children from the marriage. The fact that the foreign spouse is married to a Singaporean and has Singaporean children will also be considered.
Foreign spouses who do not qualify for PR can apply for an LTVP or LTVP+ to reside in Singapore.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Support Services and Programmes and Potential Initiatives for Female NEET Youths","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"19 Mr Patrick Tay Teck Guan asked the Minister for Social and Family Development (a) what are the existing services or programmes that focus on supporting female youths who are not in employment, education or training (NEET); and (b) if there is no such programme, whether the Ministry will look into developing one, given that about two in three NEET youths are female.
Mr Masagos Zulkifli B M M: The rate of youths who are not in employment, education or training (NEET) in Singapore has remained low at 4.1% in 2023 and is much lower compared to other developed countries. Regardless of sex, their NEET status is mostly transitional and short-term. Over 70% of NEET youths are taking a temporary break or switching between jobs. These were also the key factors for female NEET youths.
It is important for us to first support youths through their education years. Schools proactively reach out to support students with personal needs and connect them and their families to community and other resources.
Throughout their schooling years, students receive Education and Career Guidance (ECG) through lessons and advising by ECG counsellors to help them discover their strengths, interests and sense of purpose. Students, including those who require more guidance, have opportunities to attend industry immersion programmes, learning journeys and career talks to learn more about the different pathways available. NEET youths who wish to return to education can reach out to the respective educational institutions or to the ECG Centre @ MOE for ECG advice.
For employment support, all NEET youths, including females who are seeking to enter the workforce, can tap on a range of career matching and reskilling programmes and services offered by Workforce Singapore (WSG). They can also tap on career advisory and coaching services provided by WSG’s Careers Connect and e2i’s career centres. WSG’s MyCareersFuture portal also provides job opportunities and a CareersFinder feature to help jobseekers explore potential career and upskilling options.
We recognise that some NEET youths may face complex issues, such as conflictual family relationships. We have a network of youth support programmes to engage our youths with varying needs, such as the Youth GO! Programme, which supports at-risk youths. Youths and their families may also seek help from Family Service Centres if they are facing social issues. Mentorship, such as through the Mentoring SG movement, can also support and guide NEET youths to navigate life transitions and challenges.
For NEET youths with mental health needs, they are supported through community mental health services like Youth Community Outreach Teams and Youth Integrated Teams provided by social service agencies or CHAT, a national youth mental health outreach and assessment service.
We encourage NEET youths, including female NEETs, to take up the opportunities and support available to grow their education and career journey.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Safeguards Required of Banks Offering Digital Banking Services to Minors Under Age 16","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"21 Ms He Ting Ru asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) what specific security measures and safeguards are required of banks before they can offer digital banking services to minors under 16 years old; (b) how do these measures differ from the requirements for adult accounts; and (c) what remediation processes must banks have in place for unauthorised transactions involving minor-operated accounts.
22 Ms He Ting Ru asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) whether the existing fraud protection frameworks fully cover losses from unauthorised transactions in child-operated bank accounts; (b) where a minor's bank account credentials are compromised, who bears ultimate liability between the bank, parents and the minor; and (c) what is the prescribed timeline for banks to investigate and resolve such cases.
Mr Gan Kim Yong (for the Prime Minister): Bank accounts for children under 16 years old can only be opened by parents on their child’s behalf. This applies to both joint accounts between parent and child, and accounts in the child’s name only.
For joint accounts, the parent, as joint account holder, is able to control and operate the account.
For children’s sole name accounts, banks have set significantly lower default daily transaction limits of $50 to $100, which can be lowered by the parent. This is part of the additional functions that banks provide to facilitate parental supervision. For instance, parents can also view their child’s transactions via Internet or mobile banking and will receive real-time notifications on outgoing transactions and high-risk activities, such as changes to transaction limits or personal particulars, to alert them of unusual transactions and account activities.
Ultimately, parents determine whether and when to open or close an account for their child, how much funds they wish to place into the account at account opening, and the appropriate daily transaction limit to set for the account. This recognises that parents are responsible for their child’s usage of the account and best placed to supervise their child’s access to digital banking services. Such accounts provide the parent an opportunity to closely supervise his or her child’s management of a bank account, before the child reaches 16 years of age and obtains a sole name account that they manage independently.
All bank accounts, including accounts of customers below 16 years old, are subject to security measures put in place by banks to safeguard against unauthorised transactions1. In addition to real-time notification alerts, banks also provide a kill switch which can be activated by either the parent or the child to block all online payment transactions from the account where needed.
Banks are expected to follow up promptly when they receive a report of a fraudulent transaction on the account from either the parent or the child. The Shared Responsibility Framework, which assigns relevant duties for financial institutions and telecommunications companies to mitigate phishing scams, would similarly apply to accounts operated by minors. Should banks breach any duties under the framework, they would be expected to provide payouts to affected scam victims, regardless of the account holder’s age. Otherwise, banks may also consider making payouts under their goodwill frameworks, taking into account specific circumstances of each case.
The investigation timelines are also the same. Banks are expected to complete investigations of cases involving unauthorised transactions within 21 business days for standard cases, or 45 business days if the case is complex.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":["1 : These measures are set out in E-Payment User Protection Guidelines (https://www.mas.gov.sg/-/media/mas-media-library/regulation/guidelines/pso/guidelines-on-shared-responsibility-framework/guidelines-on-shared-responsibility-framework.pdf) and the Guidelines on Shared Responsibility Framework (https://www.mas.gov.sg/-/media/mas-media-library/regulation/guidelines/pso/guidelines-on-shared-responsibility-framework/guidelines-on-shared-responsibility-framework.pdf)(effective 16 Dec 2024)."],"footNoteQuestions":["21","22"],"questionNo":"21-22"},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Reasons for Graduation Age of SPED Schools Being 18 Years","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"23 Mr Ong Hua Han asked the Minister for Education (a) what are the reasons for the graduation age of Special Education (SPED) schools being 18 years old; and (b) whether the Ministry can consider increasing the graduation age to at least 21 so that SPED school students have more time to gain necessary life skills and transition to post-school life.
Mr Chan Chun Sing: The Special Education (SPED) curriculum is designed for SPED students to acquire critical knowledge and functional skills to achieve the education outcomes for \"living, learning and working\" over a 12-year period, as they move on to post-schooling pathways at 18 years old, depending on their needs and interests.
To help SPED students and their families make informed plans for the transition to post-school pathways, SPED schools work with families to facilitate a transition planning process for SPED students, starting from the age of 13, based on the students’ interests, strengths and aspirations. By the final year in SPED, typically 18 years old, each SPED student has an Individual Transition Plan to reflect his or her plan post-SPED.
SPED students with the potential for open or supported employment may undertake the vocational certification pathway, where they have a longer runway of up to 21 years old to attain these certifications. The Ministry of Education also works closely with the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) and SG Enable to strengthen support and provide job opportunities for SPED graduates who are ready or have the potential to work. For example, the School-to-Work Transition Programme provides SPED graduates with the potential to work with customised place-and-train job training pathways for up to two years post-SPED. In addition, the Enabling Business Hub provides them with more training and employment opportunities and employment support services.
For the remaining SPED students who require adult disability services, the Government’s approach is to develop and implement services and other forms of support to enable them to transition smoothly to living and learning through community services, rather than delaying graduation. For SPED graduates who are transiting to community services, such as Day Activity Centres and Sheltered Workshops, Multi-Agency Transition Meetings are held to facilitate a more coordinated and person-centred handover process between SPED schools and post-school adult services. MSF is also reviewing and enhancing the continuum of post-SPED services, including the Sheltered Workshops, Day Activity Centres and the Home-Based Intervention Services pilot. The aim is to build on the functional skills SPED graduates learnt in school to enable them to exercise greater independence at home and in the community. Caregivers also play an important role to help SPED graduates reinforce skills learnt in the home setting.
SPED graduates can also continue to develop work and life skills through continual learning. For instance, the Enabling Skills and Competencies Framework, which builds on the SPED curriculum, sets out the skills and competencies for Persons with Disabilities (PwDs) for independent living and employment. PwDs can also draw upon SkillsFuture support and tap on courses organised by the Enabling Academy and Enabling Services Hubs to access opportunities for continual learning.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Review on Cost Effectiveness of Shingles Vaccine","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"24 Mr Christopher de Souza asked the Minister for Health (a) whether the review of the cost effectiveness of shingles vaccine has been completed; and (b) if so, whether the Ministry will add it to the National Adult Immunisation Schedule such that it will be eligible for subsidies, especially for vulnerable seniors.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: The review of the cost effectiveness of the shingles vaccine, Shingrix, has been completed. At the price proposed by the manufacturer, the vaccine is not considered cost-effective for the prevention of shingles at the population level. We will continue to discuss with the manufacturer and monitor their pricing.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Car Parks With No Accessible Parking Lots in Accordance with Code on Accessibility in the Built Environment","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"25 Mr Ong Hua Han asked the Minister for National Development (a) how many car parks currently do not have accessible parking lots that are in accordance with the Code on Accessibility in the Built Environment; and (b) whether there are any plans to accelerate the provision of accessible parking lots and accessible routes in these car parks.
Mr Desmond Lee: The Code on Barrier-Free Accessibility in Buildings, subsequently renamed the Code on Accessibility in the Built Environment (Code), was first introduced in 1990. Since then, all new buildings and existing buildings that carry out addition and alteration works on their car parks requiring building plan submission to the Building and Construction Authority (BCA) must provide accessible parking lots in accordance with the Code.
Buildings with car parks built before the implementation of the Code are not required to retrospectively provide accessible parking lots and we do not collect data on whether such car parks provide accessible parking lots.
To promote an inclusive Built Environment, we strongly encourage the owners and operators of older car parks that do not have accessible parking lots and accessible routes, to upgrade their premises to incorporate these features. Eligible building owners may tap on the Accessibility Fund, administered by BCA, to co-fund the costs to provide accessible parking lots and accessible paths leading to the building entrance.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Steps to Increase Uptake of Locally Produced Food by Major Institutional Buyers","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"26 Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment (a) what steps are being taken to increase the uptake of locally produced food by major institutional buyers which supply key Government entities, including the SAF, public hospitals, prisons, welfare homes and senior care centres; and (b) whether the Government will consider incentivising these buyers through long-term contracts, contractual requirements or price support measures to promote the market viability of Singapore's local food producers in line with the \"30 by 30\" goal.
Ms Grace Fu Hai Yien: The Singapore Food Agency (SFA) has been supporting the industry in achieving greater offtake for local produce through various initiatives. This includes incorporating a criterion in Government procurement to give additional points to businesses who have undertaken sustainability initiatives, such as being recognised under the Farm-to-Table Recognition Programme (FTTRP), for procuring locally grown produce. The additional points increase their chances of securing Government catering contracts, including those with key Government entities.
Beyond working with suppliers on contracts with Government entities, SFA has also been working with the Singapore Agro-Food Enterprises Federation Limited (SAFEF) to facilitate long-term commercial contracts between farmers and food businesses. This provides producers with certainty of demand and pricing while providing food businesses with the convenience of access to a wide array of local produce from different farms, and constancy of supplies of good quality produce. In May 2024, SAFEF partnered FairPrice to launch a pilot to sell aggregated locally farmed vegetables and marine tilapia under the brands “SG Farmers’ Market” and “The Straits Fish” at 44 and 20 FairPrice outlets respectively. This helped our local produce gain more visibility among consumers and increased sales. SFA also works closely with our supermarket retailers to promote local produce through prominent in-store marketing materials and fairs to encourage shoppers to buy local produce and educate them on the benefits of local produce.
Beyond the local market, farms can leverage the Singapore brand and our food safety recognition to export their products. SFA has also compiled market reports and import requirements of different countries and regions into a Library of Export Market Requirements on SFA’s website to support farms looking to export their produce and works closely with other Government agencies to facilitate Singapore’s food trade flows and to support businesses in gaining market access.
While the Government will do its part, the viability of our local agri-food sector also depends on consumer demand for their products. Consumers can play a part by choosing to purchase local produce which can be easily recognised by the red SG Fresh Produce logo or dine at food businesses under the FTTRP. Local produce is fresher, lasts longer and incurs less transport miles as it need not travel long distances or for long periods of time before reaching consumers.
SFA will continue to explore initiatives to scale demand offtake for local produce. Together, we can continue to safeguard Singapore’s food security.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Utilisation Rate of Thomson-East Coast MRT Line Since Opening of Latest Stage","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"27 Mr Gan Thiam Poh asked the Minister for Transport (a) what has been the utilisation rate of the Thomson-East Coast MRT Line (TEL) since the opening of the latest stage of the Line; and (b) whether any assessment has been conducted to gauge if there is any improvement to the traffic condition in the east coast region after the launch of Stage 4 of TEL.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: Since the opening of Stage 4 of the Thomson-East Coast Line (TEL) on 23 June 2024, the average weekday ridership of the TEL has increased from about 200,000 in May 2024, to more than 250,000 in October 2024. We expect ridership to continue growing as future developments are completed along the TEL corridor, and after TEL Stage 5 opens in 2026.
We have observed traffic speed improvements of about 15% during peak hours along Marine Parade Road, which runs parallel to Stage 4 of TEL.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Maintaining Sufficient Number of Working-age Adults in Workforce to Support Ageing Population","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"28 Mr Gan Thiam Poh asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) whether the Government has established specific desired targets or metrics for maintaining a sufficient number of working-age adults in the workforce to support the ageing population; and (b) what policy measures is the Government considering to balance the needs of an ageing population without overburdening the future generations financially and while minimising social costs.
Ms Indranee Rajah (for the Prime Minister): We do not have targets on the size of the working-age population to support an ageing population. Instead, we focus on keeping our seniors healthy and productive for as long as possible, while ensuring that our population policies are sustainable and able to meet our social and economic needs.
To meet the needs of an ageing population, we have emphasised strategies to boost healthy and productive longevity. This includes investing in the skills of our older workers through SkillsFuture to enhance their employability, working with employers and unions to support age-friendly jobs and workplaces, and steadily raising retirement and re-employment ages so that those willing and able to work for longer can do so.
We have also taken steps to manage the expected increase in healthcare expenditure to ensure long-term fiscal sustainability. These include placing greater emphasis on population health, implementing value-based care in healthcare institutions, and encouraging the right-siting of patients to reduce demand for acute hospital care. We have also rolled out Age Well SG to help seniors age well in their homes and communities.
By helping seniors stay healthy and supporting those who wish to work for longer and save more for retirement to do so, we can age successfully as a society while managing the burden on younger generations.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Possible Legal Proceedings by Singapore Agencies That Suffered Loss from CrowdStrike Cybersecurity Incident","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"29 Mr Saktiandi Supaat asked the Minister for Digital Development and Information in light of the lawsuit filed by Delta Air Lines against cybersecurity firm CrowdStrike (a) what are the status and expected timelines of the study being done by the Ministry’s internal task force that was set up in the aftermath of the 19 July 2024 disruption; and (b) whether any agency which has suffered losses will be initiating or joining in legal proceedings against CrowdStrike.
Mrs Josephine Teo: The Ministry’s internal task force has completed its study of the incident and distilled lessons, particularly relating to software supply chain risks and patch management. The Cyber Security Agency of Singapore will be issuing advisories on them in due course. The task force also identified enhancements to improve incident response when such disruptions occur, and to strengthen the resilience of our Critical Information Infrastructure (CII) and Foundational Digital Infrastructure (FDI). Work by the respective Ministry of Digital Development and Information agencies and other Government stakeholders are underway.
As updated to Parliament previously, the Crowdstrike incident did not significantly affect our CII or FDI. The impact to other entities has also been relatively modest. In any case, it is up to affected entities to decide whether or not to take legal action against Crowdstrike or their intermediaries.
Not all disruptions can be prevented, nor will their impact be equally severe. Nonetheless, it is important to have the plans in place to recover quickly from unexpected disruptions and to have business continuity plans. I encourage all businesses to step up their efforts by tapping on resources, such as SingCERT’s advisory on building digital resilience, CSA’s cybersecurity toolkits and cybersecurity roadmaps in Infocomm Media Development Authority’s Industry Digital Plans.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Target Ratio of Nurses to Administrative and Support Healthcare Workers","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"30 Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang asked the Minister for Health what is the ratio of nurses to administrative and support healthcare workers that the Ministry aims to achieve through its 2030 recruitment targets under the manpower projections for the public healthcare system.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: The nursing support staff to nurse ratio in the public healthcare institutions have remained around 1:11 for the past 10 years. It is not meaningful to compare nurses to administrative staff, as they perform separate functions.
The Ministry of Health will continue to work with public healthcare clusters to attract and retain healthcare workers to meet service demands.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Encouraging Dormitory Operators to Provide Migrant Workers with At Least 3.6 Square Metres of Living Space Each","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"31 Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang asked the Minister for Manpower what steps will the Ministry take to encourage operators of foreign worker dormitories to provide workers with living space exceeding the requirement of 3.6 square metres set out in the interim standards for dormitories by 2030.
Dr Tan See Leng: The Ministry of Manpower (MOM) has set out New Dormitory Standards, which include the living space benchmark of at least 4.2 square metres per resident. These standards will apply by 2040 as part of the multi-year effort to improve living conditions for dormitory residents. However, MOM recognises that some dormitories will not be able to move directly to these standards within a short timeframe for various reasons, such as infrastructural and business constraints. A nuanced approach to creating larger living space per resident is needed to smoothen excessive reductions in bed supply which could result in marked increases in bed prices to employers. Therefore, MOM introduced interim standards that will apply by 2030 and a Dormitory Transition Scheme to support the progressive transition of existing dormitories. When dormitories plan for their transitions to meet the interim standards, they are encouraged to consider adopting features of the New Dormitory Standards as they will need to comply with them by 2040.
Good designs can significantly enhance the liveability of dormitories beyond just increasing the size of living spaces. Design innovation is particularly key to Singapore as we are small in size with a high population density. To this end, MOM is undertaking the effort and cost to pilot innovative design features to enhance the liveability of dormitories through the two upcoming MOM-owned Purpose-Built Dormitories, with the aim of demonstrating and disseminating best practices to the rest of the industry.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Frequency of Maintenance Checks on Water Pipes in Public Housing Flats","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"32 Mr Ong Hua Han asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment (a) how often are maintenance checks conducted on water pipes in public housing flats, especially for older buildings; (b) how and how often does PUB conduct sampling and monitoring of tap water in public housing flats to ensure its quality and cleanliness; and (c) how often does PUB receive complaints or feedback about water quality.
Ms Grace Fu Hai Yien: Maintenance of water pipes in Housing and Development Board estates is a shared responsibility between national water agency Public Utilities Board (PUB), Town Councils and home owners.
PUB continually monitors its network of potable water pipes with sensors. PUB also conducts yearly leak detection checks on its network of pipes, with more frequent inspections for pipes located near construction activities and those that had previously experienced leaks. In addition, PUB has a pipe replacement programme based on an assessment of the condition of the pipes, to minimise leaks and ensure a reliable water supply around the clock.
Town Councils are responsible for the maintenance of water storage tanks and water pipes on the common property of public housing estates. The water storage tanks must be inspected, cleaned and disinfected annually by a licensed plumber to ensure that they meet safety and hygiene standards. Home owners are responsible for the maintenance of pipes and fittings of individual units and are advised to engage licensed plumbers for the maintenance of these pipes and fittings when necessary.
All water produced by our plants is tested daily to ensure that it meets our stringent water quality requirements before being supplied to customers. The daily tests include samples collected from across the water distribution network, including household taps. The quality of our tap water complies with the standards stipulated in the Environmental Public Health (Water Suitable for Drinking) Regulations and is well above the World Health Organisation Guidelines for drinking water quality. Singapore’s tap water is perfectly safe for drinking directly from the tap without any further filtering or treatment.
On average, in 2023, PUB received about four cases of feedback per day pertaining to tap water quality and PUB responds to every case promptly with laboratory testing to confirm that the water is safe for consumption.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Cases of Craniopharyngioma Diagnosed in Singapore in Past 10 Years","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"33 Dr Tan Wu Meng asked the Minister for Health (a) how many cases of craniopharyngioma, a rare type of non-cancerous brain tumour, are diagnosed in Singapore in the past 10 years; (b) how many patients with craniopharyngioma have suffered significant morbidity or disability due to the condition or consequences of medically recommended treatment; and (c) whether such patients can qualify for the subsidy and support typically afforded to cancer patients, in the event craniopharyngioma impacts life and function to an extent commensurate with malignant tumours.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: Based on national claims data, around 40 patients were diagnosed with craniopharyngioma between 2014 and 2023. The Ministry of Health does not collect morbidity- or disability-related data specific to craniopharyngioma.
Patients with craniopharyngioma can qualify for subsidies, MediSave and MediShield Life coverage like all other patients, including for cancer drugs, if they require them. This includes subsidies of up to 80% plus MediSave and MediShield Life for their inpatient stays, surgeries and outpatient radiotherapy. Patients who face difficulty affording their healthcare bills after subsidies, MediSave and MediShield Life can approach medical social workers at our public healthcare institutions for further support.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Investigating Role of Income Insurance’s Financial Advisor in Income-Allianz Transaction and Income’s One-off S$43 Million Capital Reduction Exercise in 2023","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"34 Mr Leong Mun Wai asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance whether MAS will be investigating the role of Income Insurance Ltd’s financial advisor in the Income-Allianz transaction, particularly whether the advisor had provided competent independent advice on the capital reduction plan.
35 Mr Leong Mun Wai asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) whether the Ministry knew of Income Insurance Ltd’s one-off capital reduction exercise of approximately S$43 million in 2023; (b) whether this one-off capital reduction benefits the co-operative movement as a whole or can be reconciled with Income Insurance Ltd’s representations to the Ministry when it sought an exemption from section 88 of the Co-operative Societies Act as part of its corporatisation; and (c) if not, whether any action will be taken against Income Insurance Ltd.
Mr Gan Kim Yong (for the Prime Minister): I am glad Mr Leong used the term \"capital reduction\" instead of \"asset stripping\" in his two questions. Minister Chee Hong Tat and Mr Leong had an exchange on this matter at the last Sitting in October 2024, where Minister Chee explained why \"capital reduction\" was a more appropriate term than \"asset stripping\". The term \"asset stripping\" suggests that the company’s business is being dismantled, which is not the case here. But the more important point is that Mr Leong agrees with the Government that it would not be acceptable for Income to proceed with the deal in its current form, including the planned $1.85 billion capital extraction over three years. That was why the Government tabled an urgent Bill at the last Sitting for Parliament’s approval to amend the Insurance Act, which all Members of the House supported except the Members of Parliament from the Workers’ Party who abstained.
For the five years prior to corporatisation, NTUC Income Insurance Co-operative Limited (NTUC Income) paid an average annual dividend of $62 million. When NTUC Income underwent its corporatisation exercise in 2022, its entire business, assets and liabilities were transferred from the former NTUC Income to the new corporate entity Income Insurance Limited (Income). As part of the transfer, NTUC Income's retained earnings were all converted to share capital in the new corporate entity, Income.
To continue providing an annual payout to shareholders for financial year (FY) 2022, Income sought approval from the Monetary Authority of Singapore to reduce its share capital. This was necessary because FY 2022 was a transition year where Income changed its legal form and had all retained earnings in the co-operative converted to share capital in the new corporate entity.
The payout to shareholders for FY 2022 was consistent with the ordinary course of business as NTUC Income had distributed dividends to its members in previous years prior to corporatisation. In fact, both the total quantum and amount per share in FY 2022 were lower than what NTUC Income had paid out in annual dividends in the prior five years.
The proposed plan to extract $1.85 billion over three years is very different in both its nature and quantum and is not comparable to regular annual dividends. It also does not align with the representations that NTUC Income made to the Ministry of Culture, Community and Youth when it sought exemption from section 88 of the Co-operative Societies Act, as explained by Minister Edwin Tong in his 14 October 2024 Ministerial Statement.
Mr Leong also asked about the role of Income’s financial adviser in providing independent advice.
Income appointed Morgan Stanley Asia (Singapore) Pte as its financial adviser to provide financial advice and assist it with structuring the proposed transaction and negotiating the transaction terms, based on a set of agreed terms of engagement. It is for Income, as the client, to decide on the quality of its financial adviser’s advice.
The role of a financial adviser engaged by the target company to negotiate and advise on a takeover transaction is different from the role of an independent financial adviser (IFA). The IFA has to observe additional standards set by the Securities Industry Council.
In the course of a voluntary general offer (VGO), an IFA must be appointed by the target company’s directors to independently evaluate whether the terms of the offer are fair and reasonable, and recommend to shareholders whether to accept or reject the offer. The advice of the IFA will be set out in a takeover document to shareholders, which should disclose and consider all material information, including substantial capital reduction plans. This due process ensures shareholders receive complete information and are provided independent advice prior to making their decision.
In the case of Income, the appointment of an IFA, and the disclosures in the takeover document, have not arisen as the proposed Income-Allianz transaction is still at the pre-conditional VGO stage and has not progressed to a VGO. As explained during the Parliament Sittings in October, the Government has decided that the deal in its current form cannot proceed.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Study into Pros and Cons of Use of Personal Learning Devices in Schools","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"36 Ms Hazel Poa asked the Minister for Education (a) whether the Ministry has conducted a study into the pros and cons of the use of personal learning devices in schools, incorporating feedback from educators, parents and students; and (b) if not, whether such a study can be conducted.
Mr Chan Chun Sing: This question has been addressed in the Ministry of Education's published response to the Parliamentary Question at the 11 November 2024 Sitting, and Members may refer to the published response. [Please refer to \"Ensuring Proper Use of Personal Learning Devices in Schools to Effectively Support Students' Learning\", Official Report, 11 November 2024, Vol 95, Issue 145, Written Answers to Questions for Oral Answer not Answered by End of Question Time section.]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Option to Renegotiate Rental Contracts of HDB-owned Coffee Shops after Certain Number of Years","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"37 Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim asked the Minister for National Development whether HDB will consider renegotiating rental contracts for HDB-owned coffee shops after a certain number of years following a successful tender bid, if it is shown that the patronage of the coffee shop is worse than originally anticipated.
Mr Desmond Lee: The Housing and Development Board (HDB) currently owns and rents out about 390 coffee shops to operators, typically on three-year tenancies. This rent for the first tenancy is determined through open tender using the Price Quality Method. When an existing tenancy is due for renewal, the rent for the next tenancy period is assessed by professional valuers appointed by HDB, with reference to comparable coffee shop rents and prevailing market and local conditions. Generally, HDB does not renegotiate rents during the tenancy period. Operators who face serious difficulties can nonetheless approach HDB to discuss how best we can assist them.
This approach has kept rents and occupancy rates stable. Over the last five years, 97% of HDB rental coffee shop operators had their rents remain unchanged or slightly reduced. Only about 1% of operators return their coffee shops to HDB citing poor business or cost reasons.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Process through which Income Insurance Sought Exemption from Section 88 Exemption of Co-operative Societies Act","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"38 Mr Leong Mun Wai asked the Minister for Culture, Community and Youth (a) whether he can provide further details about the process through which Income Insurance Ltd sought an exemption from section 88 of the Co-operative Societies Act as part of its corporatisation; and (b) whether any safeguards were put in place to ensure that Income Insurance Ltd will comply with its representations to the Ministry during the corporatisation exercise that it was aiming to build up capital resources and enhance its financial strength.
Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai: The corporatisation exercise of NTUC Income Insurance Co-operative Limited, now known as Income Insurance Limited (Income), including the circumstances in which a Ministerial exemption from section 88 of the Co-operative Societies Act (CSA) was granted, has been discussed extensively in Parliament in the course of a Ministerial Statement and a debate on an amendment Bill on 14 and 16 October 2024. Members can refer to the record of proceedings in the Hansard for the details. [Please refer to (a) \"Pre-conditional Voluntary General Offer by Allianz for Income Insurance\", Official Report, 14 October 2024, Vol 95, Issue 142, Ministerial Statements section; and (b) \"Insurance (Amendment) Bill\", Official Report, 16 October 2024, Vol 95, Issue 144, Second Reading Bills section.]
The corporatisation exercise as well as the Ministerial exemption from section 88 of the CSA was granted to Income following, and on the basis of, a series of discussions and representations made by Income to the Ministry of Culture, Community and Youth.
Corporatisation was intended, amongst other objectives, to give Income operational flexibility and a greater ability to build up a strong capital base. As a licensed insurer, Income continues to be subject to regulatory oversight. For instance, Income must obtain the Monetary Authority of Singapore's approval to cancel its insurance licence if it intends to cease its business, or transfer its business to another insurer, or reduce its share capital.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"HDB Commercial Unit Tenants Engaging in Additional Trades Aside from Those Specified in Tenancy Agreement","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"40 Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis asked the Minister for National Development (a) whether tenants of HDB commercial units are allowed to engage in additional complementary trades aside from those specified in the tenancy agreement during their existing term without having to submit a separate application to do so; and (b) if not, whether HDB can consider exercising greater flexibility for such change of trades restrictions to enable businesses to more nimbly meet consumer demands.
Mr Desmond Lee: The Housing and Development Board (HDB) carefully plans for the provision of commercial amenities in HDB estates to ensure a balanced trade mix, providing residents with access to essential goods and services while minimising potential disamenities.
All tenants must fulfil the conditions stated in their respective tenancy agreements, including the specific trade they are allowed to operate. During the first tenancy which is awarded through open tender, tenants are not allowed to change their trade, to be fair to other bidders who had submitted bids based on the trade specified in the tender. During subsequent tenancy periods that are no longer awarded through tender, tenants can seek HDB’s approval if they wish to engage in different or additional trades. HDB will assess such requests on a case-by-case basis, to ensure that the proposed change does not compromise residents’ well-being.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Penalties for Service Outages that Affected Mobile Network, Broadband Internet and Subscription Television Services in 2024","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"41 Mr Saktiandi Supaat asked the Minister for Digital Development and Information (a) whether the authorities are looking into the service outages that affected mobile network, broadband Internet and subscription television services in 2024 and consider imposing penalties on service operators when they do not meet the expected service standards; and (b) whether regulatory supervision will be tightened in light of these service outages.
Mrs Josephine Teo: The Infocomm Media Development Authority (IMDA) is investigating recent disruptions to mobile, broadband and subscription television services. Preliminary findings suggest that the disruptions were caused by technical issues. There is no evidence of sabotage or cyberattacks.
My Ministry recognises the increasing importance of digital services to the day-to-day activities of consumers and businesses, and the significant impact when disruptions occur. Under the Telecommunications Act and Broadcasting Act, key telecommunications and broadcast service operators are required to put in place robust measures to minimise service disruptions. Operators are held to high levels of service standards in line with international benchmarks. They are required to conduct regular audits and reviews of their network infrastructure and business continuity plans to ensure the resilience of their services.
I would like to assure the House that all service disruptions are taken seriously. Should IMDA’s investigations reveal lapses on the part of operators, firm action will be taken against them, including the imposition of financial penalties and directions to undertake the necessary measures to remedy gaps found.
While every effort should be made to minimise service disruptions, we should plan on the basis that they will not be eliminated. This is especially so, given the increasing scale, functionality and complexity of digital systems. The Government will regularly review our regulations for relevance and effectiveness. At the same time, businesses should consider stepping up resilience measures to minimise inconvenience to their customers when disruptions occur.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Annual Adjustments to MediSave Withdrawal Limits In Line with Inflation in Healthcare Costs","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"42 Ms Hazel Poa asked the Minister for Health whether MediSave withdrawal limits can be adjusted every year in line with any inflation of healthcare costs, similar to the way the CPF Basic Retirement Sum and Full Retirement Sum are adjusted every year to take into account inflation.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: There are various features of MediSave that are salient to Singaporeans. A key one is MediSave withdrawal limits for co-payment of hospital bills, which are reviewed as part of our review of the MediShield Life scheme. As this is a holistic review, it is typically done once every three years.
Other MediSave features, such as Flexi-MediSave, are also reviewed periodically. This approach is favoured over automatic annual adjustments, to better account for other healthcare financing adjustments and enhancements that are continuously being implemented.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Detection and Response Times for 28 October 2024 Oil Spill Incident","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"43 Ms Hany Soh asked the Minister for Transport (a) whether an interim update can be provided on the oil spill that took place during a bunkering operation on 28 October 2024; and (b) whether the public agencies have responded even more efficiently and effectively with the benefit of learned improvements from past oil spill incidents.
44 Mr Dennis Tan Lip Fong asked the Minister for Transport regarding the oil leakage from a land-based pipeline at the Shell Energy and Chemicals Park between Bukom Island and Bukom Kecil on 20 October 2024 between 5.30 am and 3.00 pm (a) what was the oil product that was leaked; (b) how was the leak discovered at 1.00 pm that day; and (c) whether there were any reasons why the leak was not detected earlier.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: These questions have been addressed in the reply to Questions 7 and 8 for Oral Answer at the 11 November 2024 Sitting. [Please refer to (a) \"Adequacy and Effectiveness of Oil Sighting and Alert Mechanisms, and Maritime Incident Response and Mitigation Strategies\", Official Report, 11 November 2024, Vol 95, Issue 145, Oral Answers to Questions section; and (b) \"Inspection for Structural Integrity of Oil Pipelines, Measures to Prevent Oil Spills and Penalties for Recent Incidents\", Official Report, 11 November 2024, Vol 95, Issue 145, Oral Answers to Questions section.]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Rationale for Setting Limit on HDB 2-room Flexi Flats in Each BTO Project for Seniors","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"45 Ms Hazel Poa asked the Minister for National Development (a) what is the basis for setting the number of HDB 2-room flexi flats reserved for seniors in each BTO project at 40%, subject to a minimum of 100 units; and (b) what is the total percentage of HDB 2-room flexi flat supply that is set aside for seniors at the October 2024 BTO exercise.
Mr Desmond Lee: The 2-room Flexi Scheme was introduced in 2015 to cater to the housing needs of families, seniors and singles, replacing the previous Studio Apartment and 2-room flat schemes.
Seniors aged 55 and above can buy a 2-room flexi flat on a shorter lease. This supports seniors who wish to monetise their existing property and right-size for retirement. The flats that they sell on the open market tend to be bigger flat types and can cater to other larger households which may need more space.
To ensure adequate supply to meet seniors’ housing needs, at least 40%, subject to a minimum of 100 units, of 2-room flexi flats in each Build-To-Order (BTO) project are set aside for seniors, with the remaining for families and singles. Any unused seniors’ quota is subsequently made available to other families and singles who applied in the same BTO exercise. In the October 2024 BTO exercise, around 60% of the 2-room flexi flats were set aside for seniors.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Encouraging Strata Malls' Initiatives on Use of Space for Creative Collaborations","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"46 Ms Usha Chandradas asked the Minister for Culture, Community and Youth in light of the recent successful private arrangement between PlayPan and Peace Centre for creative use of space, whether the Ministry can consider providing support to encourage and facilitate similar initiatives that activate strata malls as spaces for creative collaboration and intervention by the arts community.
Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai: PlayPan took over Peace Centre from October 2023 to January 2024, just prior to the demolition of the building. This was a private arrangement between PlayPan and the owners of Peace Centre, which took advantage of the circumstances for creative collaboration before demolition works at the location. We encourage such private collaborations, where members of society work together to create a more vibrant and distinctive city in a variety of different ways.
Government agencies have been working with interested private venue owners to activate their spaces and on creative collaborations. Some of these venues are strata malls.
There are some examples. For instance, as part of Singapore Design Week, DesignSingapore Council partnered PLUS Collaboratives for the Nostalgia Play installation at Far East Plaza. Fortune Centre also featured the “Crossroads: Random Access Memory” digital art showcase at this year’s Singapore Art Week. We will continue to support the use of such spaces in the appropriate circumstances, which can bring art into public spaces in order to enhance the accessibility of the arts.
We should add that our efforts to extend the reach of the arts go beyond commercial spaces. For instance, in the last three months, since the launch of ArtsEverywhere@CDC, Government agencies brought the performing arts to 15 community locations across five Community Development Councils and engaged over 20,000 audience members in various locations in the heartlands. This reflects our commitment to expand access to the arts.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Training for Caregivers of Elderly Singles and Special Needs Individuals for Mental Well-being Management","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"47 Miss Cheryl Chan Wei Ling asked the Minister for Health whether there are plans for caregivers who are employed to provide caregiving services to single seniors above 60 years old and special needs individuals to undergo mental well-being management training to cope with the mental state of their beneficiaries.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: Under the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy, we aim to train over 130,000 frontline personnel and volunteers to provide basic mental health support by 2030. These include the ability to identify individuals with mental health needs, provide early intervention and support, and refer them to appropriate services, where necessary.
The training should include caregivers of seniors and special needs individuals. Eligible households can tap on the Caregivers Training Grant of up to $400 per year to attend approved courses.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Stipulating Mandatory Record-keeping Period for CCTV Footage at Preschools","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"48 Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis asked the Minister for Social and Family Development (a) whether the Early Childhood Development Agency (ECDA) stipulates the mandatory record keeping period for CCTV footage at preschools; and (b) if not, whether ECDA will consider doing so.
Mr Masagos Zulkifli B M M: As part of regulatory requirements imposed by the Early Childhood Development Agency, preschools must ensure that closed-circuit television footage is recorded and stored for a minimum of 30 days.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Surveillance on Fresh Vegetables Served In Food Outlets for Potential Bacterial Contamination","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"49 Mr Liang Eng Hwa asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment (a) how does the Ministry carry out surveillance on fresh vegetables served in food outlets for potential bacterial contamination, such as E coli; and (b) whether the current food safety regime and standards with regard to serving fresh vegetables are adequate.
Ms Grace Fu Hai Yien: The Singapore Food Agency (SFA) inspects and tests both imported and locally produced vegetables to ensure compliance with food safety requirements, including standards for microbiological and chemical contamination. These standards are periodically reviewed to align with Codex, the international food standards body established by the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations and the World Health Organization. Where standards are not prescribed in Codex, SFA will take reference from standards adopted by major developed countries.
SFA also conducts inspections on licensed food businesses and samples food to test for microbiological and chemical contaminations, including pathogens. Food businesses of higher regulatory concern, such as those with records of past infringements, are subject to stepped up surveillance.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Discouraging Commuters from Blaring Videos or Music Loudly from Mobile Devices while on Trains and Buses","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WANA","content":"50 Mr Dennis Tan Lip Fong asked the Minister for Transport (a) what are the current measures being taken by bus and rail operators to discourage or prevent commuters from blaring loud videos or music from their mobile devices while commuting; and (b) whether there are plans to curb the blaring of loud videos or music by commuters on onboard trains and buses by (i) reviewing the adequacy of current regimes or measures and (ii) considering what other actions as well as public education campaigns that can be carried out.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: Passengers should not make loud noises on public transport. Those who refuse to comply despite reminders by our public transport staff could be referred to the Police.
Besides enforcement, the Land Transport Authority, the Public Transport Council and our public transport operators also collaborate with partners, such as the Singapore Kindness Movement, to promote gracious commuting behaviours through advisories displayed across the public transport network, social media as well as regular engagements with the community and schools.
As part of the Graciousness on Public Transport Campaign, we remind passengers to keep their noise levels down so that others can enjoy a more pleasant ride.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"National Quantum Office's Primary Scientific Mission and Five- and 10-year Milestones","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"1 Ms He Ting Ru asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) what is the primary scientific mission of the National Quantum Office (NQO); and (b) what specific measurable quantum technology milestones has NQO set for the next five and ten years.
Mr Heng Swee Keat (for the Prime Minister): The National Quantum Office (NQO) was established to develop the quantum research and development (R&D) ecosystem in Singapore. NQO has identified four thrusts under the National Quantum Strategy to achieve this goal.
First, it will promote scientific excellence in high-impact areas of quantum research by bringing together top research talent across our universities and research institutes at the Centre for Quantum Technologies.
Second, it will seek to strengthen Singapore's engineering capabilities to translate quantum research into solutions in promising areas, such as remote sensing and biomedical imaging. It will also build capabilities in the design and building of quantum processors through the National Quantum Processor Initiative.
Third, NQO aims to attract, develop and retain talent to build a quantum-ready workforce. For instance, the National Quantum Scholarship Scheme will develop a pipeline of 100 Doctors of Philosophy (PhD) and 100 Masters-level graduates over the next five years.
Fourth, it will work on building a vibrant quantum industry. NQO will leverage national quantum-related programmes, such as the National Quantum Computing Hub, to catalyse collaborations with industry.
While the success of research in such cutting-edge areas is inherently uncertain, these four thrusts represent an integrated approach in building Singapore's quantum ecosystem.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Preventing Phishing Scams and Seeking Redress from Financial Institutions through Shared Responsibility Framework","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"2 Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance what are the measures or plans to raise public awareness on the steps that the public can take to prevent scams or to seek redress from financial institutions upon the implementation of the Shared Responsibility Framework for phishing scams.
Mr Gan Kim Yong (for the Prime Minister): I will take Questions Nos 11 and 51 raised by Mr Desmond Choo and Mr Yip Hon Weng respectively, as well as written Parliamentary Question filed by Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim in today's Order Paper as they pertain to the Shared Responsibility Framework (SRF). [Please refer to \"Adjustments to Cooling-off Period for Digital Security Token Activation Based on High-risk Activities and Enhancing Fraud Surveillance Thresholds\", Official Report, 12 November 2024, Vol 95, Issue 146, Oral Answers to Questions section.]
Members asked about possible refinements to SRF duties, measures to help customers; particularly, seniors or the less tech-savvy to navigate and seek redress under SRF as well as efforts to raise public awareness on scams.
I will, first, respond to the Question on the 12-hour cooling period upon activation of a digital security token. This is a minimum period that financial institutions (FIs) must apply to specified high-risk activities once a customer has activated a digital security token on his or her mobile device. High-risk activities are typically performed by scammers during an account takeover to transfer funds without a customer's knowledge. The 12-hour minimum period, thus, gives customers sufficient time to act on abnormal activities in their account, while balancing inconvenience to customers from undue friction to legitimate activities.
Next, on real-time fraud surveillance duty. In calibrating the threshold, we must strike a balance between protecting consumers and the inconvenience posed to consumers conducting legitimate transactions. SRF introduces a requirement to block or hold transactions above the prescribed perimeters. Setting a lower value could generate too many false alerts and result in inconvenience to the majority of customers. That said, the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) expects banks to take into account other factors, such as a consumer's profile and potential vulnerability to scams as well as their spending patterns, as part of their holistic approach towards fraud surveillance. These go beyond what is set out under SRF, which is an accountability framework designed with discrete, objective and verifiable duties for FIs and telecommunication companies (Telcos).
I will now address questions about operationalising SRF. A victim who qualifies for a claim assessment under SRF should contact his or her FI immediately and report the incident to the Police. In the case of a phishing scam within SRF, FIs will coordinate their investigation with Telcos, as necessary. Upon completion of an SRF-related case investigation, FIs will provide a written reply to the customer on the outcome of the investigation. If there is a breach of any SRF duty by the FI or Telco, they are expected to provide payouts to the customer. If the customer does not agree with the investigation outcome, he or she may seek further recourse, such as via the Financial Industry Dispute Resolution Centre.
Raising public awareness remains key in the fight against scams, particularly for vulnerable groups. The Government recently consolidated anti-scam resources into a one-stop portal, the ScamShield Suite, to equip members of the public with anti-scam resources. MAS and banks also partner other Government agencies, such as the Silver Generation Office and People's Association, to include anti scam-related content in their outreach to seniors. MAS and banks will continue to step up these efforts to expand our outreach.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Regulations Allowing Banking and Finance Sector to Champion Philanthropic Causes and Social Impact Here and Beyond","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"3 Ms Carrie Tan asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) whether the current regulations for the banking and finance sector allow family office and private banking relationship managers to be proactive in discussing philanthropic giving with their clients; (b) whether the Ministry has plans to catalyse these professions to help channel capital into philanthropic causes and social impact in Singapore and beyond; and (c) if so, what are they.\n
Mr Gan Kim Yong (for the Prime Minister): The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) and the relevant Government agencies have been working with the industry to shepherd wealth to purposeful causes locally and in the region, including through developing philanthropy advisory talent and resources. MAS' rules already allow banks to provide advisory services to support their clients' philanthropic giving, such as where these are incidental to the banks' core business or as part of the business of providing advice on the social impact of their client's investments.
As mentioned at the 18 September 2023 Parliament Sitting, to develop philanthropy advisory capabilities amongst finance professionals, MAS and the Institute of Banking and Finance jointly published in 2021 a set of technical skills and competencies relevant to finance professionals seeking to provide philanthropy advisory services. [Please refer to \"Managing Significant Investments in Critical Entities to Protect National Assets and Critical Industries\", Official Report, 18 September 2023, Vol 95, Issue 111, Written Answers to Questions section.]
Training providers and individuals, today, continue to reference this set of technical skills and competencies to develop and attend relevant courses, respectively. Locals who attend training courses benchmarked against these skills and competencies enjoy co-funding support for their course fees. As an example, the Wealth Management Institute (WMI), a training provider, has trained close to 300 individuals in philanthropy advisory since their course was launched in May 2022.
Beyond training, MAS and Government agencies have collaborated with the industry to develop other resources and introduced policies to catalyse the channelling of capital into philanthropic causes. These include:
(a) Supporting the development of an online platform that finance professionals can use to access charitable and impact organisations, due diligence resources and impact monitoring tools. This will help enhance the philanthropy advisory services that finance professionals can provide to their clients. The first release of this platform is expected in 2025.
(b) Launching the Impact Philanthropy Partnership in 2023 with key private banks and WMI to conduct forums and research, to raise awareness amongst high-net-worth individuals and finance professionals on philanthropic causes and practices, galvanise giving and encourage philanthropic partnerships.
(c) Enhancing tax incentive schemes for single family offices in 2023 that recognise donations to qualifying local charities as eligible spending as well as implementing the Philanthropy Tax Incentive Scheme in 2024 for qualifying donors to claim tax deduction for overseas donations. These enhancements complement the 250% tax deduction rate for qualifying donations made to Institutions of a Public Character and eligible institutions, which the Ministry of Finance extended by another three years till end-2026.
MAS and other Government agencies will continue to engage and work with the industry to encourage the channelling of wealth to purposeful causes.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Measures to Ensure Prompt Payouts by Licensed Insurers Regarding Deceased Policyholders","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"4 Mr Don Wee asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance whether MAS will consider measures that will enable licensed insurers to more promptly identify deceased policyholders and initiate claim payouts in a timely manner, thereby ensuring alignment with insurers' fair dealing obligations.
Mr Gan Kim Yong (for the Prime Minister): To help bereaved families make a claim when a loved one passes away, insurers provide guidance on their websites on the claims process and required documents for submission. Additionally, MoneySense and the Life Insurance Association Singapore websites offer resources on estate planning and post-death administrative matters.
In cases where claimants may not come forward in a timely manner or at all, insurers do take proactive steps to identify potential death claims. These include scanning obituaries in mainstream media and engaging intermediaries who service the relevant policies, for information of insured persons who may have recently passed on. Efforts are then made to contact the next-of-kin, for them to initiate the claim submission process.
It is a good practice to keep one's family and loved ones informed of any insurance arrangements made. Updating insurers on changes to the contact information of one's beneficiaries/next-of-kin is also important. Relevant forms are available on the insurer's website, or upon request via the financial representative and at the insurer's customer service centre. These steps can help smoothen the claims process during the challenging period upon the passing of a loved one.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Establishing an Independent Securities Regulator Separate from SGX","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"5 Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim asked the Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) whether the Government will consider establishing an independent securities regulator instead of having Singapore Exchange Regulation (SGX RegCo) that undertakes all frontline regulatory functions and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SGX; and (b) if not, why.
Mr Gan Kim Yong (for the Prime Minister): Singapore's capital markets operate under a dual-level regulatory framework. The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS), as the statutory regulator, has the broad mandate of overseeing the proper functioning of financial markets, including exchanges, like the Singapore Exchange Ltd (SGX). The Singapore Exchange Regulation Pte Ltd (SGX RegCo), a separate subsidiary of SGX, undertakes frontline regulatory functions of SGX as a self-regulatory organisation (SRO) to maintain fair, orderly and transparent markets. These functions include listing approvals, market surveillance and supervision of members.
The advantage of an SRO is that it can be more responsive to market conditions, while independent governance can be put in place to address conflicts of interest. SGX RegCo has an independent Chairman and a majority of directors who are independent.
There is a spectrum of regulatory arrangements globally and there is no one arrangement that is held out to be most appropriate for all jurisdictions.
The Equity Markets Review Group1 set up in August this year has been looking into measures to strengthen equities market development in Singapore and will include a review of our regulatory framework in this regard. It is engaging market participants for their feedback.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":["1 : The Review Group is chaired by Mr Chee Hong Tat, Minister for Transport, Second Minister for Finance and Board Member of MAS and comprise key private sector stakeholders and public sector representatives."],"footNoteQuestions":["5"],"questionNo":"5"},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Specific Target Year for Completion of Relocation of Paya Lebar Air Base","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"6 Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis asked the Minister for Defence (a) whether the relocation of Paya Lebar Air Base is on track for 2030 and beyond; and (b) whether a specific target year for the relocation to be completed has been fixed and, if not, why.
Dr Ng Eng Hen: In 2020, the Ministry of Defence replied to a Parliamentary Question on this matter that the relocation of Paya Lebar Air Base (PLAB) would likely occur around 2030 or beyond, after Changi Air Base and Tengah Air Base have been expanded to house the existing assets at PLAB.
Despite some project delays caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, we expect the relocation of PLAB to take place within the previously projected timeline. With various projects still in development, a definitive date for relocation would be premature\tnow.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Humanitarian Aid Options Following Israel's Ban on UNRWA Operations within Israel and Occupied East Jerusalem","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"7 Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim asked the Minister for Foreign Affairs in light of the decision by Israel to ban the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees (UNRWA) from operating within Israel and occupied East Jerusalem (a) how will the Government ensure that humanitarian aid or financial assistance from Singapore can be conveyed to assist Palestinian civilians; (b) how will Singapore continue to support the work of UNRWA; and (c) whether the Government will consider another humanitarian aid air drop to Palestinian civilians in Gaza similar to the one in March 2024.
Dr Vivian Balakrishnan: Singapore has worked actively with our partners in the region, including Egypt, Jordan, Cyprus and the United Arab Emirates (UAE), as well as humanitarian agencies, such as the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East (UNRWA), United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), the Egyptian Red Crescent and the Jordan Hashemite Charity Organisation, to convey aid to the affected civilians in Gaza. There have been five tranches of humanitarian assistance to Gaza to-date. Efforts included the Republic of Singapore Air Force (RSAF) deploying an A330 Multi-Role Tanker Transport conveying medical supplies, blankets, sanitation items, water filters and food packs to Al Arish, Egypt, which was then later transported to Gaza in late 2023. In March 2024, RSAF deployed a C-130 aircraft, staged out of Jordan, to air drop over 20 tonnes of food supplies directly into Gaza. Singapore's fourth tranche of aid announced in July 2024, comprising rice and canned sardines, has arrived in Cyprus and will be conveyed to Gaza with the assistance of the UAE. We will continue to work with partners in the region to send assistance to the affected civilians in Gaza.
Financial contributions have also been made to humanitarian agencies. The Rahmatan Lil Alamin Foundation has donated $8.1 million to UNRWA and $2.7 million to UNICEF since the start of the conflict. The Singapore Red Cross also donated US$100,000 worth of humanitarian goods to the Egyptian Red Crescent in November 2023. We continue to explore other proposals to convey timely assistance through the most effective means.
Singapore is deeply concerned about the recent passage of legislation in the Israeli Knesset prohibiting UNRWA's activity within Israel's territory and banning contact by state authorities with UNRWA. This will hamper the provision of humanitarian relief to Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank. We urge all parties to respect and support the humanitarian role played by the United Nations' agencies in the Palestinian Territories, allow them unimpeded access to carry out their work and ensure the safety of their staff.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Expanding Penal Code Definition of Cheating to Cover Parties Contracting Individuals Without Intention of Paying Them","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"8 Ms See Jinli Jean asked the Minister for Home Affairs whether the Ministry can consider expanding the interpretation of cheating in the Penal Code to cover a party who intentionally contracts with individuals for services, such as that for freelance delivery work despite not having any intention or ability to pay for the service performed.
Mr K Shanmugam: A person who dishonestly or fraudulently obtains services without intending to make full payment may be liable for one of the cheating-related offences in sections 417 or 420A of the Penal Code, which carry maximum imprisonment terms of three and 10 years respectively. Depending on the specific facts of the case, the situation that the Member described may already be covered by these offences.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Process for ICA to Securely Transmit NRIC Numbers of Newly Deceased Singaporeans and PRs to MAS Licensed Insurers","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"9 Mr Don Wee asked the Minister for Home Affairs whether ICA can implement a process to securely transmit the NRIC numbers of newly deceased Singaporeans and Permanent Residents to insurers licensed by MAS on a weekly basis via secured channels.
Mr K Shanmugam: The Immigration & Checkpoints Authority (ICA) does not share personal data with non-Government entities, including insurers, unless these entities have been authorised to carry out specific Government services. Insurers licensed by the Monetary Authority of Singapore seeking to verify the deceased status of their policyholders can apply for a death extract online using ICA's e-Service.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Individuals Caught in High-rise Littering Cases Via Surveillance Cameras and Other Types of Evidence","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"10 Mr Liang Eng Hwa asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment (a) how many individuals have been caught engaging in high-rise littering through the deployment of surveillance cameras in 2024; and (b) whether NEA considers other types of evidence, including eyewitness accounts, when carrying out enforcement actions.
Ms Grace Fu Hai Yien: From January to October 2024, about 800 acts of high-rise littering from more than 400 residential units were captured by surveillance cameras deployed by the National Environment Agency (NEA). Of these, NEA has concluded investigations and taken action for more than 150 cases. The remaining cases are still under investigation.
NEA and Town Councils share information when investigating high-rise littering offences. If there are eyewitness accounts, NEA will conduct investigations, including interviews with relevant parties, to collect evidence. Members of the public may also submit video evidence of high-rise littering acts to NEA for investigation.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Impact on Local Wildlife and Environment from Oil Spill off Changi on 28 October 2024","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"11 Mr Christopher de Souza asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment whether there is any impact on local wildlife and the environment following the oil spill which occurred off Changi on 28 October 2024 during a bunkering operation.
Ms Grace Fu Hai Yien: On 28 October 2024, an estimated five tonnes of oil was reported to have overflowed into the sea off Changi during a bunkering operation. While there was no oil sighted at sea nor in the vicinity of the incident and ashore, the National Environment Agency (NEA) and other agencies had taken precautionary measures, including the deployment of containment and absorbent booms at key areas, such as East Coast Park.
Thus far, the National Parks Board (NParks) has not observed any oil at biodiversity-sensitive areas. NParks has commenced long-term monitoring of the ecological impact on our marine habitats and biodiversity and is working with the scientific community to conduct research to better understand the long-term impacts.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Cases of NEA Officers' Inability to Gain Access to Properties to Conduct Dengue Inspections","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"12 Ms He Ting Ru asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment (a) in each year of the last three years, how many instances were logged where National Environment Agency's dengue inspection officers are unable to gain entry into a house due to residents not being at home or the property being vacant; and (b) what alternative procedures do officers take to conduct an inspection in such situations, especially in cases where repeated visits are made but officers cannot gain entry.
Ms Grace Fu Hai Yien: Between 2021 and 2023, the National Environment Agency's (NEA’s) dengue inspection officers inspected 600,000 homes on average each year. NEA takes a risk-based approach to prioritise the deployment of dengue inspection officers to dengue cluster areas. Generally, the islandwide average accessibility rate is around 40%. In areas with large dengue clusters, NEA was able to inspect more than 90% of the homes, based on 2023 data. When initial inspection attempts are unsuccessful, NEA officers will return for inspection at another time and, if necessary, serve a letter to the resident to arrange for another date to inspect the unit. If NEA's dengue inspection officers are still unable to gain access despite repeated visits, NEA will serve notices under the Control of Vectors and Pesticides Act 1998 (CVPA) to require residents to make their homes available for inspection.
When the dengue situation is very serious and the homes are vacant or continue to remain inaccessible even after NEA has made repeated attempts, including through neighbours and grassroots, and issued legal notices, NEA may exercise its statutory authority under section 36 of CVPA to gain entry to these premises to conduct vector inspections to mitigate public health risks. From 2021 to 2023, 129 inspections were carried out under section 36 of CVPA. Operational protocols are in place to ensure that such entries are conducted safely and under strict supervision.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Trending Number of Graduates from Actuarial Science Programmes in Past Five Years","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"13 Mr Don Wee asked the Minister for Education (a) what is the number of graduates from the actuarial science programmes in universities in Singapore over the past five years; and (b) how has this number trended during this period.
Mr Chan Chun Sing: Over the past five years, there were close to 400 graduates with a specialisation in actuarial science from the autonomous universities. The number of graduates each year has largely remained in the same range.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Equipping Parents with Measures in Preparing Children to be Resilient in Handling Cyberbullying","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"14 Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim asked the Minister for Education whether there are programmes or plans to work with agencies or other partners to equip parents of younger children to identify signs and dangers of cyberbullying in younger children and to prepare parents to take the appropriate measures to prepare their children to be resilient to handle any instances of cyberbullying.
Mr Chan Chun Sing: This question has been addressed in the Ministry of Education's published response to Parliamentary Question No 59 at the 11 November 2024 Sitting and Member may refer to the published response. [Please refer to \"Protocol for Staff Interventions in Physical Bullying by Students Under 14 Years Old and Sharing Guidelines with Parents\", Official Report, 11 November 2024, Vol 95, Issue 145, Written Answers to Questions for Oral Answer not Answered by End of Question Time section.]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Increasing Accessibility and Affordability of LPAs and Addressing Misconceptions About Legacy Planning","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"15 Dr Wan Rizal asked the Minister for Social and Family Development what additional measures are being considered to further increase accessibility and affordability of legacy planning tools, such as the Lasting Power of Attorney and advance care plans, particularly for low-income groups and seniors who may face financial or informational barriers.
16 Dr Wan Rizal asked the Minister for Social and Family Development whether the Ministry will enhance public education campaigns to address misconceptions about legacy planning, particularly, the mistaken belief that the next-of-kin automatically has legal authority in the absence of a Lasting Power of Attorney, and to encourage younger Singaporeans to participate in legacy planning to mitigate future conflicts in caregiving situations.
Mr Masagos Zulkifli B M M: The Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF), in collaboration with the Agency for Integrated Care (AIC), Ministry of Health (MOH) and Public Service Division, launched a three-year Legacy Planning Campaign in July 2023 to increase the awareness and adoption of legacy planning tools, including the Lasting Power of Attorney (LPA) and Advance Care Plan (ACP).
In the past year, we worked with our campaign partners to launch various public education initiatives, such as roadshows and mobile clinics, which offered pro bono LPA certification and ACP facilitation sessions to Singapore citizens aged 50 years and above. These efforts have helped to drive greater awareness and dispel common misconceptions, including the belief that making a will is sufficient for legacy planning purposes; or that the next-of-kin automatically assumes the right to manage a loved one's affairs, where the loved one has lost his or her mental capacity.
To reinforce the message that legacy planning is relevant for all Singaporeans, regardless of age, we are expanding our partnerships to reach out to even more individuals and families in the next phase of our campaign, such as by having students from Institutes of Higher Learning conduct LPA talks and develop public education materials and incorporating nudges at different life milestones. By encouraging younger Singaporeans to participate in legacy planning, we hope to normalise intergenerational conversations about legacy planning among our families and, in turn, alleviate potential conflicts between loved ones or next-of-kin in future caregiving situations.
To ensure that legacy planning tools are kept accessible and affordable for seniors, MOH and AIC currently run legacy planning workshops at Active Ageing Centres islandwide, where partner providers offer LPA certification and ACP facilitation services at preferential rates. Seniors who require personalised assistance can also tap on the ServiceSG Life Planning Service available at One Punggol and Our Tampines Hub, which aims to enhance Citizens' understanding of the available legacy planning tools and assist them to select options that best suit their needs.
To facilitate legacy planning for lower-income groups who may face financial barriers, ACP services are either provided free or at a nominal fee. MOH has also increased the number of trained ACP facilitators and providers, making ACP services more accessible across various healthcare settings and in the community.
Fees for LPA certification start from as low as $25. To ensure that these fees are similarly kept affordable, MSF regularly onboards new Certificate Issuers (CIs) to increase the available pool. With the introduction of the Office of Public Guardian Online (OPGO) portal, individuals can check the fees that are charged by CIs and choose one that best meets their needs. In addition, individuals with financial needs may approach the Potter's Place Community Services Society or Mount Alvernia Outreach Medical Clinic @ Enabling Village, which provide pro bono or means-tested LPA certificate issuing services for individuals who meet their criteria.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Children Found in Need of Care or Protection and Committed to Care of Care Providers","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"17 Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang asked the Minister for Social and Family Development for each year in the past five years (a) how many children or young persons are found to be in need of care or protection under section 5(1)(c)(ii) of the Children and Young Persons Act 1993; and (b) in how many cases has an order been made under section 54(1)(b) for the child or young person to be committed to the care of a care provider.
Mr Masagos Zulkifli B M M: In 2023, there were fewer than 30 new cases investigated by the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) under section 5(1)(c)(ii) of the Children and Young Persons Act (CYPA), of which, fewer than 10 of such cases were brought to Court and placed in alternative care under section 54(1)(b) of the CYPA.
For the preceding years, MSF does not have the statistics requested. However, MSF expects that they exhibit a similar volume and pattern.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Number of LPAs Coming into Effect Due to Loss of Mental Capacity and Those Resulting in Legacy Management Disputes","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"18 Mr Liang Eng Hwa asked the Minister for Social and Family Development (a) in each year of the last three years, how many Lasting Powers of Attorney (LPAs) came into effect in cases where the donor lost the mental capacity to make decisions; and (b) whether the Ministry has data on the number of disputes with regard to the legacy management of the donor when the donor is mentally incapacitated.
Mr Masagos Zulkifli B M M: The Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) does not track the number of Lasting Powers of Attorney (LPAs) that have come into effect when a donor has lost mental capacity. We do not require the donee to inform us when a donor loses mental capacity or when an LPA comes into effect.
In practice, a donee is only allowed to transact on a donor's behalf when a registered medical practitioner has certified the donor to have lost mental capacity. When a donee approaches a party, such as banks and insurance agencies, to transact on a donor's behalf, the party would typically require the donee to furnish formal certification of the donor's loss of mental capacity as well as the donor's LPA. The donee would share the latest version of the LPA via the Office of the Public Guardian online portal with the party. Each party may also impose its own requirements before allowing the donee to transact on the donor's behalf. An LPA is only said to have come into effect when a party has conducted the requisite verification checks and allowed the donee to transact on the donor's behalf.
MSF also does not have information on the number of disputes with regard to the legacy management of the donor when the donor is mentally incapacitated.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Plans to Mandate Health Agencies to Help Single Unwed Mothers with Pregnancy-related Health Issues","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"19 Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang asked the Minister for Health whether there are plans to mandate help from polyclinics, public hospitals and private hospitals to address single unwed mothers' pregnancy and related health issues during their prenatal medical appointments and upon delivery of their babies.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: We recognise the challenges single unwed mothers face in shouldering the caregiving and financial responsibilities for their children, which raise their risks of physical and mental health issues.
Our public hospitals, particularly the KK Women's and Children's Hospital and the National University Hospital, provide single unwed mothers with comprehensive support by a multidisciplinary team, comprising doctors, nurses and medical social workers as well as mental health and community support, where relevant. This includes doing a complete medical assessment, facilitating counselling services, financial assistance and providing educational resources to kickstart their parenthood journey. They also proactively identify those who are at-risk or need more help and link them with community agencies, such as the Social Service Offices, Family Service Centres and social service organisations.
Our public and private healthcare systems treat all mothers equally, providing antenatal and postnatal care based on individual needs.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Impact of Changes in MediShield Life Deductibles on Inpatient and Outpatient Bills","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"20 Ms Hazel Poa asked the Minister for Health (a) what is the estimated percentage of inpatient bills that will be impacted by the proposed increase in MediShield Life inpatient deductible by up to $1,500; (b) what is the estimated number of Singaporeans who are likely to face higher inpatient bills each year as a result; (c) what is the estimated percentage of outpatient bills that will be impacted by the new outpatient deductible of $500 per year; and (d) what is the estimated number of Singaporeans who are likely to face higher outpatient bills each year as a result.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: Let us take a step back to explain the need for deductibles first. One of the truisms of healthcare is that, ultimately, people always pay. Some systems offer healthcare for free, but they are not really free, as people ultimately pay through high taxes. Others use insurance, but people also ultimately pay through premiums.
We have concluded that through a mix of subsidies, insurance and co-payment, mostly through MediSave, we can minimise the ultimate burden on the people while delivering good health outcomes. This is the second truism of healthcare, which is how we pay determines how much we pay. In particular, co-payment by patients, including deductibles, helps keep the system lean and more efficient.
Deductibles, as a feature of insurance, in particular, sieve out the small bills so that insurance claims can defray a large part of the big bills. Further, deductibles also help sieve out the unnecessary procedures or over-servicing, which can add up to a lot of wastage.
Deductibles, therefore, serve a good purpose in our healthcare financing system. The MediShield Life Council, which was tasked to review the system, noted that our inpatient deductible has not been adjusted since 2015. With rising medical bills, the deductible has, therefore, become less effective in sieving out smaller, more affordable bills which can be paid for by MediSave. The Council, therefore, proposed an increase in deductible, which the Government accepted. Without the changes to the deductibles, MediShield Life premiums will need to increase by an average of 31 per cent, instead of 22\tper cent in the latest round of review.
It is difficult to estimate the number of inpatient bills where co-payment by patients will increase due to an increase in deductibles. It may be a fifth to a quarter of subsidised bills incurred by Singaporeans, depending on healthcare consumption pattern. But most will be lower-cost procedures that can be covered by MediSave, for which withdrawal limits will also be adjusted. This means that subsidised patients should, generally, not have to pay more cash out-of-pocket due to the changes in deductibles.
The Government will also introduce a new outpatient deductible, to future-proof the scheme as its coverage expands to more outpatient treatments and home-based medical care. This is accompanied by significant increase in claim limits. For example, we have increased the claim limit for dialysis from $1,100 to $1,750 per month. We expect the cumulative, annual increase in outpatient claim limits to more than offset the outpatient deductible for most treatments. The net impact on each individual would differ, as it depends on their claim, ward class, premiums and the subsidies and top-ups that they receive.
Overall, these changes aim to improve assurance for Singaporeans over large subsidised bills as MediShield Life and MediSave will fully cover 90\tper cent of such bills, up from under 80\tper cent today. On an aggregate basis, the Government is allocating much more resources to defray cost of healthcare, than the increase in payouts or deductibles. To illustrate, over the next review cycle, the increase in premiums amount to $1.8 billion and changes to the deductibles reduce MediShield Life payouts by $0.6 billion. These additional outlays for policyholders will translate into higher payouts, especially for bigger hospital bills. In addition, the Government will provide $4.1 billion in support measures, including $3.4 billion in MediSave top-ups, which can also be used to help Singaporeans offset the impact of both premium and deductible increases.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Regulation Measures for Sale of Medication or Prescription Drugs through Online Retailers","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"21 Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim asked the Minister for Health what are the measures to (i) supervise or regulate the sale of medications or prescription drugs through online retailers (ii) raise awareness of the risks involved in purchasing such medications online (iii) prevent the abuse of such purchases and any misdiagnosis of the compatibility of such drugs with their intended users and (iv) verify the actual content of such medications.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: Only licensed healthcare institutions or licensed pharmacies can supply prescription medicines and pharmacy-only medications online. These medicines must also be registered by the Health Sciences Authority (HSA). The licensing conditions include ensuring that electronic prescriptions can be transmitted securely and storing registered medicines appropriately. Compliance and quality checks are conducted on marketed medicines.
HSA regularly publicises its advisories through various channels to avoid purchasing medicines from overseas or unknown sources, including online, as these may be unregistered, substandard or counterfeit, posing significant health risks. HSA also monitors local websites and e-commerce platforms to detect and disrupt illegal online sales of medicines. Anyone caught selling these medicines illegally can be fined up to $50,000 and/or jailed for up to two years.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Training of Pharmacists Involved in Administration of Influenza Vaccination and Safety Protocols in Place","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"22 Mr Melvin Yong Yik Chye asked the Minister for Health with regard to the new trial where trained pharmacists will be allowed to administer influenza vaccinations at selected locations (a) whether these pharmacists are subjected to additional training; and (b) what safety protocols are in place in the event a person develops a sudden adverse allergic reaction to the vaccine shortly after being administered at one of the retail pharmacy outlets under this trial.
Mr Ong Ye Kung: Pharmacists are required to complete necessary training and undergo competency assessments, to participate in the sandbox for influenza vaccinations. The protocols for response to allergic reactions is no different from vaccinations in other settings, i.e., post-vaccination monitoring for 15 minutes, administering adrenaline autoinjectors and referral to further medical help, when necessary.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Plans for Public Library in Tengah New Town","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"23 Mr Leong Mun Wai asked the Minister for Digital Development and Information whether the National Library Board has plans for a public library in Tengah New Town and, if so, where is the planned location and when will it be completed.
Mrs Josephine Teo: The National Library Board (NLB) has worked with the Urban Redevelopment Authority and the Housing and Development Board to ensure the future provision of a library as part of the land use plans for Tengah New Town. When planning for a library, NLB considers factors, such as resident population size and convenience of location, including, but not limited to, the site's proximity to transport nodes and the town centre. However, as the plan for the new town is still taking shape, we are unable to confirm the location and completion date at this juncture.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Expedited Processing Channels for Urgent Review and Issuance of Arts Entertainment Licences","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"24 Ms Usha Chandradas asked the Minister for Digital Development and Information whether the Infocomm Media Development Authority will consider offering expedited processing channels for the review and issuance of arts entertainment licences where applicants require urgent confirmation.
Mrs Josephine Teo: Applicants for arts entertainment licences (AELs) are required to submit their applications to the Infocomm Media Development Authority (IMDA) at least 40 working days before the commencement of the arts entertainment. This timeline recognises the unique nature of each application and the need for case-by-case review. Applications are usually processed within 20 working days upon receipt of complete information.
In 2023, 95 per cent of AELs were issued within the service standard of 20 working days upon the receipt of complete information. A longer processing time may be needed if an application contains incomplete or inaccurate information, or if the content is contentious and requires consultation with the Arts Consultative Panel or other relevant stakeholders. Applicants are, therefore, encouraged to submit their materials early for IMDA's assessment.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Ensuring High Traffic Government Websites Conform to WCAG 2.1 and Getting Buy-in from Digital Space Stakeholders","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"25 Ms See Jinli Jean asked the Minister for Digital Development and Information (a) what is the Ministry's present steps and future plans to train and involve the local creative practitioners in its goal of ensuring that all high traffic Government websites will conform to the international Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 at the AA level by 2030; and (b) how is the Ministry encouraging the adoption of such accessibility standards by digital spaces that are run by non-Governmental and private sector entities.
Mrs Josephine Teo: The Government plans to make all high-traffic Government websites1 accessible by 2030. To do this, we will engage and work with local design practitioners, as needed. This includes getting feedback on the design of Government digital services and organising workshops and trainings for design professionals.
We agree that non-Government entities should also improve the accessibility of their digital services. The Government provides support in various ways. For example, the Government Technology Agency (GovTech) has developed the Oobee tool, previously known as Purple A11y, which is an open-source web accessibility testing tool. This is freely available for use.
GovTech has also launched the Co-Creation Lab during the A11y week in May 2024, which brought together representatives from Government agencies, the private sector as well as community users, to better understand accessibility-related challenges. The first run of the Co-Creation Lab brought together 95 representatives from the Government agencies and the private sector, such as banks and e-commerce firms, as well as users from the senior and persons with disabilities (PWDs) communities. This multi-stakeholder dialogue has enhanced the product teams' understanding of diverse user needs, including those of PWDs and seniors, and yielded valuable insights that will directly inform the development of current and future digital services from both the public and private sectors.
We will continue to build on these efforts and engage with the private sector and community partners to raise awareness, facilitate knowledge sharing and encourage efforts to make non-Government digital services accessible to all Singaporeans.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":["1 : With one million visits per year."],"footNoteQuestions":["25"],"questionNo":"25"},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Reasons for Rising Trend of Appeals to SISV to Review Valuations Made for HDB Resale Flats","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"26 Mr Melvin Yong Yik Chye asked the Minister for National Development (a) whether the Ministry has studied the reasons behind the rising trend of appeals to the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers (SISV) to review the valuations made by an independent valuer for a HDB resale flat; and (b) what is the number of re-valuation appeals that SISV has received in 2022, 2023 and 2024 to date.
Mr Desmond Lee: There is no rising trend of appeals. From 2022 to 2024, there was a decrease in the number of appeals to the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers to review the valuations made by independent valuers for resale Housing and Development Board flats. The number of appeals decreased from 13 in 2022 to five in 2023; and three in the first ten months of 2024.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Legal and Advisory Support for Arts Entities Transitioning to Non-profit Status","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"27 Ms Usha Chandradas asked the Minister for Culture, Community and Youth whether the Ministry has any plans to offer targeted legal and advisory support for arts entities to transition from for-profit to non-profit status.
Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai: Arts entities may transition from for-profit to not-for-profit status for a variety of reasons. Depending on the circumstances and what advice in relation to the transition might be needed, we assess each on a case-by-case basis. This is because the reasons for transition, its business structures and interests of the stakeholders will vary from organisation to organisation. The complexity of legal and other form of advice will also vary accordingly.
In addition, the Government also provides support for non-profit arts organisations that are looking to become a registered charity or attain Institution of a Public Character (IPC) status through the National Arts Council's Support for the Arts (stART) Fund, which provides funding towards the associated legal costs. In Financial Year 2022, five arts organisations attained IPC status with support from the stART Fund. They are: Traditional Arts Centre, Art Photography Centre, Resound Collective, Siong Leng Musical Association and Paper Monkey Theatre.
Arts groups that are registered charities and IPCs can tap on resources, such as the Charities Capability Fund, to enhance productivity, operational efficiency, governance and management capabilities. This helps build up and strengthen their capabilities to fulfil their regulatory requirements.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Expansion of Existing Interfaith and Youth Initiatives to Build Community Resilience","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"28 Dr Wan Rizal asked the Minister for Culture, Community and Youth (a) whether there are plans to expand or intensify existing interfaith and youth initiatives to build community resilience; (b) how does the Ministry measure the impact of its initiatives in building interfaith trust and cohesion; and (c) whether new digital engagement efforts are being considered to reach and involve youths in community resilience and anti-radicalisation discussions.
Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai: The Ministry of Culture, Community and Youth (MCCY) actively partners community stakeholders to organise programmes and initiatives to promote social cohesion and strengthen community resilience. These include initiatives in the youth and digital spaces.
At the community level, the 93 Racial and Religious Harmony Circles promote racial and religious harmony in every constituency through initiatives, such as heritage trails, interfaith talks and festive celebrations, that bring different groups together. During the Racial and Religious Harmony Month in July this year, the Harmony Circles organised more than 70 events across Singapore, reaching over 98,000 people. In October 2024, the Harmony Circles organised the Peace and Harmony Dialogue, which saw members of different community groups coming together to witness an interfaith prayer for peace in the Middle East by the Inter-Religious Organisation as well as an interfaith dialogue on peace and harmony.
Among our youth, MCCY actively supports community initiatives to promote interfaith understanding and dialogue. In September 2024, MCCY and the Roman Catholic Archdiocese of Singapore co-organised the \"Interreligious Youth with Pope Francis\" dialogue at the Catholic Junior College. Pope Francis later described the dialogue as a \"model of fraternity\" and commended Singapore youths' capacity for interfaith dialogue. In the same month, Al-Falah mosque and Muslim.SG, an online platform set up by the Islamic Religious Council of Singapore (MUIS), organised the Mercy & Justice Youth Interfaith Dialogue, which saw youth of diverse backgrounds engaging in conversations on building a more compassionate and just society. Similar youth outreach efforts have been organised by community groups, such as OnePeople.sg, Inter-Religious Organisation, Roses of Peace, hash.peace, Dialogue Centre, Interfaith Youth Circle and others.
The National Youth Council (NYC) has also developed \"Beneath the Surface\", a conversation toolkit that is part of a series to facilitate meaningful and respectful conversations on complex issues, including race and religion. With the toolkits, NYC has worked with polytechnics, self-help groups and civil society groups to organise more than 50 workshops, reaching out to more than 3,000 youths.
In the digital space, online platforms, like Muslim.SG, collaborate with influencers to disseminate positive content to Muslim youths. This includes promoting messages of peace and tolerance and the importance of seeking knowledge from credible sources. MUIS also works with the Asatizah Youth Network to provide safe spaces online for youth to engage in. There are also efforts to deepen appreciation of our diversity, such as artist Shabir Sulthan's \"Project Zero\" podcast series to foster greater appreciation of the influence of Singapore's cultural diversity on local music.
We encourage the community to continue to partner MCCY and leverage platforms, such as the Harmony Fund and the Harmony Circles, to organise initiatives to promote cohesion and harmony in Singapore.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Foreigners Apprehended for Working Illegally for Companies and E-commerce Platforms","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"29 Ms See Jinli Jean asked the Minister for Manpower (a) whether routine checks are conducted to apprehend foreigners who are working illegally to deliver parcels for e-commerce platforms; (b) if so, for each year since 2021, how many of such foreigners have been apprehended; (c) how many companies or e-commerce platforms have been consequently charged; and (d) whether the Ministry will introduce additional measures to deter such misbehaviours.\n \n
Dr Tan See Leng: Since 2021, the Ministry of Manpower (MOM) has taken enforcement actions against 11 foreigners who worked illegally as parcel delivery workers and one delivery company that employed illegal workers. MOM has also sent advisories to remind delivery companies that foreigners must hold valid work passes and are not allowed to moonlight. MOM will continue to monitor the situation and assess the need for further measures.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Self-employed Persons Affected by Increase in MediShield Life Premiums and Measures to Improve Financial Resilience","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"30 Ms See Jinli Jean asked the Minister for Manpower in respect of the increase in MediShield Life Premiums from April 2025 to March 2028 (a) what is the proportion of self-employed persons across the age groups (i) whose annual MediSave contributions fall below the indicative increased premium (ii) who are in arrears and cannot pay for their MediShield premiums via MediSave; and (b) what measures are in place to improve the financial resilience of such self-employed persons to keep up with their MediSave contributions.
Dr Tan See Leng: As of end-2023, 1.4 per cent of active self-employed persons (SEPs)1 had MediSave balances lower than the MediShield Life premiums in 2027 after the increase has been fully phased in2, of which, half (i.e., 0.7\tper cent of active SEPs) were unable to keep up with their MediSave contribution obligations. SEPs who have difficulty making their MediSave contributions can approach the Central Provident Fund Board to work out an affordable instalment plan, to build up their healthcare savings.
The Government is committed to helping Singaporeans, including SEPs, manage the MediShield Life premium increases.
The Government announced a $4.1 billion support package that includes enhancements to means-tested premium subsidies, which will help older SEPs from lower- to middle-income households. It also includes MediSave top-ups, such as the enhanced one-time Majulah Package MediSave Bonus, the additional MediSave Bonus for Young Seniors, the Merdeka Generation seniors with lower MediSave balances and the enhanced one-time Budget 2024 MediSave Bonus.
No one will lose their MediShield Life coverage due to financial difficulties. Those who are truly unable to pay for their premiums will be eligible for Additional Premium Support to cover their outstanding premiums fully.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":["1 : Active SEPs refer to SEPs with non-zero net trade income.","2 : Based on MediShield Life premiums to be paid in 2027 by members in their age band with median household income."],"footNoteQuestions":["30"],"questionNo":"30"},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Study on Health Risks of Prolonged Standing in Retail Sector and Its Impact on Productivity, Recruitment and Retention","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"31 Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song asked the Minister for Manpower (a) whether the Ministry will consider conducting a study on the health risks of prolonged standing in the retail sector; (b) whether voluntary guidelines will be introduced to encourage retailers to provide seating breaks when not attending to customers and to counter cultural norms that expect staff to stand continuously to appear attentive; and (c) whether the Ministry will evaluate the impact of such practices on workforce health, productivity and recruitment and retention of older workers in the sector.
Dr Tan See Leng: The Ministry of Manpower's (MOM's) occupational health experts review scientific studies on the potential health risks associated with prolonged standing on a regular basis. In general, anyone who stands for prolonged periods of time, e.g., more than 4 hours a day in a fixed location, may experience swollen feet or weakened muscles in the long run.
Together with the Workplace Safety and Health (WSH) Council, we have issued the WSH Guidelines on Improving Ergonomics in the Workplace to strongly encourage all employers, including retailers, to provide adequate rest and welfare for frontline staff who need to stand as part of their jobs. The Guidelines include good practices for employers to support employees who need to stand for prolonged periods, such as allowing them to sit and rest at regular intervals and providing anti-fatigue mats or sit-stand stools. Retail employers can also improve displays or storage areas for easier access, leverage on lifting aids to reduce manual tasks and streamline work processes for greater efficiency. These can help all employees, including older workers, perform their tasks safely and effectively.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Changi Airport's Three-Runway System and Projected Increase in Passenger Handling Capacity","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"32 Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis asked the Minister for Transport (a) when is the three-runway system at Changi Airport expected to be operational; and (b) what is the projected increase in the airport's passenger handling capacity thereafter.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: The Member could refer to the written reply issued for Parliamentary Question No 14 for written answer for the 4 October 2022 Parliament Sitting. [Please refer to \"Expected Completion Date for Third Runway at Changi Airport and Impact on Passenger and Flight Handling Capacities\", Official Report, 4 October 2022, Vol 95, Issue 70, Written Answers to Questions section.]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Need for Centralised Bus Terminal for Inter-city Bus Services Between Singapore and West Malaysia","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"33 Ms Hazel Poa asked the Minister for Transport (a) whether URA, STB and LTA have studied the need for a centralised bus terminal for inter-city bus services between Singapore and West Malaysia since the previous joint study in 2010; (b) whether the Government will consider constructing such a terminal given recent concerns over disamenities caused by tourists using such bus services at Tuas Link 2; and (c) whether the current licensing regime, which requires inter-city bus operators to identify suitable locations for passenger boarding and alighting, remains appropriate.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: The disamenities seen at Tuas Link arose from illegal parking by Malaysia- and Singapore-registered tour buses, not inter-city express bus services. Foreign-registered tour buses are allowed to make multiple stops as they bring tourists around Singapore for sightseeing and tour purposes but are not permitted to pick up new passengers in Singapore. All Malaysia- and Singapore-registered tour buses must comply with the Road Traffic Act 1961 and the applicable rules when conducting passenger boarding and alighting activities.
The Land Transport Authority (LTA) takes a serious view of tour buses that are parked illegally along roads, as they may impede traffic flow, pose safety risks to other road users and cause disamenities to the community. We will not hesitate to take action against motorists who do not comply with traffic regulations.
As for inter-city express bus services between Malaysia and Singapore, each inter-city express bus service must have a fixed route and operating schedule and is allowed one stopping point in Singapore. These operators decide the stopping point in Singapore, based on commercial considerations, to meet travel demand between various locations in Malaysia and Singapore, including commercial areas and tourist attractions. Requiring all inter-city buses to utilise a centralised terminal would reduce their connectivity benefits. Instead, LTA will assess the proposed operating parameters, including the traffic conditions around the stopping point, before granting an operating licence.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Review of Maritime Authority's Oil-containment Processes after Recent Series of Oil Spill Incidents","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"34 Mr Christopher de Souza asked the Minister for Transport whether there is an update on the Maritime and Port Authority's review of its oil-containment processes after the recent series of oil spill incidents.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: I thank the Member for the Question. This Question has been addressed in the reply to Parliamentary Question Nos 7 and 8 for Oral Answer at the 11 November 2024 Sitting. [Please refer to \"Adequacy and Effectiveness of Oil Sighting and Alert Mechanisms, and Maritime Incident Response and Mitigation Strategies\", Official Report, 11 November 2024, Vol 95, Issue 145, Oral Answers to Questions section.]
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Community Standards to Improve Etiquette for Motorised and Non-motorised AMD Users and Pedestrians in Public Places","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"35 Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song asked the Minister for Transport (a) whether the Ministry will establish community standards, beyond existing regulations, to improve etiquette and reduce friction between motorised and non-motorised active mobility device users and pedestrians in public places; (b) whether these standards will include appropriate speeds for different situations, yielding to pedestrians, courteous bell use and keeping left when not overtaking; and (c) how will the Ministry widely propagate these standards, including to persons who are not proficient in English.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: Under the existing Active Mobility Code of Conduct for Users of Public Paths, guidelines are set out to encourage safe and gracious interactions between path users. For example, users of active mobility devices are advised to give way to pedestrians, slow down at intersections and crowded areas and use bells and lights in a manner which is considerate to other path users. Pedestrians are also advised on appropriate etiquette, such as to keep left when not overtaking.
To enhance safety for path users, we are converting footpaths adjacent to cycling paths into pedestrian-only paths, with enforcement on converted pedestrian-only paths from 1 July 2025.
The Land Transport Authority (LTA) conducts public education and outreach to different user segments to propagate these guidelines and regulations. This includes public education campaigns, community engagements and school programmes. Publicity materials in vernacular languages are also available on LTA's website.
On the ground, enforcement officers engage and educate path users on proper path etiquette. I am heartened that many members of the public also volunteer as Active Mobility Community Ambassadors to educate pedestrians and device users in their communities, on rules and gracious path sharing. Coming from different backgrounds and ethnicities, the volunteers help to reach out to diverse groups of users, from seniors to migrant workers, including using the vernacular languages.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null},{"startPgNo":0,"endPgNo":0,"title":"Introduction of Feeder Bus Service to Serve Compassvale Crescent","subTitle":null,"sectionType":"WA","content":"36 Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim asked the Minister for Transport given the objectives of the Bus Connectivity Enhancement Programme, whether LTA will consider introducing a feeder bus service to serve Compassvale Crescent, which remains underserved by a feeder service in contrast to Rivervale Crescent and Anchorvale Crescent.
Mr Chee Hong Tat: Compassvale Crescent residents are currently served by 14 bus services along Sengkang East Road, Compassvale Street and Punggol Road, which connect them to the transport hub at Sengkang town centre and destinations, such as Punggol, Pasir Ris or Changi Airport. Residents living closer to Compassvale Street are also within a 10-minute walk to Sengkang Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) station and Compassvale Light Rail Transit (LRT) station.
The Land Transport Authority is progressively introducing enhancements to the bus network under the Bus Connectivity Enhancement Programme and will take into consideration feedback from residents and community leaders.
","clarificationText":null,"clarificationTitle":null,"clarificationSubTitle":null,"reportType":null,"questionCount":null,"footNotes":null,"footNoteQuestions":null,"questionNo":null}],"writtenAnswersVOList":[],"writtenAnsNAVOList":[],"annexureList":[{"annexureID":2672,"sittingDate":null,"annexureTitle":"Annex 1","filePath":"d:/apps/reports/solr_files/20241112/annex-Annex 1.pdf","fileName":"Annex 1.pdf","sectionType":"OA","file":null}],"vernacularList":[{"vernacularID":6271,"sittingDate":null,"vernacularTitle":"Vernacular Speech by Ms Sim Ann","filePath":"d:/apps/reports/solr_files/20241112/vernacular-Sim Ann CDR Bill 12Nov2024-Chinese (MND).pdf","fileName":"Sim Ann CDR Bill 12Nov2024-Chinese (MND).pdf"},{"vernacularID":6272,"sittingDate":null,"vernacularTitle":"Vernacular Speech by Mr Dennis Tan Lip Fong","filePath":"d:/apps/reports/solr_files/20241112/vernacular-Dennis Tan CDR12Nov2024-Chinese.pdf","fileName":"Dennis Tan CDR12Nov2024-Chinese.pdf"},{"vernacularID":6273,"sittingDate":null,"vernacularTitle":"Vernacular Speech by Ms Ng Ling Ling","filePath":"d:/apps/reports/solr_files/20241112/vernacular-Ng Ling Ling CDR 12Nov2024 -Chinese.pdf","fileName":"Ng Ling Ling CDR 12Nov2024 -Chinese.pdf"},{"vernacularID":6274,"sittingDate":null,"vernacularTitle":"Vernacular Speech by Mr Muhamad Faisal Bin Abdul Manap","filePath":"d:/apps/reports/solr_files/20241112/vernacular-12 Nov 2024 - Mr Md Faisal A Manap - Community Disputes Resolution (A) Bill.pdf","fileName":"12 Nov 2024 - Mr Md Faisal A Manap - Community Disputes Resolution (A) Bill.pdf"},{"vernacularID":6275,"sittingDate":null,"vernacularTitle":"Vernacular Speech by Mr Saktiandi Supaat","filePath":"d:/apps/reports/solr_files/20241112/vernacular-12 Nov 2024 - Mr Saktiandi Supaat - Community Disputes Resolution (A) Bill.pdf","fileName":"12 Nov 2024 - Mr Saktiandi Supaat - Community Disputes Resolution (A) Bill.pdf"},{"vernacularID":6276,"sittingDate":null,"vernacularTitle":"Vernacular Speech by Ms Joan Pereira","filePath":"d:/apps/reports/solr_files/20241112/vernacular-Joan Pereira CDR12Nov2024 -Chinese.pdf","fileName":"Joan Pereira CDR12Nov2024 -Chinese.pdf"},{"vernacularID":6277,"sittingDate":null,"vernacularTitle":"Vernacular Speech by Mr Derrick Goh","filePath":"d:/apps/reports/solr_files/20241112/vernacular-Derrick Goh CDR 12Nov2024 -Chinese.pdf","fileName":"Derrick Goh CDR 12Nov2024 -Chinese.pdf"}],"onlinePDFFileName":""}